Allowed Publications
Slot System
Featured Buckets
Featured Buckets Admin

Sobering facts about a missed diagnosis

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:31
Display Headline
Sobering facts about a missed diagnosis

HISTORY: TOO MUCH FOR TOO LONG

Mrs. B, age 73, has been alcohol-dependent for 20 years. Since her husband’s death 5 years ago, she has been drinking 1 to 2 liters of vodka a week. At her family’s insistence, she checks into a tertiary-care hospital for worsening alcohol use, memory problems, and increasing confusion.

Mrs. B’s family removed her car because of her alcohol and cognitive problems, but she walks half a mile to buy alcohol. She lives alone in an assisted-living facility and has been hospitalized for detoxification 3 times within 2 years.

At intake, her judgment and abstract thinking are impaired. She has poor insight into her condition. Physical examination reveals fine hand tremors. Lab test results and vital signs are normal. Mrs. B was previously diagnosed with bipolar disorder and takes divalproex, 250 each morning and 500 mg at bedtime, and paroxetine, 20 mg/d.

Mrs. B’s Folstein Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) score 1 week after admission was 5/30, indicating severe cognitive deficits. Her mood was euthymic, speech and motor activity were normal, and thought process was logical with intact associations. She exhibited no delusions or hallucinations but was disoriented, with a short attention span and poor concentration.

The authors’ observations

Mrs. B’s confusion has increased in recent weeks. Hand tremors could signal a neurologic problem triggered by a vascular event or alcohol use. Include dementia in the differential diagnosis.

Distinguishing between vascular dementia and alcohol-induced persisting dementia requires a thorough history, neurologic exam, and lab testing.

Vascular dementia. Cognition deteriorates step by step. Patients with this dementia have multiple vascular risk factors and display evidence of cerebrovascular events on physical examination or imaging studies. Watch for high blood pressure, high cholesterol, or obesity; history of diabetes, cardiac arrythmias, or strokes; or other vascular changes in the brain.

Alcohol-induced persisting dementia. Patients usually have abused alcohol for years, and memory slowly deteriorates. Vascular events that would explain cognitive deficits are not found. Such patients usually do not have vascular and cerebrovascular risk factors, but may exhibit worsening cognition in the context of alcohol use. Watch for mean corpuscular volume >100 femtoliters, gamma glutamyl transferase >50 U/L, and elevated liver function tests.

For Mrs. B, both dementia types were ruled out. Her memory problems were mild, and she had been functioning independently at the assisted-living facility. Dementia is not characterized by clouding of consciousness, and her disorder’s progression was fast. Mrs. B’s bipolar disorder was not a factor because she did not have significant depressive or manic symptoms.

Amnestic disorder. Mrs. B’s worsening mental status and neurologic signs after admission suggest amnestic disorder. Patients with amnestic disorder have trouble learning or recalling new information and forming new memories, although they can talk coherently and appropriately.

Injury to the diencephalic and medial temporal lobe structures triggers amnestic disorder. Head trauma, cerebral infections, and infarctions can damage these structures, but alcoholism is the most common cause.

ADMISSION: INCREASING CONFUSION

Mrs. B was admitted to the dual diagnosis unit for patients with substance use and psychiatric disorders. Although confused, she could eat and walk.

For 2 days, Mrs. B received chlordiazepoxide, 200 mg/d, for detoxification; a multivitamin tablet; and oral vitamin B1 (thiamine), 100 mg once daily. She also continued her divalproex/paroxetine regimen. Chlordiazepoxide was tapered and discontinued over 4 days. Vital signs remained normal.

Two days after starting detox, Mrs. B’s condition began to worsen. She became incontinent of urine and feces, had trouble eating, and required extensive assistance with activities of daily living.

On examination by the geriatric psychiatry team, Mrs. B appeared very confused. She was confabulating, had hand tremors, and was ataxic, with nystagmus on lateral gaze. Coordination was poor. Because she reported visual hallucinations and appeared delirious, divalproex sodium and paroxetine—which can worsen delirium—were stopped.

Head MRI with contrast revealed sulcal space prominence in the cerebral and cerebellar hemispheres, suggesting minimal volume loss, and nonspecific bilateral periventricular punctuate flairs and T2 hypodensities, indicating small-vessel ischemic disease. EEG showed moderate rhythm slowing. Blood and urine tests showed no infectious disease or metabolic abnormalities.

Box

Brain scan findings that confirm WE

Lesions associated with Wernicke’s encephalopathy (WE) usually are found in the third ventricle, cerebral aqueduct, fourth ventricle, mamillary bodies, periaqueductal gray matter, dorsomedial thalamus, septal region, and oculomotor nuclei.

In approximately 50% of cases, damage to the cerebellum also occurs. Such damage is usually symmetrical and shows diffuse, patchy endothelial prominence, proliferation of microglia, and petechial hemorrhage.

In chronic cases, demyelination and gliosis occur. Neuronal loss is prominent in the medial thalamus. Atrophy of the mamillary bodies indicates chronic WE.

Source: References 8-10.

 

 

The authors’ observations

Mrs. B’s presentation suggests Wernicke’s encephalopathy (WE), an acute amnestic disorder caused by thiamine deficiency.

WE lesions are seen on autopsy in approximately 12.5% of alcohol abusers.1 Although alcoholism is more prevalent in men age 65, women are more likely to develop WE and cognitive dysfunction secondary to alcohol use.2

Alcoholism accounts for 77% of WE cases,3 although malnutrition caused by infection, cancer, gastric surgery, hemodialysis, hyperemesis, or starvation is another cause.

Clinical features of WE include confusion and disorientation (80% of cases, with stupor in 5%), ataxia (23%), and ocular abnormalities (29%). Nystagmus, especially to lateral gaze but also in vertical and other forms, is most common.4 Because less than one-third of patients with WE exhibit all 3 symptoms,5 the diagnosis is often missed. In studies, 15% of WE cases were diagnosed antemortem.1,6

Imaging studies. Brain MRI is more sensitive than computed tomography (CT) in detecting diencephalic, periventricular, and periaqueductal lesions (Box).7 Because of costs, physicians tend to order CT more often than MRI. CT can help rule out gross structural and vascular defects but is less adequate for evaluating specific lesions. In detecting WE lesions, MRI’s sensitivity is 53% and its specificity is 93%.7

Thiamine deficiency can occur when the liver can no longer absorb or store thiamine. Enzyme systems involved in the citric acid cycle and pentose phosphate pathway malfunction, and lactic acid production is increased. The associated pH change damages the apoenzymes. Glutamate accumulates, leading to production of free radicals, which cause cellular damage.11

Circulating thiamine levels are low (<50 ng/mL) in 30% to 80% of persons with alcoholism, putting them at risk for WE.12 Malnutrition secondary to alcoholism reduces thiamine absorption from the gut by 70%. Alcohol alone can reduce thiamine absorption by nearly 50%.13

WE lesions usually shrink within 48 to 72 hours of treatment with parenteral thiamine. Lactate <3.3 mg/dL or >14.9 mg/dL, and pyruvate <0.37 mg/dL or >0.75 mg/dL, indicate abnormal thiamine levels.14

Mrs. B’s confusion, hallucinations, and clouding of consciousness suggested DT, but this was ruled out because she had normal vital signs, classic eye signs of WE, no autonomic instability, and had been adequately tapered off alcohol.

TREATMENT: SHAKING ALCOHOL’S GRIP

A consulting neurologist confirmed a tentative diagnosis of WE.

Mrs. B’s oral thiamine was increased to 100 mg tid. She also received IM thiamine, 100 mg once daily for 5 days; risperidone, 0.5 mg every 4 hours as needed; and trazodone, 50 mg at bedtime as needed for irritability, agitation, and poor sleep. Multivitamins and folic acid were continued.

One week after starting IM thiamine, Mrs. B’s gait steadied, her coordination improved, and tremors and nystagmus stopped. She became more adept at eating. Cognitive impairment continued, but she confabulated less frequently. Her insight into her condition was improving.

Over the next 10 days, Mrs. B continued to improve, although neuropsychological assessment revealed major deficits in visuospatial function, attention, concentration, and memory. Repeat EEG showed diffuse slowing with frontal intermittent rhythmic delta activity, consistent with diffuse toxic metabolic encephalopathy.

Three weeks after admission, Mrs. B was discharged to her assisted-living facility, where she receives follow-up medical and psychiatric care. Her MMSE score at discharge was 12/30, indicating moderately severe cognitive impairment. Motor function has improved, although Mrs. B remains confused and needs help with daily living.

One month after discharge, Mrs. B’s diet was much improved; thiamine was reduced to 100 mg once daily. She has stayed sober but has repeatedly tried to drink. She was referred to a 12-step program but has not complied.

Table 1

Clinical features of WE, Korsakoff’s psychosis

Wernicke’s encephalopathyKorsakoff’s psychosis
Acute onsetSubacute or chronic onset
Clouding of conciousness commonConsciousness usually clear
Ataxia, nystagmus, ophthalmoplegiao usually presentAtaxia, nystagmus, ophthalmoplegia not common
Impaired anterograde, retrograde memory; confabulation is rareImpaired anterograde, retrograde memory with prominent confabulation
Without adequate treatment, >80% progress to Korsakoff’s psychosis; death rate is 20%>80% progress to alcohol induced persisting dementia; nursing home admission rate is 25%
Source: Reference 14.

The authors’ observations

Suspect WE in all patients with alcohol abuse disorder who are malnourished and/or elderly and whose dietary history is unclear. Early detection and treatment are crucial to preventing WE from becoming chronic. WE progresses to Korsakoff’s psychosis—a form of permanent short-term memory loss—in up to 80% of patients.5

Because Korsakoff’s psychosis carries an 8% death rate, consider the disorder in the differential diagnosis (Table). The disorder was ruled out in Mrs. B because of clouding of consciousness, ataxia, nystagmus, and shorter symptom duration.

Thiamine should be given IV, but can be given IM if unit nurses are not certified to give IV injections. Oral thiamine cannot generate the high thiamine blood concentrations (>50 ng/mL within the first 12 hours of treatment) needed to prevent irreversible damage.

 

 

Parenteral thiamine, 100 mg/d for 5 to 7 days, is given for acute WE. Some patients who are genetically predisposed to thiamine deficiency may need up to 1,000 mg/d. Continue oral thiamine, 100 mg/d, after parenteral dosing.

Although anaphylaxis risk during a 10-minute thiamine infusion is less than 1 in 1 million, make sure cardiopulmonary resuscitation is available during treatment. Glucose load can precipitate or worsen WE in a thiamine-deficient patient, so give thiamine before giving glucose in any form, including everyday foods.

Watch for other vitamin and magnesium deficiencies common to patients with alcoholism, as these might compromise response to IV/IM thiamine.15 Also rule out stroke in men age >65 who present with signs of hemiparesis.

Related resources

Drug brand names

  • Chlordiazepoxide • Libritabs, Lithium
  • Divalproex sodium • Depakote
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Trazodone • Desyrel

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Acknowledgment

Dr. Tampi’s efforts were supported by funds from the Division of State, Community, and Public Health, Bureau of Health Professions, Health Resources and Services Administration, Department of Health and Human Services, under grant number 1 K01 HP 00071-01, and the Geriatric Academic Career Award ($57,007). The information is that of Dr. Tampi and should not be construed as the official position or policy of, nor should any endorsements be inferred by, the aforementioned departments or the United States government.

References

1. Torvik A, Lindboe CF, Rodge S. Brain lesions in alcoholics. A neuropathological study with clinical correlations. J Neurol Sci 1982;56:233-48.

2. Grant BF. Prevalence and correlates of alcohol use and DSM IV dependence in the United States: results of the National Longitudinal Alcohol Epidemiological Survey. J Stud Alcohol 1997;58:464-73.

3. Lindboe CF, Loberg EM. Wernicke’s encephalopathy in non-alcoholics. An autopsy study. J Neurol Sci 1989;90:125-9

4. Harper CG, Giles M, Finlay-Jones R. Clinical signs in the Wernicke-Korsakoff complex: a retrospective analysis of 131 cases diagnosed at necropsy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1986;49:341-5.

5. Thompson AD, Cook CCH, Touquet R, Henry JA. The Royal College of Physicians Report on Alcohol: guidelines for managing Wernicke’s encephalopathy in the accident and emergency department. Alcohol Alcohol 2002;37(6):513-21.

6. Blansjaar BA, Van Dijk JG. Korsakoff minus Wernicke syndrome. Alcohol Alcohol 1992;27:435-7.

7. Antunez E, Estruch R, Cardenal C, et al. Usefulness of CT and MR imaging in the diagnosis of acute Wernicke’s encephalopathy. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1998;171:1131-7.

8. Charness ME. Intracranial voyeurism: revealing the mamillary bodies in alcoholism. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 1999;23:1941-4.

9. Victor M, Adams RD, Collins GH. The Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome. A clinical and pathological study of 245 patients, 82 with post-mortem examinations. Contemp Neurol Ser 1971;7:1-206.

10. Weidauer S, Nichtweiss M, Lanfermann H, Zanella FE. Wernicke encephalopathy. MR findings and clinical presentation. Eur Radiol 2003;13(5):1001-9.

11. Hazell AS, Todd KG, Butterworth RF. Mechanism of neuronal cell death in Wernicke’s encephalopathy. Metab Brain Dis 1998;13(2):97-122.

12. Cook CC, Hallwood PM, Thomson AD. B vitamin deficiency and neuropsychiatric syndromes in alcohol misuse. Alcohol Alcohol 1998;33:317-36.

13. Thomson AD. Mechanisms of vitamin deficiency in chronic alcohol misusers and the development of the Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome. Alcohol Alcohol 2000;35(suppl 1):2-7.

14. Victor M, Adams RA, Collins GH. The Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome and related disorders due to alcoholism and malnutrition. Philadelphia: FA Davis, 1989.

15. Traviesa DC. Magnesium deficiency: a possible cause of thiamine refractoriness in Wernicke-Korsakoff encephalopathy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1974;37:959-62.

Author and Disclosure Information

Sunanda Muralee, MD
Resident

Rajesh R. Tampi, MD, MS
Assistant professor

Department of Psychiatry, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
73-80
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Sunanda Muralee, MD
Resident

Rajesh R. Tampi, MD, MS
Assistant professor

Department of Psychiatry, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT

Author and Disclosure Information

Sunanda Muralee, MD
Resident

Rajesh R. Tampi, MD, MS
Assistant professor

Department of Psychiatry, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT

HISTORY: TOO MUCH FOR TOO LONG

Mrs. B, age 73, has been alcohol-dependent for 20 years. Since her husband’s death 5 years ago, she has been drinking 1 to 2 liters of vodka a week. At her family’s insistence, she checks into a tertiary-care hospital for worsening alcohol use, memory problems, and increasing confusion.

Mrs. B’s family removed her car because of her alcohol and cognitive problems, but she walks half a mile to buy alcohol. She lives alone in an assisted-living facility and has been hospitalized for detoxification 3 times within 2 years.

At intake, her judgment and abstract thinking are impaired. She has poor insight into her condition. Physical examination reveals fine hand tremors. Lab test results and vital signs are normal. Mrs. B was previously diagnosed with bipolar disorder and takes divalproex, 250 each morning and 500 mg at bedtime, and paroxetine, 20 mg/d.

Mrs. B’s Folstein Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) score 1 week after admission was 5/30, indicating severe cognitive deficits. Her mood was euthymic, speech and motor activity were normal, and thought process was logical with intact associations. She exhibited no delusions or hallucinations but was disoriented, with a short attention span and poor concentration.

The authors’ observations

Mrs. B’s confusion has increased in recent weeks. Hand tremors could signal a neurologic problem triggered by a vascular event or alcohol use. Include dementia in the differential diagnosis.

Distinguishing between vascular dementia and alcohol-induced persisting dementia requires a thorough history, neurologic exam, and lab testing.

Vascular dementia. Cognition deteriorates step by step. Patients with this dementia have multiple vascular risk factors and display evidence of cerebrovascular events on physical examination or imaging studies. Watch for high blood pressure, high cholesterol, or obesity; history of diabetes, cardiac arrythmias, or strokes; or other vascular changes in the brain.

Alcohol-induced persisting dementia. Patients usually have abused alcohol for years, and memory slowly deteriorates. Vascular events that would explain cognitive deficits are not found. Such patients usually do not have vascular and cerebrovascular risk factors, but may exhibit worsening cognition in the context of alcohol use. Watch for mean corpuscular volume >100 femtoliters, gamma glutamyl transferase >50 U/L, and elevated liver function tests.

For Mrs. B, both dementia types were ruled out. Her memory problems were mild, and she had been functioning independently at the assisted-living facility. Dementia is not characterized by clouding of consciousness, and her disorder’s progression was fast. Mrs. B’s bipolar disorder was not a factor because she did not have significant depressive or manic symptoms.

Amnestic disorder. Mrs. B’s worsening mental status and neurologic signs after admission suggest amnestic disorder. Patients with amnestic disorder have trouble learning or recalling new information and forming new memories, although they can talk coherently and appropriately.

Injury to the diencephalic and medial temporal lobe structures triggers amnestic disorder. Head trauma, cerebral infections, and infarctions can damage these structures, but alcoholism is the most common cause.

ADMISSION: INCREASING CONFUSION

Mrs. B was admitted to the dual diagnosis unit for patients with substance use and psychiatric disorders. Although confused, she could eat and walk.

For 2 days, Mrs. B received chlordiazepoxide, 200 mg/d, for detoxification; a multivitamin tablet; and oral vitamin B1 (thiamine), 100 mg once daily. She also continued her divalproex/paroxetine regimen. Chlordiazepoxide was tapered and discontinued over 4 days. Vital signs remained normal.

Two days after starting detox, Mrs. B’s condition began to worsen. She became incontinent of urine and feces, had trouble eating, and required extensive assistance with activities of daily living.

On examination by the geriatric psychiatry team, Mrs. B appeared very confused. She was confabulating, had hand tremors, and was ataxic, with nystagmus on lateral gaze. Coordination was poor. Because she reported visual hallucinations and appeared delirious, divalproex sodium and paroxetine—which can worsen delirium—were stopped.

Head MRI with contrast revealed sulcal space prominence in the cerebral and cerebellar hemispheres, suggesting minimal volume loss, and nonspecific bilateral periventricular punctuate flairs and T2 hypodensities, indicating small-vessel ischemic disease. EEG showed moderate rhythm slowing. Blood and urine tests showed no infectious disease or metabolic abnormalities.

Box

Brain scan findings that confirm WE

Lesions associated with Wernicke’s encephalopathy (WE) usually are found in the third ventricle, cerebral aqueduct, fourth ventricle, mamillary bodies, periaqueductal gray matter, dorsomedial thalamus, septal region, and oculomotor nuclei.

In approximately 50% of cases, damage to the cerebellum also occurs. Such damage is usually symmetrical and shows diffuse, patchy endothelial prominence, proliferation of microglia, and petechial hemorrhage.

In chronic cases, demyelination and gliosis occur. Neuronal loss is prominent in the medial thalamus. Atrophy of the mamillary bodies indicates chronic WE.

Source: References 8-10.

 

 

The authors’ observations

Mrs. B’s presentation suggests Wernicke’s encephalopathy (WE), an acute amnestic disorder caused by thiamine deficiency.

WE lesions are seen on autopsy in approximately 12.5% of alcohol abusers.1 Although alcoholism is more prevalent in men age 65, women are more likely to develop WE and cognitive dysfunction secondary to alcohol use.2

Alcoholism accounts for 77% of WE cases,3 although malnutrition caused by infection, cancer, gastric surgery, hemodialysis, hyperemesis, or starvation is another cause.

Clinical features of WE include confusion and disorientation (80% of cases, with stupor in 5%), ataxia (23%), and ocular abnormalities (29%). Nystagmus, especially to lateral gaze but also in vertical and other forms, is most common.4 Because less than one-third of patients with WE exhibit all 3 symptoms,5 the diagnosis is often missed. In studies, 15% of WE cases were diagnosed antemortem.1,6

Imaging studies. Brain MRI is more sensitive than computed tomography (CT) in detecting diencephalic, periventricular, and periaqueductal lesions (Box).7 Because of costs, physicians tend to order CT more often than MRI. CT can help rule out gross structural and vascular defects but is less adequate for evaluating specific lesions. In detecting WE lesions, MRI’s sensitivity is 53% and its specificity is 93%.7

Thiamine deficiency can occur when the liver can no longer absorb or store thiamine. Enzyme systems involved in the citric acid cycle and pentose phosphate pathway malfunction, and lactic acid production is increased. The associated pH change damages the apoenzymes. Glutamate accumulates, leading to production of free radicals, which cause cellular damage.11

Circulating thiamine levels are low (<50 ng/mL) in 30% to 80% of persons with alcoholism, putting them at risk for WE.12 Malnutrition secondary to alcoholism reduces thiamine absorption from the gut by 70%. Alcohol alone can reduce thiamine absorption by nearly 50%.13

WE lesions usually shrink within 48 to 72 hours of treatment with parenteral thiamine. Lactate <3.3 mg/dL or >14.9 mg/dL, and pyruvate <0.37 mg/dL or >0.75 mg/dL, indicate abnormal thiamine levels.14

Mrs. B’s confusion, hallucinations, and clouding of consciousness suggested DT, but this was ruled out because she had normal vital signs, classic eye signs of WE, no autonomic instability, and had been adequately tapered off alcohol.

TREATMENT: SHAKING ALCOHOL’S GRIP

A consulting neurologist confirmed a tentative diagnosis of WE.

Mrs. B’s oral thiamine was increased to 100 mg tid. She also received IM thiamine, 100 mg once daily for 5 days; risperidone, 0.5 mg every 4 hours as needed; and trazodone, 50 mg at bedtime as needed for irritability, agitation, and poor sleep. Multivitamins and folic acid were continued.

One week after starting IM thiamine, Mrs. B’s gait steadied, her coordination improved, and tremors and nystagmus stopped. She became more adept at eating. Cognitive impairment continued, but she confabulated less frequently. Her insight into her condition was improving.

Over the next 10 days, Mrs. B continued to improve, although neuropsychological assessment revealed major deficits in visuospatial function, attention, concentration, and memory. Repeat EEG showed diffuse slowing with frontal intermittent rhythmic delta activity, consistent with diffuse toxic metabolic encephalopathy.

Three weeks after admission, Mrs. B was discharged to her assisted-living facility, where she receives follow-up medical and psychiatric care. Her MMSE score at discharge was 12/30, indicating moderately severe cognitive impairment. Motor function has improved, although Mrs. B remains confused and needs help with daily living.

One month after discharge, Mrs. B’s diet was much improved; thiamine was reduced to 100 mg once daily. She has stayed sober but has repeatedly tried to drink. She was referred to a 12-step program but has not complied.

Table 1

Clinical features of WE, Korsakoff’s psychosis

Wernicke’s encephalopathyKorsakoff’s psychosis
Acute onsetSubacute or chronic onset
Clouding of conciousness commonConsciousness usually clear
Ataxia, nystagmus, ophthalmoplegiao usually presentAtaxia, nystagmus, ophthalmoplegia not common
Impaired anterograde, retrograde memory; confabulation is rareImpaired anterograde, retrograde memory with prominent confabulation
Without adequate treatment, >80% progress to Korsakoff’s psychosis; death rate is 20%>80% progress to alcohol induced persisting dementia; nursing home admission rate is 25%
Source: Reference 14.

The authors’ observations

Suspect WE in all patients with alcohol abuse disorder who are malnourished and/or elderly and whose dietary history is unclear. Early detection and treatment are crucial to preventing WE from becoming chronic. WE progresses to Korsakoff’s psychosis—a form of permanent short-term memory loss—in up to 80% of patients.5

Because Korsakoff’s psychosis carries an 8% death rate, consider the disorder in the differential diagnosis (Table). The disorder was ruled out in Mrs. B because of clouding of consciousness, ataxia, nystagmus, and shorter symptom duration.

Thiamine should be given IV, but can be given IM if unit nurses are not certified to give IV injections. Oral thiamine cannot generate the high thiamine blood concentrations (>50 ng/mL within the first 12 hours of treatment) needed to prevent irreversible damage.

 

 

Parenteral thiamine, 100 mg/d for 5 to 7 days, is given for acute WE. Some patients who are genetically predisposed to thiamine deficiency may need up to 1,000 mg/d. Continue oral thiamine, 100 mg/d, after parenteral dosing.

Although anaphylaxis risk during a 10-minute thiamine infusion is less than 1 in 1 million, make sure cardiopulmonary resuscitation is available during treatment. Glucose load can precipitate or worsen WE in a thiamine-deficient patient, so give thiamine before giving glucose in any form, including everyday foods.

Watch for other vitamin and magnesium deficiencies common to patients with alcoholism, as these might compromise response to IV/IM thiamine.15 Also rule out stroke in men age >65 who present with signs of hemiparesis.

Related resources

Drug brand names

  • Chlordiazepoxide • Libritabs, Lithium
  • Divalproex sodium • Depakote
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Trazodone • Desyrel

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Acknowledgment

Dr. Tampi’s efforts were supported by funds from the Division of State, Community, and Public Health, Bureau of Health Professions, Health Resources and Services Administration, Department of Health and Human Services, under grant number 1 K01 HP 00071-01, and the Geriatric Academic Career Award ($57,007). The information is that of Dr. Tampi and should not be construed as the official position or policy of, nor should any endorsements be inferred by, the aforementioned departments or the United States government.

HISTORY: TOO MUCH FOR TOO LONG

Mrs. B, age 73, has been alcohol-dependent for 20 years. Since her husband’s death 5 years ago, she has been drinking 1 to 2 liters of vodka a week. At her family’s insistence, she checks into a tertiary-care hospital for worsening alcohol use, memory problems, and increasing confusion.

Mrs. B’s family removed her car because of her alcohol and cognitive problems, but she walks half a mile to buy alcohol. She lives alone in an assisted-living facility and has been hospitalized for detoxification 3 times within 2 years.

At intake, her judgment and abstract thinking are impaired. She has poor insight into her condition. Physical examination reveals fine hand tremors. Lab test results and vital signs are normal. Mrs. B was previously diagnosed with bipolar disorder and takes divalproex, 250 each morning and 500 mg at bedtime, and paroxetine, 20 mg/d.

Mrs. B’s Folstein Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) score 1 week after admission was 5/30, indicating severe cognitive deficits. Her mood was euthymic, speech and motor activity were normal, and thought process was logical with intact associations. She exhibited no delusions or hallucinations but was disoriented, with a short attention span and poor concentration.

The authors’ observations

Mrs. B’s confusion has increased in recent weeks. Hand tremors could signal a neurologic problem triggered by a vascular event or alcohol use. Include dementia in the differential diagnosis.

Distinguishing between vascular dementia and alcohol-induced persisting dementia requires a thorough history, neurologic exam, and lab testing.

Vascular dementia. Cognition deteriorates step by step. Patients with this dementia have multiple vascular risk factors and display evidence of cerebrovascular events on physical examination or imaging studies. Watch for high blood pressure, high cholesterol, or obesity; history of diabetes, cardiac arrythmias, or strokes; or other vascular changes in the brain.

Alcohol-induced persisting dementia. Patients usually have abused alcohol for years, and memory slowly deteriorates. Vascular events that would explain cognitive deficits are not found. Such patients usually do not have vascular and cerebrovascular risk factors, but may exhibit worsening cognition in the context of alcohol use. Watch for mean corpuscular volume >100 femtoliters, gamma glutamyl transferase >50 U/L, and elevated liver function tests.

For Mrs. B, both dementia types were ruled out. Her memory problems were mild, and she had been functioning independently at the assisted-living facility. Dementia is not characterized by clouding of consciousness, and her disorder’s progression was fast. Mrs. B’s bipolar disorder was not a factor because she did not have significant depressive or manic symptoms.

Amnestic disorder. Mrs. B’s worsening mental status and neurologic signs after admission suggest amnestic disorder. Patients with amnestic disorder have trouble learning or recalling new information and forming new memories, although they can talk coherently and appropriately.

Injury to the diencephalic and medial temporal lobe structures triggers amnestic disorder. Head trauma, cerebral infections, and infarctions can damage these structures, but alcoholism is the most common cause.

ADMISSION: INCREASING CONFUSION

Mrs. B was admitted to the dual diagnosis unit for patients with substance use and psychiatric disorders. Although confused, she could eat and walk.

For 2 days, Mrs. B received chlordiazepoxide, 200 mg/d, for detoxification; a multivitamin tablet; and oral vitamin B1 (thiamine), 100 mg once daily. She also continued her divalproex/paroxetine regimen. Chlordiazepoxide was tapered and discontinued over 4 days. Vital signs remained normal.

Two days after starting detox, Mrs. B’s condition began to worsen. She became incontinent of urine and feces, had trouble eating, and required extensive assistance with activities of daily living.

On examination by the geriatric psychiatry team, Mrs. B appeared very confused. She was confabulating, had hand tremors, and was ataxic, with nystagmus on lateral gaze. Coordination was poor. Because she reported visual hallucinations and appeared delirious, divalproex sodium and paroxetine—which can worsen delirium—were stopped.

Head MRI with contrast revealed sulcal space prominence in the cerebral and cerebellar hemispheres, suggesting minimal volume loss, and nonspecific bilateral periventricular punctuate flairs and T2 hypodensities, indicating small-vessel ischemic disease. EEG showed moderate rhythm slowing. Blood and urine tests showed no infectious disease or metabolic abnormalities.

Box

Brain scan findings that confirm WE

Lesions associated with Wernicke’s encephalopathy (WE) usually are found in the third ventricle, cerebral aqueduct, fourth ventricle, mamillary bodies, periaqueductal gray matter, dorsomedial thalamus, septal region, and oculomotor nuclei.

In approximately 50% of cases, damage to the cerebellum also occurs. Such damage is usually symmetrical and shows diffuse, patchy endothelial prominence, proliferation of microglia, and petechial hemorrhage.

In chronic cases, demyelination and gliosis occur. Neuronal loss is prominent in the medial thalamus. Atrophy of the mamillary bodies indicates chronic WE.

Source: References 8-10.

 

 

The authors’ observations

Mrs. B’s presentation suggests Wernicke’s encephalopathy (WE), an acute amnestic disorder caused by thiamine deficiency.

WE lesions are seen on autopsy in approximately 12.5% of alcohol abusers.1 Although alcoholism is more prevalent in men age 65, women are more likely to develop WE and cognitive dysfunction secondary to alcohol use.2

Alcoholism accounts for 77% of WE cases,3 although malnutrition caused by infection, cancer, gastric surgery, hemodialysis, hyperemesis, or starvation is another cause.

Clinical features of WE include confusion and disorientation (80% of cases, with stupor in 5%), ataxia (23%), and ocular abnormalities (29%). Nystagmus, especially to lateral gaze but also in vertical and other forms, is most common.4 Because less than one-third of patients with WE exhibit all 3 symptoms,5 the diagnosis is often missed. In studies, 15% of WE cases were diagnosed antemortem.1,6

Imaging studies. Brain MRI is more sensitive than computed tomography (CT) in detecting diencephalic, periventricular, and periaqueductal lesions (Box).7 Because of costs, physicians tend to order CT more often than MRI. CT can help rule out gross structural and vascular defects but is less adequate for evaluating specific lesions. In detecting WE lesions, MRI’s sensitivity is 53% and its specificity is 93%.7

Thiamine deficiency can occur when the liver can no longer absorb or store thiamine. Enzyme systems involved in the citric acid cycle and pentose phosphate pathway malfunction, and lactic acid production is increased. The associated pH change damages the apoenzymes. Glutamate accumulates, leading to production of free radicals, which cause cellular damage.11

Circulating thiamine levels are low (<50 ng/mL) in 30% to 80% of persons with alcoholism, putting them at risk for WE.12 Malnutrition secondary to alcoholism reduces thiamine absorption from the gut by 70%. Alcohol alone can reduce thiamine absorption by nearly 50%.13

WE lesions usually shrink within 48 to 72 hours of treatment with parenteral thiamine. Lactate <3.3 mg/dL or >14.9 mg/dL, and pyruvate <0.37 mg/dL or >0.75 mg/dL, indicate abnormal thiamine levels.14

Mrs. B’s confusion, hallucinations, and clouding of consciousness suggested DT, but this was ruled out because she had normal vital signs, classic eye signs of WE, no autonomic instability, and had been adequately tapered off alcohol.

TREATMENT: SHAKING ALCOHOL’S GRIP

A consulting neurologist confirmed a tentative diagnosis of WE.

Mrs. B’s oral thiamine was increased to 100 mg tid. She also received IM thiamine, 100 mg once daily for 5 days; risperidone, 0.5 mg every 4 hours as needed; and trazodone, 50 mg at bedtime as needed for irritability, agitation, and poor sleep. Multivitamins and folic acid were continued.

One week after starting IM thiamine, Mrs. B’s gait steadied, her coordination improved, and tremors and nystagmus stopped. She became more adept at eating. Cognitive impairment continued, but she confabulated less frequently. Her insight into her condition was improving.

Over the next 10 days, Mrs. B continued to improve, although neuropsychological assessment revealed major deficits in visuospatial function, attention, concentration, and memory. Repeat EEG showed diffuse slowing with frontal intermittent rhythmic delta activity, consistent with diffuse toxic metabolic encephalopathy.

Three weeks after admission, Mrs. B was discharged to her assisted-living facility, where she receives follow-up medical and psychiatric care. Her MMSE score at discharge was 12/30, indicating moderately severe cognitive impairment. Motor function has improved, although Mrs. B remains confused and needs help with daily living.

One month after discharge, Mrs. B’s diet was much improved; thiamine was reduced to 100 mg once daily. She has stayed sober but has repeatedly tried to drink. She was referred to a 12-step program but has not complied.

Table 1

Clinical features of WE, Korsakoff’s psychosis

Wernicke’s encephalopathyKorsakoff’s psychosis
Acute onsetSubacute or chronic onset
Clouding of conciousness commonConsciousness usually clear
Ataxia, nystagmus, ophthalmoplegiao usually presentAtaxia, nystagmus, ophthalmoplegia not common
Impaired anterograde, retrograde memory; confabulation is rareImpaired anterograde, retrograde memory with prominent confabulation
Without adequate treatment, >80% progress to Korsakoff’s psychosis; death rate is 20%>80% progress to alcohol induced persisting dementia; nursing home admission rate is 25%
Source: Reference 14.

The authors’ observations

Suspect WE in all patients with alcohol abuse disorder who are malnourished and/or elderly and whose dietary history is unclear. Early detection and treatment are crucial to preventing WE from becoming chronic. WE progresses to Korsakoff’s psychosis—a form of permanent short-term memory loss—in up to 80% of patients.5

Because Korsakoff’s psychosis carries an 8% death rate, consider the disorder in the differential diagnosis (Table). The disorder was ruled out in Mrs. B because of clouding of consciousness, ataxia, nystagmus, and shorter symptom duration.

Thiamine should be given IV, but can be given IM if unit nurses are not certified to give IV injections. Oral thiamine cannot generate the high thiamine blood concentrations (>50 ng/mL within the first 12 hours of treatment) needed to prevent irreversible damage.

 

 

Parenteral thiamine, 100 mg/d for 5 to 7 days, is given for acute WE. Some patients who are genetically predisposed to thiamine deficiency may need up to 1,000 mg/d. Continue oral thiamine, 100 mg/d, after parenteral dosing.

Although anaphylaxis risk during a 10-minute thiamine infusion is less than 1 in 1 million, make sure cardiopulmonary resuscitation is available during treatment. Glucose load can precipitate or worsen WE in a thiamine-deficient patient, so give thiamine before giving glucose in any form, including everyday foods.

Watch for other vitamin and magnesium deficiencies common to patients with alcoholism, as these might compromise response to IV/IM thiamine.15 Also rule out stroke in men age >65 who present with signs of hemiparesis.

Related resources

Drug brand names

  • Chlordiazepoxide • Libritabs, Lithium
  • Divalproex sodium • Depakote
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Trazodone • Desyrel

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Acknowledgment

Dr. Tampi’s efforts were supported by funds from the Division of State, Community, and Public Health, Bureau of Health Professions, Health Resources and Services Administration, Department of Health and Human Services, under grant number 1 K01 HP 00071-01, and the Geriatric Academic Career Award ($57,007). The information is that of Dr. Tampi and should not be construed as the official position or policy of, nor should any endorsements be inferred by, the aforementioned departments or the United States government.

References

1. Torvik A, Lindboe CF, Rodge S. Brain lesions in alcoholics. A neuropathological study with clinical correlations. J Neurol Sci 1982;56:233-48.

2. Grant BF. Prevalence and correlates of alcohol use and DSM IV dependence in the United States: results of the National Longitudinal Alcohol Epidemiological Survey. J Stud Alcohol 1997;58:464-73.

3. Lindboe CF, Loberg EM. Wernicke’s encephalopathy in non-alcoholics. An autopsy study. J Neurol Sci 1989;90:125-9

4. Harper CG, Giles M, Finlay-Jones R. Clinical signs in the Wernicke-Korsakoff complex: a retrospective analysis of 131 cases diagnosed at necropsy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1986;49:341-5.

5. Thompson AD, Cook CCH, Touquet R, Henry JA. The Royal College of Physicians Report on Alcohol: guidelines for managing Wernicke’s encephalopathy in the accident and emergency department. Alcohol Alcohol 2002;37(6):513-21.

6. Blansjaar BA, Van Dijk JG. Korsakoff minus Wernicke syndrome. Alcohol Alcohol 1992;27:435-7.

7. Antunez E, Estruch R, Cardenal C, et al. Usefulness of CT and MR imaging in the diagnosis of acute Wernicke’s encephalopathy. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1998;171:1131-7.

8. Charness ME. Intracranial voyeurism: revealing the mamillary bodies in alcoholism. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 1999;23:1941-4.

9. Victor M, Adams RD, Collins GH. The Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome. A clinical and pathological study of 245 patients, 82 with post-mortem examinations. Contemp Neurol Ser 1971;7:1-206.

10. Weidauer S, Nichtweiss M, Lanfermann H, Zanella FE. Wernicke encephalopathy. MR findings and clinical presentation. Eur Radiol 2003;13(5):1001-9.

11. Hazell AS, Todd KG, Butterworth RF. Mechanism of neuronal cell death in Wernicke’s encephalopathy. Metab Brain Dis 1998;13(2):97-122.

12. Cook CC, Hallwood PM, Thomson AD. B vitamin deficiency and neuropsychiatric syndromes in alcohol misuse. Alcohol Alcohol 1998;33:317-36.

13. Thomson AD. Mechanisms of vitamin deficiency in chronic alcohol misusers and the development of the Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome. Alcohol Alcohol 2000;35(suppl 1):2-7.

14. Victor M, Adams RA, Collins GH. The Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome and related disorders due to alcoholism and malnutrition. Philadelphia: FA Davis, 1989.

15. Traviesa DC. Magnesium deficiency: a possible cause of thiamine refractoriness in Wernicke-Korsakoff encephalopathy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1974;37:959-62.

References

1. Torvik A, Lindboe CF, Rodge S. Brain lesions in alcoholics. A neuropathological study with clinical correlations. J Neurol Sci 1982;56:233-48.

2. Grant BF. Prevalence and correlates of alcohol use and DSM IV dependence in the United States: results of the National Longitudinal Alcohol Epidemiological Survey. J Stud Alcohol 1997;58:464-73.

3. Lindboe CF, Loberg EM. Wernicke’s encephalopathy in non-alcoholics. An autopsy study. J Neurol Sci 1989;90:125-9

4. Harper CG, Giles M, Finlay-Jones R. Clinical signs in the Wernicke-Korsakoff complex: a retrospective analysis of 131 cases diagnosed at necropsy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1986;49:341-5.

5. Thompson AD, Cook CCH, Touquet R, Henry JA. The Royal College of Physicians Report on Alcohol: guidelines for managing Wernicke’s encephalopathy in the accident and emergency department. Alcohol Alcohol 2002;37(6):513-21.

6. Blansjaar BA, Van Dijk JG. Korsakoff minus Wernicke syndrome. Alcohol Alcohol 1992;27:435-7.

7. Antunez E, Estruch R, Cardenal C, et al. Usefulness of CT and MR imaging in the diagnosis of acute Wernicke’s encephalopathy. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1998;171:1131-7.

8. Charness ME. Intracranial voyeurism: revealing the mamillary bodies in alcoholism. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 1999;23:1941-4.

9. Victor M, Adams RD, Collins GH. The Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome. A clinical and pathological study of 245 patients, 82 with post-mortem examinations. Contemp Neurol Ser 1971;7:1-206.

10. Weidauer S, Nichtweiss M, Lanfermann H, Zanella FE. Wernicke encephalopathy. MR findings and clinical presentation. Eur Radiol 2003;13(5):1001-9.

11. Hazell AS, Todd KG, Butterworth RF. Mechanism of neuronal cell death in Wernicke’s encephalopathy. Metab Brain Dis 1998;13(2):97-122.

12. Cook CC, Hallwood PM, Thomson AD. B vitamin deficiency and neuropsychiatric syndromes in alcohol misuse. Alcohol Alcohol 1998;33:317-36.

13. Thomson AD. Mechanisms of vitamin deficiency in chronic alcohol misusers and the development of the Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome. Alcohol Alcohol 2000;35(suppl 1):2-7.

14. Victor M, Adams RA, Collins GH. The Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome and related disorders due to alcoholism and malnutrition. Philadelphia: FA Davis, 1989.

15. Traviesa DC. Magnesium deficiency: a possible cause of thiamine refractoriness in Wernicke-Korsakoff encephalopathy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1974;37:959-62.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(10)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(10)
Page Number
73-80
Page Number
73-80
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Sobering facts about a missed diagnosis
Display Headline
Sobering facts about a missed diagnosis
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Spotting a silent killer

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:31
Display Headline
Spotting a silent killer

CASE 1: BEWARE ‘OLD MAN KIPLING’

Mrs. A, age 87, has Alzheimer’s disease. About 1 month before presentation, she entered a nursing home because of increasing agitation, paranoia, auditory and visual hallucinations, and decreased ability to care for herself. Her doctor started risperidone, 0.5 mg bid, to treat her agitation and psychosis.

Two days later, Mrs. A barricaded herself in her room. She told staff that “Old Man Kipling” was trying to break in, steal her money, and kill her and her son. She was sent to the emergency room; psychiatric consultation was ordered.

Mrs. A also has hypertension, renal cell carcinoma, anemia, and chronic renal failure. She had seen a psychiatrist for worsening cognitive function but has no other psychiatric history. Brain CT without contrast revealed generalized atrophy with no acute cerebral events. Workup showed decreased potassium (3.1 mEq/L), which returned to normal after Mrs. A was given potassium chloride, 20 mEq/d for 5 days. Other lab results were normal. Hydrochlorothiazide, 25 mg/d for hypertension, was stopped to prevent potassium depletion. No neurologic deficits were found.

Upon admission to the geriatric psychiatry unit, Mrs. A was paranoid and agitated. She talked to an imaginary person, continued to fear “Old Man Kipling,” and again tried to barricade herself.

ECG at admission—done because of Mrs. A’s age, cardiac history, and hydrochlorothiazide use—showed a corrected QT (QTc) interval of 494 msec, nearly 50 msec above the high-normal range for women. The interval was 460 msec at baseline (before risperidone treatment). Mrs. A was switched to olanzapine, 5 mg at bedtime, but her QTc intervals stayed between 494 and 495 msec, and her psychotic symptoms continued unabated.

Table 1

Mean antipsychotic-induced QTc interval change from baseline to steady state

AntipsychoticMean QTc interval change
Haloperidol4.7 msec
Olanzapine6.4 msec
Risperidone10.0 msec
Quetiapine14.5 msec
Ziprasidone20.6 msec
Thioridazine35.8 msec
Source: reference 2.

The authors’ observations

Antipsychotics, used to treat behavioral disturbances in older patients, can prolong QTc intervals. Although often asymptomatic, a prolonged interval can lead to torsade de pointes, a polymorphic ventricular arrhythmia that can progress to ventricular fibrillation and cause sudden death.

Reilly et al1 suggest that antipsychotic-induced QTc prolongation may be dose-dependent. Age >65 is also a risk factor.

Start low and go slow when prescribing antipsychotics to patients with QTc intervals 450 msec. If prolonged intervals persist, switch antipsychotics and consult a cardiologist to help manage the patient’s care.

Switching agents will not entirely eliminate the risk, however. Mrs. A’s QTc interval remained elevated despite the switch to olanzapine, which is less likely than most antipsychotics to increase the interval.

Among mostly healthy men, haloperidol was shown to cause a lower mean QTc interval increase than other antipsychotics (Table 1), although QTc prolongations >60 msec were reported in 4% of those who took haloperidol.2 The agent also may cause tardive dyskinesia, and that risk is multiplied in patients >age 65.3 For Mrs. A, however, persistent psychosis and declining function outweighed the risks.

With haloperidol, start low and titrate slowly to reduce the risk of extrapyramidal symptoms (EPS). Decrease the dosage if involuntary movements develop. If a haloperidol decrease would lead to decompensation, add an anticholinergic agent such as benztropine, but be careful because anticholinergics can worsen cognitive function.

Test for involuntary movements before starting an antipsychotic. Retest every 4 to 6 months, when changing dosages or switching antipsychotics, and when patients complain of EPS.

CASE 1 CONTINUED: GOODBYE MR. KIPLING

Mrs. A was switched to haloperidol, 0.5 mg bid titrated over 3 weeks to 2 mg every morning and 3 mg nightly. Daily ECGs across 10 days showed QTc intervals 467 msec. Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale testing showed no EPS. Her blood pressure was stable, ranging from 110 to 130 mm Hg (systolic) and 70 to 80 mm Hg (diastolic).

The patient became calmer and her paranoid delusions and hallucinations disappeared. Her Folstein Mini-Mental Status Examination score during her third and final week of hospitalization was 16, indicating moderate dementia. She was discharged to her son’s care; outpatient psychiatric care was also arranged. The psychiatrist started donepezil, 5 mg/d titrated to 10 mg/d after 6 weeks, to treat her memory impairments.

More than 1 year later, Mrs. A lives at home with her son. She has not needed psychiatric hospitalization. Her primary care physician monitors her cardiac health.

CASE 2: SUICIDALITY AND SEXUAL BEHAVIOR

Mr. B, age 50, has battled schizoaffective disorder for more than 30 years. Upon presenting to the ER, he told clinicians he planned to jump from his seventh-floor apartment after arguing with his neighbor.

The patient had been taking gabapentin, 300 mg bid; olanzapine, 10 mg at bedtime; citalopram, 20 mg/d; clonazepam, 1 mg at bedtime for panic symptoms; atorvastatin, 10 mg/d for hyperlipidemia; and esomeprazole, 40 mg/d, for ongoing GI problems. He also has bradycardia.

 

 

Electrolyte and magnesium levels, thyroid function, and liver function tests were normal. Potassium was 3.9 mEq/L, indicating possible deficiency. Toxicity screen was negative, ruling out substance abuse or medication overdose. Baseline ECG—ordered because of Mr. B’s bradycardia—showed a QTc interval of 519 msec (almost 80 msec above high-normal for men) and a heart rate of 50 bpm.

The cardiology team found that 1 year before, while being examined for suspected syncope, Mr. B had a prolonged QTc interval that resolved after olanzapine was stopped. Acting on cardiology’s advice, the psychiatrist stopped olanzapine and clonazepam, continued gabapentin, 300 mg/d, and added lorazepam, 1 mg as needed for agitation.

Within 48 hours, Mr. B’s QTc interval decreased to 400 msec. Gabapentin and lorazepam were continued. He received potassium chloride, 40 mEq qid for 4 days, and within 2 days potassium was normal (4.4 to 4.8 mEq/L). Magnesium also was monitored.

Over the next few days, Mr. B decompensated. He exposed himself, requested sexual favors from staff, and became agitated. Staff reported that he was responding to internal stimuli and had pressured speech and flight of ideas.

After consulting cardiology, the psychiatrist restarted olanzapine, 10 mg/d, and lorazepam, 1 mg bid. Daily ECGs were ordered. After two olanzapine doses, Mr. B’s QTc interval rose to 550 msec. The psychiatrist stopped all psychotropics except lorazepam, which was increased to 2 mg bid. When Mr. B became more agitated, throwing himself to the floor and hitting himself, he was isolated for his safety.

The authors’ observations

For years, olanzapine abated Mr. B’s mood and psychotic symptoms, and until the previous year significant QTc prolongation had not been detected. Other risk factors—such as electrolyte imbalance and change in olanzapine metabolism—were ruled out.

Mr. B’s chart indicated that he had responded well to haloperidol during a prior hospitalization. Divalproex, which has little effect on QTc interval, was also considered to control his mood.

CASE 2 CONTINUED: DRUG TRIALS

Eight days after Mr. B was hospitalized, the psychiatrist added divalproex, 250 mg tid titrated over 4 days to 1,000 mg/d. Mr. B became less manic but remained psychotic and disorganized. Lorazepam was increased to 2 mg tid and 3 mg at bedtime. His QTc interval now averaged 400 msec.

Loxapine, 10 mg tid, was added but then quickly discontinued after Mr. B’s QTc interval approached 500 msec.

Table 2

QTc interval ranges in men and women

RangeMen (msec)Women (msec)
Normal<430<450
Borderline431-450451-470
Source: reference 8.

The following week, after consulting cardiology, the psychiatrist started haloperidol, 2 mg tid, and added benztropine, 1 mg for dystonia as needed. The next day, Mr. B’s QTc interval was 402 msec.

Medications were readjusted gradually. Gabapentin was restarted and increased to 600 mg tid, lorazepam was decreased to 1 mg tid, and divalproex was increased to 500 mg tid with no major QTc change.

Haloperidol was titrated to 5 mg bid, but the interval increased to 549 msec, then fell below 500 msec after haloperidol was readjusted to 2 mg bid.

Over the next 2 weeks, Mr. B’s mood and psychotic symptoms gradually improved. He was discharged after 27 days, at which point his QTc interval ranged between 360 and 409 msec. He was told to continue his medications.

The authors’ observations

Many factors other than antipsychotic use can lengthen QTc interval. Patients with major psychiatric disorders tend to have more risk factors compared with the general population.4

Serial or signal-averaged ECGs are the most accurate ways to monitor QTc intervals.5 Obtain a baseline ECG before starting an antipsychotic for patients with one or more risk factors:

Age >65. Older persons without coronary artery disease (CAD) have longer QTc intervals than do younger patients in similar health.6

Drug-drug interactions—common among the elderly—can further prolong the interval. Decreased drug metabolism also raises drug plasma levels and increases QTc prolongation risk.

Cardiac diseases. CAD, cardiac arrhythmias, and congestive heart failure are serious risk factors, particularly for older patients. Watch for pre-existing heart disease—which heightens risk of conduction defects—and family history of cardiac disease, syncope, or sudden death.

CNS diseases. Stroke, tumors, and brain infections can cause autonomic dysfunction and electrolyte imbalances.

Electrolyte imbalance. Hypokalemia and hypomagnesemia can prolong the interval.7 Take complaints of diarrhea or frequent vomiting seriously, and refer patients with renal disease or who are using diuretics for an ECG. Regularly test for electrolytes, especially potassium and magnesium.

Endocrine diseases. Diabetes, hypothyroidism, and pituitary insufficiency can cause electrolyte abnormalities.

Female sex. QTc intervals are on average 20 msec longer in women <age>Table 2)8 and are prolonged during the first half of the menstrual cycle. Androgen may shorten intervals in men. Women account for about 70% of drug-induced torsade de pointes cases.9
</age>

 

 

Medications. Antipsychotics, tricyclics, and antihistamines can prolong the interval alone or when combined with drugs that inhibit their metabolism. Concomitant use of agents that inhibit cytochrome P-450 enzyme systems may elevate serum concentrations of the interval-prolonging medication,4 as can decreased CYP 2D6 activity.10 Check plasma drug levels in patients who exhibit side effects.

Also check for congenital long QTc interval, autonomic CNS abnormalities, and overdose of a prescribed psychotropic.

Check ECGs every 2 days for inpatients and at every visit for outpatients taking antipsychotics. Frequent testing is crucial for elderly patients with multiple cardiac risk factors who are taking medications likely to increase the interval. Repeat ECGs if the patient reports lightheadedness or palpitations.

QTc interval prolongation is minimal in healthy young adults taking antipsychotics, so order ECGs only when symptoms arise. A baseline ECG is advisable but not necessary.

Order a cardiology consult and immediate ECG when the QTc interval exceeds 500 msec11 or if the patient exhibits arrhythmia symptoms (palpitation chest pain, dizziness, presyncope, syncope). Work with the cardiologist to manage medication.

Related resources

  • University of Arizona Center for Education and Research on Therapeutics. Drugs that prolong the QT interval. http://www.qtdrugs.org/medical-pros/drug-lists/drug-lists.htm
  • Glassman AH, Bigger JT Jr. Antipsychotic drugs: prolonged QTc interval, torsade de pointes, and sudden death. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158:1774-82.

Drug brand names

  • Atorvastatin • Lipitor
  • Benztropine • Cogentin
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Clonazepam • Klonopin
  • Divalproex • Depakote
  • Donepezil • Aricept
  • Esomeprazole • Nexium
  • Gabapentin • Neurontin
  • Haloperidol • Haldol
  • Hydrochlorothiazide • Atacand, others
  • Lorazepam • Ativan
  • Loxapine • Loxitane
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Thioridazine • Mellaril
  • Ziprasidone •Geodon

Disclosure

Dr. Tampi receives research support from the division of state, community, and public health, bureau of health professions, Health Resources and Services Administration, Department of Health and Human Services.

Dr. Ruedrich receives grants from Pfizer Inc. and Eisai Inc., and is a consultant to Abbott Laboratories.

The other authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Reilly JG, Ayis SA, Ferrier IN, et al. QTc-interval abnormalities and psychotropic drug therapy in psychiatric patients. Lancet. 2000;355:1048-52.

2. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Psychopharmacological Drugs Advisory Committee. Meeting transcript for approval of Zeldox (ziprasidone), July 19, 2000. Available at: http://www.fda.gov/ohrms/docket/ac/00/transcripts/3619tla.pdf, 3619tlb.pdf. and 3619tlc.pdf.

3. Jeste DV, Caligiuri MP, Paulsen JS, et al. Risk of tardive dyskinesia in older patients. A prospective longitudinal study of 266 outpatients. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1995;52:756-65.

4. Fayek M, Kingsbury SJ, Zada J, Simpson GM. Psychopharmacology: cardiac effects of antipsychotic medication. Psychiatr Serv. 2001;52:607-9.

5. Baker B, Dorian P, Sandor C, et al. Electrocardiographic effects of fluoxetine and doxepine in patients with major depression. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1997;17:15-21.

6. Khan SP, Dhalvani S, Vieweg WVR, et al. Electrocardiographic QT interval in geropsychiatric inpatient population: a preliminary study. Med Psychiatr. 1998;1:71-4.

7. Crompton SJ, Lux RL, Ramsey MR, et al. Genetically defined therapy of inherited long-QT syndrome: correction of abnormal repolarization by potassium. Circulation. 1996;94:1018-22.

8. Piepho RW. Cardiovascular effects of antipsychotics used in bipolar illness. J Clin Psychiatry. 2002;63[suppl 4]:20-3.

9. Drici MD, Clement N. Is gender a risk factor for adverse drug reaction? The example of drug-induced long QT syndrome. Drug Saf. 2001;24(8):575-85

10. Francis PD. Effects of psychotropic medications on the pediatric electrocardiogram and recommendations for monitoring. Curr Opin Ped. 2002;14:224-30.

11. Bednar MM, Harrigan EP, Anziano RJ, et al. The QT interval. Prog Cardiovasc Dis. 2001;43:1-45.

Author and Disclosure Information

Miyun Kang, MD
Fourth-year resident

Barbra Lesh, MD, MS
Fourth-year resident

Rajesh Tampi, MD, MS
Assistant professor

Department of Psychiatry, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT

Olufunke Fajobi, MD
Fourth-year resident

Stephen Ruedrich, MD
Associate professor

Daniel Schubert, MD, PhD
Professor

Metro Health Medical Center, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(09)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
75-88
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Miyun Kang, MD
Fourth-year resident

Barbra Lesh, MD, MS
Fourth-year resident

Rajesh Tampi, MD, MS
Assistant professor

Department of Psychiatry, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT

Olufunke Fajobi, MD
Fourth-year resident

Stephen Ruedrich, MD
Associate professor

Daniel Schubert, MD, PhD
Professor

Metro Health Medical Center, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Author and Disclosure Information

Miyun Kang, MD
Fourth-year resident

Barbra Lesh, MD, MS
Fourth-year resident

Rajesh Tampi, MD, MS
Assistant professor

Department of Psychiatry, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT

Olufunke Fajobi, MD
Fourth-year resident

Stephen Ruedrich, MD
Associate professor

Daniel Schubert, MD, PhD
Professor

Metro Health Medical Center, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

CASE 1: BEWARE ‘OLD MAN KIPLING’

Mrs. A, age 87, has Alzheimer’s disease. About 1 month before presentation, she entered a nursing home because of increasing agitation, paranoia, auditory and visual hallucinations, and decreased ability to care for herself. Her doctor started risperidone, 0.5 mg bid, to treat her agitation and psychosis.

Two days later, Mrs. A barricaded herself in her room. She told staff that “Old Man Kipling” was trying to break in, steal her money, and kill her and her son. She was sent to the emergency room; psychiatric consultation was ordered.

Mrs. A also has hypertension, renal cell carcinoma, anemia, and chronic renal failure. She had seen a psychiatrist for worsening cognitive function but has no other psychiatric history. Brain CT without contrast revealed generalized atrophy with no acute cerebral events. Workup showed decreased potassium (3.1 mEq/L), which returned to normal after Mrs. A was given potassium chloride, 20 mEq/d for 5 days. Other lab results were normal. Hydrochlorothiazide, 25 mg/d for hypertension, was stopped to prevent potassium depletion. No neurologic deficits were found.

Upon admission to the geriatric psychiatry unit, Mrs. A was paranoid and agitated. She talked to an imaginary person, continued to fear “Old Man Kipling,” and again tried to barricade herself.

ECG at admission—done because of Mrs. A’s age, cardiac history, and hydrochlorothiazide use—showed a corrected QT (QTc) interval of 494 msec, nearly 50 msec above the high-normal range for women. The interval was 460 msec at baseline (before risperidone treatment). Mrs. A was switched to olanzapine, 5 mg at bedtime, but her QTc intervals stayed between 494 and 495 msec, and her psychotic symptoms continued unabated.

Table 1

Mean antipsychotic-induced QTc interval change from baseline to steady state

AntipsychoticMean QTc interval change
Haloperidol4.7 msec
Olanzapine6.4 msec
Risperidone10.0 msec
Quetiapine14.5 msec
Ziprasidone20.6 msec
Thioridazine35.8 msec
Source: reference 2.

The authors’ observations

Antipsychotics, used to treat behavioral disturbances in older patients, can prolong QTc intervals. Although often asymptomatic, a prolonged interval can lead to torsade de pointes, a polymorphic ventricular arrhythmia that can progress to ventricular fibrillation and cause sudden death.

Reilly et al1 suggest that antipsychotic-induced QTc prolongation may be dose-dependent. Age >65 is also a risk factor.

Start low and go slow when prescribing antipsychotics to patients with QTc intervals 450 msec. If prolonged intervals persist, switch antipsychotics and consult a cardiologist to help manage the patient’s care.

Switching agents will not entirely eliminate the risk, however. Mrs. A’s QTc interval remained elevated despite the switch to olanzapine, which is less likely than most antipsychotics to increase the interval.

Among mostly healthy men, haloperidol was shown to cause a lower mean QTc interval increase than other antipsychotics (Table 1), although QTc prolongations >60 msec were reported in 4% of those who took haloperidol.2 The agent also may cause tardive dyskinesia, and that risk is multiplied in patients >age 65.3 For Mrs. A, however, persistent psychosis and declining function outweighed the risks.

With haloperidol, start low and titrate slowly to reduce the risk of extrapyramidal symptoms (EPS). Decrease the dosage if involuntary movements develop. If a haloperidol decrease would lead to decompensation, add an anticholinergic agent such as benztropine, but be careful because anticholinergics can worsen cognitive function.

Test for involuntary movements before starting an antipsychotic. Retest every 4 to 6 months, when changing dosages or switching antipsychotics, and when patients complain of EPS.

CASE 1 CONTINUED: GOODBYE MR. KIPLING

Mrs. A was switched to haloperidol, 0.5 mg bid titrated over 3 weeks to 2 mg every morning and 3 mg nightly. Daily ECGs across 10 days showed QTc intervals 467 msec. Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale testing showed no EPS. Her blood pressure was stable, ranging from 110 to 130 mm Hg (systolic) and 70 to 80 mm Hg (diastolic).

The patient became calmer and her paranoid delusions and hallucinations disappeared. Her Folstein Mini-Mental Status Examination score during her third and final week of hospitalization was 16, indicating moderate dementia. She was discharged to her son’s care; outpatient psychiatric care was also arranged. The psychiatrist started donepezil, 5 mg/d titrated to 10 mg/d after 6 weeks, to treat her memory impairments.

More than 1 year later, Mrs. A lives at home with her son. She has not needed psychiatric hospitalization. Her primary care physician monitors her cardiac health.

CASE 2: SUICIDALITY AND SEXUAL BEHAVIOR

Mr. B, age 50, has battled schizoaffective disorder for more than 30 years. Upon presenting to the ER, he told clinicians he planned to jump from his seventh-floor apartment after arguing with his neighbor.

The patient had been taking gabapentin, 300 mg bid; olanzapine, 10 mg at bedtime; citalopram, 20 mg/d; clonazepam, 1 mg at bedtime for panic symptoms; atorvastatin, 10 mg/d for hyperlipidemia; and esomeprazole, 40 mg/d, for ongoing GI problems. He also has bradycardia.

 

 

Electrolyte and magnesium levels, thyroid function, and liver function tests were normal. Potassium was 3.9 mEq/L, indicating possible deficiency. Toxicity screen was negative, ruling out substance abuse or medication overdose. Baseline ECG—ordered because of Mr. B’s bradycardia—showed a QTc interval of 519 msec (almost 80 msec above high-normal for men) and a heart rate of 50 bpm.

The cardiology team found that 1 year before, while being examined for suspected syncope, Mr. B had a prolonged QTc interval that resolved after olanzapine was stopped. Acting on cardiology’s advice, the psychiatrist stopped olanzapine and clonazepam, continued gabapentin, 300 mg/d, and added lorazepam, 1 mg as needed for agitation.

Within 48 hours, Mr. B’s QTc interval decreased to 400 msec. Gabapentin and lorazepam were continued. He received potassium chloride, 40 mEq qid for 4 days, and within 2 days potassium was normal (4.4 to 4.8 mEq/L). Magnesium also was monitored.

Over the next few days, Mr. B decompensated. He exposed himself, requested sexual favors from staff, and became agitated. Staff reported that he was responding to internal stimuli and had pressured speech and flight of ideas.

After consulting cardiology, the psychiatrist restarted olanzapine, 10 mg/d, and lorazepam, 1 mg bid. Daily ECGs were ordered. After two olanzapine doses, Mr. B’s QTc interval rose to 550 msec. The psychiatrist stopped all psychotropics except lorazepam, which was increased to 2 mg bid. When Mr. B became more agitated, throwing himself to the floor and hitting himself, he was isolated for his safety.

The authors’ observations

For years, olanzapine abated Mr. B’s mood and psychotic symptoms, and until the previous year significant QTc prolongation had not been detected. Other risk factors—such as electrolyte imbalance and change in olanzapine metabolism—were ruled out.

Mr. B’s chart indicated that he had responded well to haloperidol during a prior hospitalization. Divalproex, which has little effect on QTc interval, was also considered to control his mood.

CASE 2 CONTINUED: DRUG TRIALS

Eight days after Mr. B was hospitalized, the psychiatrist added divalproex, 250 mg tid titrated over 4 days to 1,000 mg/d. Mr. B became less manic but remained psychotic and disorganized. Lorazepam was increased to 2 mg tid and 3 mg at bedtime. His QTc interval now averaged 400 msec.

Loxapine, 10 mg tid, was added but then quickly discontinued after Mr. B’s QTc interval approached 500 msec.

Table 2

QTc interval ranges in men and women

RangeMen (msec)Women (msec)
Normal<430<450
Borderline431-450451-470
Source: reference 8.

The following week, after consulting cardiology, the psychiatrist started haloperidol, 2 mg tid, and added benztropine, 1 mg for dystonia as needed. The next day, Mr. B’s QTc interval was 402 msec.

Medications were readjusted gradually. Gabapentin was restarted and increased to 600 mg tid, lorazepam was decreased to 1 mg tid, and divalproex was increased to 500 mg tid with no major QTc change.

Haloperidol was titrated to 5 mg bid, but the interval increased to 549 msec, then fell below 500 msec after haloperidol was readjusted to 2 mg bid.

Over the next 2 weeks, Mr. B’s mood and psychotic symptoms gradually improved. He was discharged after 27 days, at which point his QTc interval ranged between 360 and 409 msec. He was told to continue his medications.

The authors’ observations

Many factors other than antipsychotic use can lengthen QTc interval. Patients with major psychiatric disorders tend to have more risk factors compared with the general population.4

Serial or signal-averaged ECGs are the most accurate ways to monitor QTc intervals.5 Obtain a baseline ECG before starting an antipsychotic for patients with one or more risk factors:

Age >65. Older persons without coronary artery disease (CAD) have longer QTc intervals than do younger patients in similar health.6

Drug-drug interactions—common among the elderly—can further prolong the interval. Decreased drug metabolism also raises drug plasma levels and increases QTc prolongation risk.

Cardiac diseases. CAD, cardiac arrhythmias, and congestive heart failure are serious risk factors, particularly for older patients. Watch for pre-existing heart disease—which heightens risk of conduction defects—and family history of cardiac disease, syncope, or sudden death.

CNS diseases. Stroke, tumors, and brain infections can cause autonomic dysfunction and electrolyte imbalances.

Electrolyte imbalance. Hypokalemia and hypomagnesemia can prolong the interval.7 Take complaints of diarrhea or frequent vomiting seriously, and refer patients with renal disease or who are using diuretics for an ECG. Regularly test for electrolytes, especially potassium and magnesium.

Endocrine diseases. Diabetes, hypothyroidism, and pituitary insufficiency can cause electrolyte abnormalities.

Female sex. QTc intervals are on average 20 msec longer in women <age>Table 2)8 and are prolonged during the first half of the menstrual cycle. Androgen may shorten intervals in men. Women account for about 70% of drug-induced torsade de pointes cases.9
</age>

 

 

Medications. Antipsychotics, tricyclics, and antihistamines can prolong the interval alone or when combined with drugs that inhibit their metabolism. Concomitant use of agents that inhibit cytochrome P-450 enzyme systems may elevate serum concentrations of the interval-prolonging medication,4 as can decreased CYP 2D6 activity.10 Check plasma drug levels in patients who exhibit side effects.

Also check for congenital long QTc interval, autonomic CNS abnormalities, and overdose of a prescribed psychotropic.

Check ECGs every 2 days for inpatients and at every visit for outpatients taking antipsychotics. Frequent testing is crucial for elderly patients with multiple cardiac risk factors who are taking medications likely to increase the interval. Repeat ECGs if the patient reports lightheadedness or palpitations.

QTc interval prolongation is minimal in healthy young adults taking antipsychotics, so order ECGs only when symptoms arise. A baseline ECG is advisable but not necessary.

Order a cardiology consult and immediate ECG when the QTc interval exceeds 500 msec11 or if the patient exhibits arrhythmia symptoms (palpitation chest pain, dizziness, presyncope, syncope). Work with the cardiologist to manage medication.

Related resources

  • University of Arizona Center for Education and Research on Therapeutics. Drugs that prolong the QT interval. http://www.qtdrugs.org/medical-pros/drug-lists/drug-lists.htm
  • Glassman AH, Bigger JT Jr. Antipsychotic drugs: prolonged QTc interval, torsade de pointes, and sudden death. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158:1774-82.

Drug brand names

  • Atorvastatin • Lipitor
  • Benztropine • Cogentin
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Clonazepam • Klonopin
  • Divalproex • Depakote
  • Donepezil • Aricept
  • Esomeprazole • Nexium
  • Gabapentin • Neurontin
  • Haloperidol • Haldol
  • Hydrochlorothiazide • Atacand, others
  • Lorazepam • Ativan
  • Loxapine • Loxitane
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Thioridazine • Mellaril
  • Ziprasidone •Geodon

Disclosure

Dr. Tampi receives research support from the division of state, community, and public health, bureau of health professions, Health Resources and Services Administration, Department of Health and Human Services.

Dr. Ruedrich receives grants from Pfizer Inc. and Eisai Inc., and is a consultant to Abbott Laboratories.

The other authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

CASE 1: BEWARE ‘OLD MAN KIPLING’

Mrs. A, age 87, has Alzheimer’s disease. About 1 month before presentation, she entered a nursing home because of increasing agitation, paranoia, auditory and visual hallucinations, and decreased ability to care for herself. Her doctor started risperidone, 0.5 mg bid, to treat her agitation and psychosis.

Two days later, Mrs. A barricaded herself in her room. She told staff that “Old Man Kipling” was trying to break in, steal her money, and kill her and her son. She was sent to the emergency room; psychiatric consultation was ordered.

Mrs. A also has hypertension, renal cell carcinoma, anemia, and chronic renal failure. She had seen a psychiatrist for worsening cognitive function but has no other psychiatric history. Brain CT without contrast revealed generalized atrophy with no acute cerebral events. Workup showed decreased potassium (3.1 mEq/L), which returned to normal after Mrs. A was given potassium chloride, 20 mEq/d for 5 days. Other lab results were normal. Hydrochlorothiazide, 25 mg/d for hypertension, was stopped to prevent potassium depletion. No neurologic deficits were found.

Upon admission to the geriatric psychiatry unit, Mrs. A was paranoid and agitated. She talked to an imaginary person, continued to fear “Old Man Kipling,” and again tried to barricade herself.

ECG at admission—done because of Mrs. A’s age, cardiac history, and hydrochlorothiazide use—showed a corrected QT (QTc) interval of 494 msec, nearly 50 msec above the high-normal range for women. The interval was 460 msec at baseline (before risperidone treatment). Mrs. A was switched to olanzapine, 5 mg at bedtime, but her QTc intervals stayed between 494 and 495 msec, and her psychotic symptoms continued unabated.

Table 1

Mean antipsychotic-induced QTc interval change from baseline to steady state

AntipsychoticMean QTc interval change
Haloperidol4.7 msec
Olanzapine6.4 msec
Risperidone10.0 msec
Quetiapine14.5 msec
Ziprasidone20.6 msec
Thioridazine35.8 msec
Source: reference 2.

The authors’ observations

Antipsychotics, used to treat behavioral disturbances in older patients, can prolong QTc intervals. Although often asymptomatic, a prolonged interval can lead to torsade de pointes, a polymorphic ventricular arrhythmia that can progress to ventricular fibrillation and cause sudden death.

Reilly et al1 suggest that antipsychotic-induced QTc prolongation may be dose-dependent. Age >65 is also a risk factor.

Start low and go slow when prescribing antipsychotics to patients with QTc intervals 450 msec. If prolonged intervals persist, switch antipsychotics and consult a cardiologist to help manage the patient’s care.

Switching agents will not entirely eliminate the risk, however. Mrs. A’s QTc interval remained elevated despite the switch to olanzapine, which is less likely than most antipsychotics to increase the interval.

Among mostly healthy men, haloperidol was shown to cause a lower mean QTc interval increase than other antipsychotics (Table 1), although QTc prolongations >60 msec were reported in 4% of those who took haloperidol.2 The agent also may cause tardive dyskinesia, and that risk is multiplied in patients >age 65.3 For Mrs. A, however, persistent psychosis and declining function outweighed the risks.

With haloperidol, start low and titrate slowly to reduce the risk of extrapyramidal symptoms (EPS). Decrease the dosage if involuntary movements develop. If a haloperidol decrease would lead to decompensation, add an anticholinergic agent such as benztropine, but be careful because anticholinergics can worsen cognitive function.

Test for involuntary movements before starting an antipsychotic. Retest every 4 to 6 months, when changing dosages or switching antipsychotics, and when patients complain of EPS.

CASE 1 CONTINUED: GOODBYE MR. KIPLING

Mrs. A was switched to haloperidol, 0.5 mg bid titrated over 3 weeks to 2 mg every morning and 3 mg nightly. Daily ECGs across 10 days showed QTc intervals 467 msec. Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale testing showed no EPS. Her blood pressure was stable, ranging from 110 to 130 mm Hg (systolic) and 70 to 80 mm Hg (diastolic).

The patient became calmer and her paranoid delusions and hallucinations disappeared. Her Folstein Mini-Mental Status Examination score during her third and final week of hospitalization was 16, indicating moderate dementia. She was discharged to her son’s care; outpatient psychiatric care was also arranged. The psychiatrist started donepezil, 5 mg/d titrated to 10 mg/d after 6 weeks, to treat her memory impairments.

More than 1 year later, Mrs. A lives at home with her son. She has not needed psychiatric hospitalization. Her primary care physician monitors her cardiac health.

CASE 2: SUICIDALITY AND SEXUAL BEHAVIOR

Mr. B, age 50, has battled schizoaffective disorder for more than 30 years. Upon presenting to the ER, he told clinicians he planned to jump from his seventh-floor apartment after arguing with his neighbor.

The patient had been taking gabapentin, 300 mg bid; olanzapine, 10 mg at bedtime; citalopram, 20 mg/d; clonazepam, 1 mg at bedtime for panic symptoms; atorvastatin, 10 mg/d for hyperlipidemia; and esomeprazole, 40 mg/d, for ongoing GI problems. He also has bradycardia.

 

 

Electrolyte and magnesium levels, thyroid function, and liver function tests were normal. Potassium was 3.9 mEq/L, indicating possible deficiency. Toxicity screen was negative, ruling out substance abuse or medication overdose. Baseline ECG—ordered because of Mr. B’s bradycardia—showed a QTc interval of 519 msec (almost 80 msec above high-normal for men) and a heart rate of 50 bpm.

The cardiology team found that 1 year before, while being examined for suspected syncope, Mr. B had a prolonged QTc interval that resolved after olanzapine was stopped. Acting on cardiology’s advice, the psychiatrist stopped olanzapine and clonazepam, continued gabapentin, 300 mg/d, and added lorazepam, 1 mg as needed for agitation.

Within 48 hours, Mr. B’s QTc interval decreased to 400 msec. Gabapentin and lorazepam were continued. He received potassium chloride, 40 mEq qid for 4 days, and within 2 days potassium was normal (4.4 to 4.8 mEq/L). Magnesium also was monitored.

Over the next few days, Mr. B decompensated. He exposed himself, requested sexual favors from staff, and became agitated. Staff reported that he was responding to internal stimuli and had pressured speech and flight of ideas.

After consulting cardiology, the psychiatrist restarted olanzapine, 10 mg/d, and lorazepam, 1 mg bid. Daily ECGs were ordered. After two olanzapine doses, Mr. B’s QTc interval rose to 550 msec. The psychiatrist stopped all psychotropics except lorazepam, which was increased to 2 mg bid. When Mr. B became more agitated, throwing himself to the floor and hitting himself, he was isolated for his safety.

The authors’ observations

For years, olanzapine abated Mr. B’s mood and psychotic symptoms, and until the previous year significant QTc prolongation had not been detected. Other risk factors—such as electrolyte imbalance and change in olanzapine metabolism—were ruled out.

Mr. B’s chart indicated that he had responded well to haloperidol during a prior hospitalization. Divalproex, which has little effect on QTc interval, was also considered to control his mood.

CASE 2 CONTINUED: DRUG TRIALS

Eight days after Mr. B was hospitalized, the psychiatrist added divalproex, 250 mg tid titrated over 4 days to 1,000 mg/d. Mr. B became less manic but remained psychotic and disorganized. Lorazepam was increased to 2 mg tid and 3 mg at bedtime. His QTc interval now averaged 400 msec.

Loxapine, 10 mg tid, was added but then quickly discontinued after Mr. B’s QTc interval approached 500 msec.

Table 2

QTc interval ranges in men and women

RangeMen (msec)Women (msec)
Normal<430<450
Borderline431-450451-470
Source: reference 8.

The following week, after consulting cardiology, the psychiatrist started haloperidol, 2 mg tid, and added benztropine, 1 mg for dystonia as needed. The next day, Mr. B’s QTc interval was 402 msec.

Medications were readjusted gradually. Gabapentin was restarted and increased to 600 mg tid, lorazepam was decreased to 1 mg tid, and divalproex was increased to 500 mg tid with no major QTc change.

Haloperidol was titrated to 5 mg bid, but the interval increased to 549 msec, then fell below 500 msec after haloperidol was readjusted to 2 mg bid.

Over the next 2 weeks, Mr. B’s mood and psychotic symptoms gradually improved. He was discharged after 27 days, at which point his QTc interval ranged between 360 and 409 msec. He was told to continue his medications.

The authors’ observations

Many factors other than antipsychotic use can lengthen QTc interval. Patients with major psychiatric disorders tend to have more risk factors compared with the general population.4

Serial or signal-averaged ECGs are the most accurate ways to monitor QTc intervals.5 Obtain a baseline ECG before starting an antipsychotic for patients with one or more risk factors:

Age >65. Older persons without coronary artery disease (CAD) have longer QTc intervals than do younger patients in similar health.6

Drug-drug interactions—common among the elderly—can further prolong the interval. Decreased drug metabolism also raises drug plasma levels and increases QTc prolongation risk.

Cardiac diseases. CAD, cardiac arrhythmias, and congestive heart failure are serious risk factors, particularly for older patients. Watch for pre-existing heart disease—which heightens risk of conduction defects—and family history of cardiac disease, syncope, or sudden death.

CNS diseases. Stroke, tumors, and brain infections can cause autonomic dysfunction and electrolyte imbalances.

Electrolyte imbalance. Hypokalemia and hypomagnesemia can prolong the interval.7 Take complaints of diarrhea or frequent vomiting seriously, and refer patients with renal disease or who are using diuretics for an ECG. Regularly test for electrolytes, especially potassium and magnesium.

Endocrine diseases. Diabetes, hypothyroidism, and pituitary insufficiency can cause electrolyte abnormalities.

Female sex. QTc intervals are on average 20 msec longer in women <age>Table 2)8 and are prolonged during the first half of the menstrual cycle. Androgen may shorten intervals in men. Women account for about 70% of drug-induced torsade de pointes cases.9
</age>

 

 

Medications. Antipsychotics, tricyclics, and antihistamines can prolong the interval alone or when combined with drugs that inhibit their metabolism. Concomitant use of agents that inhibit cytochrome P-450 enzyme systems may elevate serum concentrations of the interval-prolonging medication,4 as can decreased CYP 2D6 activity.10 Check plasma drug levels in patients who exhibit side effects.

Also check for congenital long QTc interval, autonomic CNS abnormalities, and overdose of a prescribed psychotropic.

Check ECGs every 2 days for inpatients and at every visit for outpatients taking antipsychotics. Frequent testing is crucial for elderly patients with multiple cardiac risk factors who are taking medications likely to increase the interval. Repeat ECGs if the patient reports lightheadedness or palpitations.

QTc interval prolongation is minimal in healthy young adults taking antipsychotics, so order ECGs only when symptoms arise. A baseline ECG is advisable but not necessary.

Order a cardiology consult and immediate ECG when the QTc interval exceeds 500 msec11 or if the patient exhibits arrhythmia symptoms (palpitation chest pain, dizziness, presyncope, syncope). Work with the cardiologist to manage medication.

Related resources

  • University of Arizona Center for Education and Research on Therapeutics. Drugs that prolong the QT interval. http://www.qtdrugs.org/medical-pros/drug-lists/drug-lists.htm
  • Glassman AH, Bigger JT Jr. Antipsychotic drugs: prolonged QTc interval, torsade de pointes, and sudden death. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158:1774-82.

Drug brand names

  • Atorvastatin • Lipitor
  • Benztropine • Cogentin
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Clonazepam • Klonopin
  • Divalproex • Depakote
  • Donepezil • Aricept
  • Esomeprazole • Nexium
  • Gabapentin • Neurontin
  • Haloperidol • Haldol
  • Hydrochlorothiazide • Atacand, others
  • Lorazepam • Ativan
  • Loxapine • Loxitane
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Thioridazine • Mellaril
  • Ziprasidone •Geodon

Disclosure

Dr. Tampi receives research support from the division of state, community, and public health, bureau of health professions, Health Resources and Services Administration, Department of Health and Human Services.

Dr. Ruedrich receives grants from Pfizer Inc. and Eisai Inc., and is a consultant to Abbott Laboratories.

The other authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Reilly JG, Ayis SA, Ferrier IN, et al. QTc-interval abnormalities and psychotropic drug therapy in psychiatric patients. Lancet. 2000;355:1048-52.

2. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Psychopharmacological Drugs Advisory Committee. Meeting transcript for approval of Zeldox (ziprasidone), July 19, 2000. Available at: http://www.fda.gov/ohrms/docket/ac/00/transcripts/3619tla.pdf, 3619tlb.pdf. and 3619tlc.pdf.

3. Jeste DV, Caligiuri MP, Paulsen JS, et al. Risk of tardive dyskinesia in older patients. A prospective longitudinal study of 266 outpatients. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1995;52:756-65.

4. Fayek M, Kingsbury SJ, Zada J, Simpson GM. Psychopharmacology: cardiac effects of antipsychotic medication. Psychiatr Serv. 2001;52:607-9.

5. Baker B, Dorian P, Sandor C, et al. Electrocardiographic effects of fluoxetine and doxepine in patients with major depression. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1997;17:15-21.

6. Khan SP, Dhalvani S, Vieweg WVR, et al. Electrocardiographic QT interval in geropsychiatric inpatient population: a preliminary study. Med Psychiatr. 1998;1:71-4.

7. Crompton SJ, Lux RL, Ramsey MR, et al. Genetically defined therapy of inherited long-QT syndrome: correction of abnormal repolarization by potassium. Circulation. 1996;94:1018-22.

8. Piepho RW. Cardiovascular effects of antipsychotics used in bipolar illness. J Clin Psychiatry. 2002;63[suppl 4]:20-3.

9. Drici MD, Clement N. Is gender a risk factor for adverse drug reaction? The example of drug-induced long QT syndrome. Drug Saf. 2001;24(8):575-85

10. Francis PD. Effects of psychotropic medications on the pediatric electrocardiogram and recommendations for monitoring. Curr Opin Ped. 2002;14:224-30.

11. Bednar MM, Harrigan EP, Anziano RJ, et al. The QT interval. Prog Cardiovasc Dis. 2001;43:1-45.

References

1. Reilly JG, Ayis SA, Ferrier IN, et al. QTc-interval abnormalities and psychotropic drug therapy in psychiatric patients. Lancet. 2000;355:1048-52.

2. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Psychopharmacological Drugs Advisory Committee. Meeting transcript for approval of Zeldox (ziprasidone), July 19, 2000. Available at: http://www.fda.gov/ohrms/docket/ac/00/transcripts/3619tla.pdf, 3619tlb.pdf. and 3619tlc.pdf.

3. Jeste DV, Caligiuri MP, Paulsen JS, et al. Risk of tardive dyskinesia in older patients. A prospective longitudinal study of 266 outpatients. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1995;52:756-65.

4. Fayek M, Kingsbury SJ, Zada J, Simpson GM. Psychopharmacology: cardiac effects of antipsychotic medication. Psychiatr Serv. 2001;52:607-9.

5. Baker B, Dorian P, Sandor C, et al. Electrocardiographic effects of fluoxetine and doxepine in patients with major depression. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1997;17:15-21.

6. Khan SP, Dhalvani S, Vieweg WVR, et al. Electrocardiographic QT interval in geropsychiatric inpatient population: a preliminary study. Med Psychiatr. 1998;1:71-4.

7. Crompton SJ, Lux RL, Ramsey MR, et al. Genetically defined therapy of inherited long-QT syndrome: correction of abnormal repolarization by potassium. Circulation. 1996;94:1018-22.

8. Piepho RW. Cardiovascular effects of antipsychotics used in bipolar illness. J Clin Psychiatry. 2002;63[suppl 4]:20-3.

9. Drici MD, Clement N. Is gender a risk factor for adverse drug reaction? The example of drug-induced long QT syndrome. Drug Saf. 2001;24(8):575-85

10. Francis PD. Effects of psychotropic medications on the pediatric electrocardiogram and recommendations for monitoring. Curr Opin Ped. 2002;14:224-30.

11. Bednar MM, Harrigan EP, Anziano RJ, et al. The QT interval. Prog Cardiovasc Dis. 2001;43:1-45.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(09)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(09)
Page Number
75-88
Page Number
75-88
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Spotting a silent killer
Display Headline
Spotting a silent killer
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

A troubled patient’s secret life

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:31
Display Headline
A troubled patient’s secret life

History: Threatened by an ‘angel’

Mr. M, age 32, began hearing voices at age 16. He had been diagnosed as having bipolar disorder with psychotic features before presenting to our hospital in 1995. He often experienced hypomania (euphoria, decreased sleep, free spending) followed by depressive periods (lack of energy, tearfulness, decreased concentration), and heard commands to kill himself or saw menacing shadows or “angels.”

Several psychiatrists tried various psychotropics across 6 years, but Mr. M’s odd behaviors persisted. One night he physically threatened his father, who tried to stop Mr. M from eating a sandwich wrapped in a plastic bag. Mr. M was hospitalized that night, and his diagnosis was changed to schizoaffective disorder based on recurrent auditory and visual hallucinations when mood symptoms were absent.

Mr. M was hospitalized nine times within 6 years for psychotic or depressive symptoms— including twice in 1 month for depression and suicidal ideation. Two months later, he attempted suicide by taking 1,200 mg of ziprasidone (about 10 times the normal daily dosage) and an unknown amount of lorazepam, after which he was treated in the ER and released. He presented to me shortly afterward, frightened by his suicide attempt.

At intake, Mr. M was taking lorazepam, 1 mg tid for anxiety, and ziprasidone, 20 mg bid.

Single and unemployed, Mr. M lived with his parents and a brother, and was collecting disability benefits because of his psychiatric problems. He told me that he had been off cocaine for 3 years but had used marijuana 2 weeks earlier. He also reported ongoing family problems but did not elaborate. He said he did not feel suicidal but described continued depressive episodes.

Dr. Fraser’s observations

Mr. M’s last six psychiatric hospitalizations and at least 5 years of outpatient notes by other psychiatrists indicated a history of schizoaffective disorder. Mr. M’s psychotic symptoms persisted for substantial periods while mood symptoms were absent, thus supporting the diagnosis. By contrast, mood and psychotic symptoms in major depression with psychotic features are almost always simultaneous.

Mr. M’s substance use should be considered. Fifty percent of persons with schizophrenia or an affective disorder have a lifetime prevalence of substance abuse disorder.1 The rate climbs to 60% to 90% for patients with schizophrenia seen in emergency rooms, inpatient psychiatric units, and community settings.2

Mr. M’s last documented cocaine use was in 1998; subsequent urine drug screens showed only marijuana.

Cocaine abuse could have contributed to Mr. M’s psychotic symptoms, and marijuana use could have caused his inertia, lack of motivation, and difficulty concentrating. It is unclear why previous doctors attributed most of his psychotic symptoms to a major mental illness rather than cocaine use.

Ask patients about substance use along with a chronology of psychiatric symptoms. Encourage patients who are regularly using substances to stop for a trial period to see if symptoms abate during abstinence. Refer patients for substance use treatment if necessary.

Treatment: A waighty issue

I feared that Mr. M’s psychotic symptoms would recur, but he was more concerned about his depression and obesity. He said he gained 50 pounds over 3 1/2 years while taking olanzapine, 10 to 15 mg/d, and divalproex at various dosages. He stopped both agents on his own and lost 35 pounds across 6 months but was still obese (197 lbs., body mass index [BMI] 32.9).

I prescribed bupropion SR—100 mg/d titrated over several weeks to 200 mg each morning and 100 mg at night—because of its association with weight loss. I also:

  • continued ziprasidone, 20 mg bid, to prevent psychosis
  • continued lorazepam, 1 mg tid, to reduce anxiety stemming from his family problems. I asked Mr. M to slowly taper off the agent—which he had been taking for 8 years—across 6 to 12 months because a protracted benzodiazepine regimen can contribute to depression.
  • referred him to a psychotherapist for cognitive-behavioral therapy to help reduce his depressive thinking and suicide risk
  • recommended that he stop using marijuana.

At his second visit, Mr. M reported more auditory hallucinations. I increased ziprasidone to 40 mg bid.

By this time, Mr. M was becoming more comfortable in therapy. He began discussing his family problems in more detail, telling me that his brother is addicted to heroin.

I asked Mr. M if he was again threatening family members or other people. He replied that he had not been violent, but that his mother often slaps him and others in his family. I commended him for not retaliating, but warned him that his mother’s aggression was perpetuating his depression.

I encouraged Mr. M to find an apartment, but he said he could not yet afford to live on his own. I referred him to case management services to help him find affordable housing and urged him to avoid his mother’s assaults. He seemed to appreciate my concern for him.

 

 

Box

Four ways to build an alliance with a chronically ill patient

  • Respect the patient’s goals. You fear psychotic symptoms will resurface, but the patient is more concerned about weight gain or other side effects. When possible, choose an agent that targets symptoms without causing the feared side effects.
  • Enhance motivation for change. Remind the patient of past successes. Break the broad goal into smaller, achievable goals. Find out the patient’s unique motivations for change.
  • Become the patient’s advocate. Accept responsibility for patient care problems. Refer the patient to needed social services.
  • Keep an open mind about diagnosis and prognosis. Despite being the definitive diagnostic reference, DSM-IV-TR does not neatly fit all patients, nor account for all human suffering.

Twelve days later, Mr. M made an unplanned visit. He was angry because our pharmacy had not refilled his prescriptions and no one had returned his call asking about the refills. He was irritable but nonthreatening, although he planned to complain to the psychiatric center’s medical director.

I had received no phone messages, and my notes indicated the prescriptions were refilled. Nonetheless, my assuming responsibility for this problem was key to preserving our therapeutic alliance (Box). I resolved the matter and apologized for the miscommunication. Mr. M accepted my apology and scheduled a return visit.

About 1 month later, Mr. M’s self-esteem had increased. He stopped using marijuana, went on a low-calorie diet, and exercised at least 1 hour daily at a local gym. He lost 27 lbs. over 2 months, dropping his weight to 170 lbs. (BMI 28.3). He finished group (15 sessions) and individual (four sessions) psychotherapy, and avoided his mother when she became aggressive.

Before his next monthly visit, Mr. M had called the state vocational rehabilitation department to begin employment. I tapered lorazepam to 0.5 mg nightly while continuing ziprasidone and bupropion. His weight was near normal (150 lbs., BMI 25).

Six months into treatment, Mr. M. applied for a job and moved out of his parents’ home to live with another brother, who does not take drugs. He said that he “felt at peace” for the first time in years. His weight stayed in the 140s. I stopped lorazepam and he requested to see me 3 months later.

Dr. Fraser’s observations

Many patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder struggle with weight gain, substance use, employment problems, and family conflict, and some make slow progress with one or more of these issues. Mr. M’s rapid improvement on all fronts was striking, however.

Recovery from schizophrenia has been documented,3 and the prognosis for schizoaffective disorder is often more positive than for schizophrenia or severe bipolar disorder.4 Still, Mr. M’s apparent recovery seemed incredible.

To prevent symptom recurrence, I left the bupropion/ziprasidone regimen unchanged. Even after a chronically ill patient responds to medication, I feel dosages should be maintained unless side effects occur or a medication loses effectiveness.

Table

PTSD symptoms that suggest other diagnoses

PTSD symptomsSimilar toDiagnosis suggested
Depersonalization, derealization, dissociationPsychosisSchizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder
Anxiety, hypervigilance, insomniaAnxietyExacerbations of schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, bipolar disorder (mania)
Flashbacks, fear of trauma recurrenceParanoiaSchizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder

Follow-up: Mr. M’s story

Since the mix-up with Mr. M’s medications, our therapeutic alliance grew stronger. He told me more about himself with each visit. Four months into treatment, he revealed that he is gay and feels “liberated” after years of keeping it secret.

Five months later, Mr. M confided that an older male partner had physically, sexually, and emotionally abused him for about 10 years, starting when Mr. M was 16—about the time his auditory hallucinations began. The abusive relationship ended when the partner died of an unspecified overdose.

Mr. M’s gay friends advised him to seek closure. He visited his ex-partner’s grave, placed a rose, said goodbye, and left vowing he’d never again become an abuse victim. He said he had never told any health professional this story.

Mr. M then asked to be tapered off medications. I was afraid his psychotic symptoms could resurface, although I now wondered whether his schizoaffective disorder diagnosis had been correct. We tapered bupropion and ziprasidone over the next month.

Twenty-four months later, his schizoaffective symptoms had not resurfaced. He worked as a security guard, maintained an apartment, and continued exercising and eating right. His weight stayed normal (140 lbs., BMI 23.3). No signs of hypomania were present, and he was finding fulfillment in nonabusive relationships.

Dr. Fraser’s observations

Some patients progress to schizophrenia’s residual “burnout” phase and become asymptomatic. Mr. M, however, was much younger than other patients with residual schizophrenia, and his mental and physical health were more robust.

 

 

Instead, Mr. M may have had complex PTSD secondary to 10 years of abuse by a partner and lifelong abuse by his mother, with drug-induced psychotic symptoms. PTSD can mimic schizoaffective disorder and schizophrenia (Table), and DSM-IV trains us to manage the differential diagnosis first. Mr. M’s revelation about his abusive mother could have raised suspicion of PTSD, but I was targeting apparent psychotic symptoms.

Mr. M’s shame over being gay and his inability to discuss his guilt with family and friends likely contributed to his isolation and perpetuated both the abuse and psychiatric symptoms. Although his ex-partner’s death ended an abusive relationship, his mother’s ongoing abuse prolonged its emotional effects.

If Mr. M. had not revealed his mother’s aggression—in response to a question about his abusive behavior—his psychiatric symptoms may have continued unabated. For years, despite many psychiatric consultations and hospitalizations, Mr. M kept his abusive relationships a secret.

Ask patients about ongoing physical, sexual, and emotional abuse as part of the initial evaluation. Even if the patient denies abuse at first, he or she may reveal this information as the therapeutic alliance develops. As treatment continues—particularly when the patient seems more stressed—ask again about abuse by or toward the patient. If necessary, be direct: “Is anyone hitting or hurting you in any way? Are you hurting someone else in any way?”

Building an alliance

Although clinicians often harbor low expectations for chronically ill patients, I believe that recovery from major psychiatric illness is possible.

Whatever his diagnosis, a strong therapeutic alliance hastened Mr. M’s recovery. Respecting his treatment goals, enhancing motivation to change, being his advocate, and considering alternate diagnoses helped me gain his trust (Box). Because I accepted responsibility for Mr. M’s prescription problems, for example, he sensed that I was on his side. This trust may have ultimately encouraged him to share secrets with me that he had not told other psychiatrists.

Related resources

  • National Center for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder. www.ncptsd.org
  • Heim C, Meinlschmidt G, Nemeroff CB. Neurobiology of early-life stress. Psychiatric Annals 2003;33(1):18-26.
  • Yehuda R. Post-traumatic stress disorder. N Engl J Med 2002;346:108-14.

Drug brand names

  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Divalproex • Depakote
  • Lorazepam •Ativan
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon

Disclosure

The author reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Acknowledgment

The author thanks Mr. M for permission to publish this case report.

References

1. Regier DA, Farmer ME, Rae DS, et al. Comorbidity of mental disorders with alcohol and other drug abuse. Results from the Epidemiologic Catchment Area (ECA) Study. JAMA 1990;264:2511-8.

2. Ziedonis DM, Trudeau K. Motivation to quit using substances among individuals with schizophrenia: implications for a motivation-based treatment model. Schizophr Bull. 1997;23:229-38.

3. Moran M. Skepticism greets report of schizophrenia recovery. Psychiatry News. 2003;38:32-7.

4. Tsuang MT, Levitt JJ, Simpson JC. Schizoaffective disorder. In: Hirsch SR, Weinberger DR (eds). Schizophrenia. Oxford, UK: Blackwell Sciences, 1995;46-57.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Kathryn J. Fraser, MD
Assistant professor of psychiatry, department of psychiatry University of New Mexico School of Osteopathic Medicine, Albuquerque
Medical director, continuing care clinic University of New Mexico Psychiatric Center

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(08)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
61-72
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Kathryn J. Fraser, MD
Assistant professor of psychiatry, department of psychiatry University of New Mexico School of Osteopathic Medicine, Albuquerque
Medical director, continuing care clinic University of New Mexico Psychiatric Center

Author and Disclosure Information

Kathryn J. Fraser, MD
Assistant professor of psychiatry, department of psychiatry University of New Mexico School of Osteopathic Medicine, Albuquerque
Medical director, continuing care clinic University of New Mexico Psychiatric Center

Article PDF
Article PDF

History: Threatened by an ‘angel’

Mr. M, age 32, began hearing voices at age 16. He had been diagnosed as having bipolar disorder with psychotic features before presenting to our hospital in 1995. He often experienced hypomania (euphoria, decreased sleep, free spending) followed by depressive periods (lack of energy, tearfulness, decreased concentration), and heard commands to kill himself or saw menacing shadows or “angels.”

Several psychiatrists tried various psychotropics across 6 years, but Mr. M’s odd behaviors persisted. One night he physically threatened his father, who tried to stop Mr. M from eating a sandwich wrapped in a plastic bag. Mr. M was hospitalized that night, and his diagnosis was changed to schizoaffective disorder based on recurrent auditory and visual hallucinations when mood symptoms were absent.

Mr. M was hospitalized nine times within 6 years for psychotic or depressive symptoms— including twice in 1 month for depression and suicidal ideation. Two months later, he attempted suicide by taking 1,200 mg of ziprasidone (about 10 times the normal daily dosage) and an unknown amount of lorazepam, after which he was treated in the ER and released. He presented to me shortly afterward, frightened by his suicide attempt.

At intake, Mr. M was taking lorazepam, 1 mg tid for anxiety, and ziprasidone, 20 mg bid.

Single and unemployed, Mr. M lived with his parents and a brother, and was collecting disability benefits because of his psychiatric problems. He told me that he had been off cocaine for 3 years but had used marijuana 2 weeks earlier. He also reported ongoing family problems but did not elaborate. He said he did not feel suicidal but described continued depressive episodes.

Dr. Fraser’s observations

Mr. M’s last six psychiatric hospitalizations and at least 5 years of outpatient notes by other psychiatrists indicated a history of schizoaffective disorder. Mr. M’s psychotic symptoms persisted for substantial periods while mood symptoms were absent, thus supporting the diagnosis. By contrast, mood and psychotic symptoms in major depression with psychotic features are almost always simultaneous.

Mr. M’s substance use should be considered. Fifty percent of persons with schizophrenia or an affective disorder have a lifetime prevalence of substance abuse disorder.1 The rate climbs to 60% to 90% for patients with schizophrenia seen in emergency rooms, inpatient psychiatric units, and community settings.2

Mr. M’s last documented cocaine use was in 1998; subsequent urine drug screens showed only marijuana.

Cocaine abuse could have contributed to Mr. M’s psychotic symptoms, and marijuana use could have caused his inertia, lack of motivation, and difficulty concentrating. It is unclear why previous doctors attributed most of his psychotic symptoms to a major mental illness rather than cocaine use.

Ask patients about substance use along with a chronology of psychiatric symptoms. Encourage patients who are regularly using substances to stop for a trial period to see if symptoms abate during abstinence. Refer patients for substance use treatment if necessary.

Treatment: A waighty issue

I feared that Mr. M’s psychotic symptoms would recur, but he was more concerned about his depression and obesity. He said he gained 50 pounds over 3 1/2 years while taking olanzapine, 10 to 15 mg/d, and divalproex at various dosages. He stopped both agents on his own and lost 35 pounds across 6 months but was still obese (197 lbs., body mass index [BMI] 32.9).

I prescribed bupropion SR—100 mg/d titrated over several weeks to 200 mg each morning and 100 mg at night—because of its association with weight loss. I also:

  • continued ziprasidone, 20 mg bid, to prevent psychosis
  • continued lorazepam, 1 mg tid, to reduce anxiety stemming from his family problems. I asked Mr. M to slowly taper off the agent—which he had been taking for 8 years—across 6 to 12 months because a protracted benzodiazepine regimen can contribute to depression.
  • referred him to a psychotherapist for cognitive-behavioral therapy to help reduce his depressive thinking and suicide risk
  • recommended that he stop using marijuana.

At his second visit, Mr. M reported more auditory hallucinations. I increased ziprasidone to 40 mg bid.

By this time, Mr. M was becoming more comfortable in therapy. He began discussing his family problems in more detail, telling me that his brother is addicted to heroin.

I asked Mr. M if he was again threatening family members or other people. He replied that he had not been violent, but that his mother often slaps him and others in his family. I commended him for not retaliating, but warned him that his mother’s aggression was perpetuating his depression.

I encouraged Mr. M to find an apartment, but he said he could not yet afford to live on his own. I referred him to case management services to help him find affordable housing and urged him to avoid his mother’s assaults. He seemed to appreciate my concern for him.

 

 

Box

Four ways to build an alliance with a chronically ill patient

  • Respect the patient’s goals. You fear psychotic symptoms will resurface, but the patient is more concerned about weight gain or other side effects. When possible, choose an agent that targets symptoms without causing the feared side effects.
  • Enhance motivation for change. Remind the patient of past successes. Break the broad goal into smaller, achievable goals. Find out the patient’s unique motivations for change.
  • Become the patient’s advocate. Accept responsibility for patient care problems. Refer the patient to needed social services.
  • Keep an open mind about diagnosis and prognosis. Despite being the definitive diagnostic reference, DSM-IV-TR does not neatly fit all patients, nor account for all human suffering.

Twelve days later, Mr. M made an unplanned visit. He was angry because our pharmacy had not refilled his prescriptions and no one had returned his call asking about the refills. He was irritable but nonthreatening, although he planned to complain to the psychiatric center’s medical director.

I had received no phone messages, and my notes indicated the prescriptions were refilled. Nonetheless, my assuming responsibility for this problem was key to preserving our therapeutic alliance (Box). I resolved the matter and apologized for the miscommunication. Mr. M accepted my apology and scheduled a return visit.

About 1 month later, Mr. M’s self-esteem had increased. He stopped using marijuana, went on a low-calorie diet, and exercised at least 1 hour daily at a local gym. He lost 27 lbs. over 2 months, dropping his weight to 170 lbs. (BMI 28.3). He finished group (15 sessions) and individual (four sessions) psychotherapy, and avoided his mother when she became aggressive.

Before his next monthly visit, Mr. M had called the state vocational rehabilitation department to begin employment. I tapered lorazepam to 0.5 mg nightly while continuing ziprasidone and bupropion. His weight was near normal (150 lbs., BMI 25).

Six months into treatment, Mr. M. applied for a job and moved out of his parents’ home to live with another brother, who does not take drugs. He said that he “felt at peace” for the first time in years. His weight stayed in the 140s. I stopped lorazepam and he requested to see me 3 months later.

Dr. Fraser’s observations

Many patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder struggle with weight gain, substance use, employment problems, and family conflict, and some make slow progress with one or more of these issues. Mr. M’s rapid improvement on all fronts was striking, however.

Recovery from schizophrenia has been documented,3 and the prognosis for schizoaffective disorder is often more positive than for schizophrenia or severe bipolar disorder.4 Still, Mr. M’s apparent recovery seemed incredible.

To prevent symptom recurrence, I left the bupropion/ziprasidone regimen unchanged. Even after a chronically ill patient responds to medication, I feel dosages should be maintained unless side effects occur or a medication loses effectiveness.

Table

PTSD symptoms that suggest other diagnoses

PTSD symptomsSimilar toDiagnosis suggested
Depersonalization, derealization, dissociationPsychosisSchizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder
Anxiety, hypervigilance, insomniaAnxietyExacerbations of schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, bipolar disorder (mania)
Flashbacks, fear of trauma recurrenceParanoiaSchizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder

Follow-up: Mr. M’s story

Since the mix-up with Mr. M’s medications, our therapeutic alliance grew stronger. He told me more about himself with each visit. Four months into treatment, he revealed that he is gay and feels “liberated” after years of keeping it secret.

Five months later, Mr. M confided that an older male partner had physically, sexually, and emotionally abused him for about 10 years, starting when Mr. M was 16—about the time his auditory hallucinations began. The abusive relationship ended when the partner died of an unspecified overdose.

Mr. M’s gay friends advised him to seek closure. He visited his ex-partner’s grave, placed a rose, said goodbye, and left vowing he’d never again become an abuse victim. He said he had never told any health professional this story.

Mr. M then asked to be tapered off medications. I was afraid his psychotic symptoms could resurface, although I now wondered whether his schizoaffective disorder diagnosis had been correct. We tapered bupropion and ziprasidone over the next month.

Twenty-four months later, his schizoaffective symptoms had not resurfaced. He worked as a security guard, maintained an apartment, and continued exercising and eating right. His weight stayed normal (140 lbs., BMI 23.3). No signs of hypomania were present, and he was finding fulfillment in nonabusive relationships.

Dr. Fraser’s observations

Some patients progress to schizophrenia’s residual “burnout” phase and become asymptomatic. Mr. M, however, was much younger than other patients with residual schizophrenia, and his mental and physical health were more robust.

 

 

Instead, Mr. M may have had complex PTSD secondary to 10 years of abuse by a partner and lifelong abuse by his mother, with drug-induced psychotic symptoms. PTSD can mimic schizoaffective disorder and schizophrenia (Table), and DSM-IV trains us to manage the differential diagnosis first. Mr. M’s revelation about his abusive mother could have raised suspicion of PTSD, but I was targeting apparent psychotic symptoms.

Mr. M’s shame over being gay and his inability to discuss his guilt with family and friends likely contributed to his isolation and perpetuated both the abuse and psychiatric symptoms. Although his ex-partner’s death ended an abusive relationship, his mother’s ongoing abuse prolonged its emotional effects.

If Mr. M. had not revealed his mother’s aggression—in response to a question about his abusive behavior—his psychiatric symptoms may have continued unabated. For years, despite many psychiatric consultations and hospitalizations, Mr. M kept his abusive relationships a secret.

Ask patients about ongoing physical, sexual, and emotional abuse as part of the initial evaluation. Even if the patient denies abuse at first, he or she may reveal this information as the therapeutic alliance develops. As treatment continues—particularly when the patient seems more stressed—ask again about abuse by or toward the patient. If necessary, be direct: “Is anyone hitting or hurting you in any way? Are you hurting someone else in any way?”

Building an alliance

Although clinicians often harbor low expectations for chronically ill patients, I believe that recovery from major psychiatric illness is possible.

Whatever his diagnosis, a strong therapeutic alliance hastened Mr. M’s recovery. Respecting his treatment goals, enhancing motivation to change, being his advocate, and considering alternate diagnoses helped me gain his trust (Box). Because I accepted responsibility for Mr. M’s prescription problems, for example, he sensed that I was on his side. This trust may have ultimately encouraged him to share secrets with me that he had not told other psychiatrists.

Related resources

  • National Center for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder. www.ncptsd.org
  • Heim C, Meinlschmidt G, Nemeroff CB. Neurobiology of early-life stress. Psychiatric Annals 2003;33(1):18-26.
  • Yehuda R. Post-traumatic stress disorder. N Engl J Med 2002;346:108-14.

Drug brand names

  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Divalproex • Depakote
  • Lorazepam •Ativan
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon

Disclosure

The author reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Acknowledgment

The author thanks Mr. M for permission to publish this case report.

History: Threatened by an ‘angel’

Mr. M, age 32, began hearing voices at age 16. He had been diagnosed as having bipolar disorder with psychotic features before presenting to our hospital in 1995. He often experienced hypomania (euphoria, decreased sleep, free spending) followed by depressive periods (lack of energy, tearfulness, decreased concentration), and heard commands to kill himself or saw menacing shadows or “angels.”

Several psychiatrists tried various psychotropics across 6 years, but Mr. M’s odd behaviors persisted. One night he physically threatened his father, who tried to stop Mr. M from eating a sandwich wrapped in a plastic bag. Mr. M was hospitalized that night, and his diagnosis was changed to schizoaffective disorder based on recurrent auditory and visual hallucinations when mood symptoms were absent.

Mr. M was hospitalized nine times within 6 years for psychotic or depressive symptoms— including twice in 1 month for depression and suicidal ideation. Two months later, he attempted suicide by taking 1,200 mg of ziprasidone (about 10 times the normal daily dosage) and an unknown amount of lorazepam, after which he was treated in the ER and released. He presented to me shortly afterward, frightened by his suicide attempt.

At intake, Mr. M was taking lorazepam, 1 mg tid for anxiety, and ziprasidone, 20 mg bid.

Single and unemployed, Mr. M lived with his parents and a brother, and was collecting disability benefits because of his psychiatric problems. He told me that he had been off cocaine for 3 years but had used marijuana 2 weeks earlier. He also reported ongoing family problems but did not elaborate. He said he did not feel suicidal but described continued depressive episodes.

Dr. Fraser’s observations

Mr. M’s last six psychiatric hospitalizations and at least 5 years of outpatient notes by other psychiatrists indicated a history of schizoaffective disorder. Mr. M’s psychotic symptoms persisted for substantial periods while mood symptoms were absent, thus supporting the diagnosis. By contrast, mood and psychotic symptoms in major depression with psychotic features are almost always simultaneous.

Mr. M’s substance use should be considered. Fifty percent of persons with schizophrenia or an affective disorder have a lifetime prevalence of substance abuse disorder.1 The rate climbs to 60% to 90% for patients with schizophrenia seen in emergency rooms, inpatient psychiatric units, and community settings.2

Mr. M’s last documented cocaine use was in 1998; subsequent urine drug screens showed only marijuana.

Cocaine abuse could have contributed to Mr. M’s psychotic symptoms, and marijuana use could have caused his inertia, lack of motivation, and difficulty concentrating. It is unclear why previous doctors attributed most of his psychotic symptoms to a major mental illness rather than cocaine use.

Ask patients about substance use along with a chronology of psychiatric symptoms. Encourage patients who are regularly using substances to stop for a trial period to see if symptoms abate during abstinence. Refer patients for substance use treatment if necessary.

Treatment: A waighty issue

I feared that Mr. M’s psychotic symptoms would recur, but he was more concerned about his depression and obesity. He said he gained 50 pounds over 3 1/2 years while taking olanzapine, 10 to 15 mg/d, and divalproex at various dosages. He stopped both agents on his own and lost 35 pounds across 6 months but was still obese (197 lbs., body mass index [BMI] 32.9).

I prescribed bupropion SR—100 mg/d titrated over several weeks to 200 mg each morning and 100 mg at night—because of its association with weight loss. I also:

  • continued ziprasidone, 20 mg bid, to prevent psychosis
  • continued lorazepam, 1 mg tid, to reduce anxiety stemming from his family problems. I asked Mr. M to slowly taper off the agent—which he had been taking for 8 years—across 6 to 12 months because a protracted benzodiazepine regimen can contribute to depression.
  • referred him to a psychotherapist for cognitive-behavioral therapy to help reduce his depressive thinking and suicide risk
  • recommended that he stop using marijuana.

At his second visit, Mr. M reported more auditory hallucinations. I increased ziprasidone to 40 mg bid.

By this time, Mr. M was becoming more comfortable in therapy. He began discussing his family problems in more detail, telling me that his brother is addicted to heroin.

I asked Mr. M if he was again threatening family members or other people. He replied that he had not been violent, but that his mother often slaps him and others in his family. I commended him for not retaliating, but warned him that his mother’s aggression was perpetuating his depression.

I encouraged Mr. M to find an apartment, but he said he could not yet afford to live on his own. I referred him to case management services to help him find affordable housing and urged him to avoid his mother’s assaults. He seemed to appreciate my concern for him.

 

 

Box

Four ways to build an alliance with a chronically ill patient

  • Respect the patient’s goals. You fear psychotic symptoms will resurface, but the patient is more concerned about weight gain or other side effects. When possible, choose an agent that targets symptoms without causing the feared side effects.
  • Enhance motivation for change. Remind the patient of past successes. Break the broad goal into smaller, achievable goals. Find out the patient’s unique motivations for change.
  • Become the patient’s advocate. Accept responsibility for patient care problems. Refer the patient to needed social services.
  • Keep an open mind about diagnosis and prognosis. Despite being the definitive diagnostic reference, DSM-IV-TR does not neatly fit all patients, nor account for all human suffering.

Twelve days later, Mr. M made an unplanned visit. He was angry because our pharmacy had not refilled his prescriptions and no one had returned his call asking about the refills. He was irritable but nonthreatening, although he planned to complain to the psychiatric center’s medical director.

I had received no phone messages, and my notes indicated the prescriptions were refilled. Nonetheless, my assuming responsibility for this problem was key to preserving our therapeutic alliance (Box). I resolved the matter and apologized for the miscommunication. Mr. M accepted my apology and scheduled a return visit.

About 1 month later, Mr. M’s self-esteem had increased. He stopped using marijuana, went on a low-calorie diet, and exercised at least 1 hour daily at a local gym. He lost 27 lbs. over 2 months, dropping his weight to 170 lbs. (BMI 28.3). He finished group (15 sessions) and individual (four sessions) psychotherapy, and avoided his mother when she became aggressive.

Before his next monthly visit, Mr. M had called the state vocational rehabilitation department to begin employment. I tapered lorazepam to 0.5 mg nightly while continuing ziprasidone and bupropion. His weight was near normal (150 lbs., BMI 25).

Six months into treatment, Mr. M. applied for a job and moved out of his parents’ home to live with another brother, who does not take drugs. He said that he “felt at peace” for the first time in years. His weight stayed in the 140s. I stopped lorazepam and he requested to see me 3 months later.

Dr. Fraser’s observations

Many patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder struggle with weight gain, substance use, employment problems, and family conflict, and some make slow progress with one or more of these issues. Mr. M’s rapid improvement on all fronts was striking, however.

Recovery from schizophrenia has been documented,3 and the prognosis for schizoaffective disorder is often more positive than for schizophrenia or severe bipolar disorder.4 Still, Mr. M’s apparent recovery seemed incredible.

To prevent symptom recurrence, I left the bupropion/ziprasidone regimen unchanged. Even after a chronically ill patient responds to medication, I feel dosages should be maintained unless side effects occur or a medication loses effectiveness.

Table

PTSD symptoms that suggest other diagnoses

PTSD symptomsSimilar toDiagnosis suggested
Depersonalization, derealization, dissociationPsychosisSchizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder
Anxiety, hypervigilance, insomniaAnxietyExacerbations of schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, bipolar disorder (mania)
Flashbacks, fear of trauma recurrenceParanoiaSchizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder

Follow-up: Mr. M’s story

Since the mix-up with Mr. M’s medications, our therapeutic alliance grew stronger. He told me more about himself with each visit. Four months into treatment, he revealed that he is gay and feels “liberated” after years of keeping it secret.

Five months later, Mr. M confided that an older male partner had physically, sexually, and emotionally abused him for about 10 years, starting when Mr. M was 16—about the time his auditory hallucinations began. The abusive relationship ended when the partner died of an unspecified overdose.

Mr. M’s gay friends advised him to seek closure. He visited his ex-partner’s grave, placed a rose, said goodbye, and left vowing he’d never again become an abuse victim. He said he had never told any health professional this story.

Mr. M then asked to be tapered off medications. I was afraid his psychotic symptoms could resurface, although I now wondered whether his schizoaffective disorder diagnosis had been correct. We tapered bupropion and ziprasidone over the next month.

Twenty-four months later, his schizoaffective symptoms had not resurfaced. He worked as a security guard, maintained an apartment, and continued exercising and eating right. His weight stayed normal (140 lbs., BMI 23.3). No signs of hypomania were present, and he was finding fulfillment in nonabusive relationships.

Dr. Fraser’s observations

Some patients progress to schizophrenia’s residual “burnout” phase and become asymptomatic. Mr. M, however, was much younger than other patients with residual schizophrenia, and his mental and physical health were more robust.

 

 

Instead, Mr. M may have had complex PTSD secondary to 10 years of abuse by a partner and lifelong abuse by his mother, with drug-induced psychotic symptoms. PTSD can mimic schizoaffective disorder and schizophrenia (Table), and DSM-IV trains us to manage the differential diagnosis first. Mr. M’s revelation about his abusive mother could have raised suspicion of PTSD, but I was targeting apparent psychotic symptoms.

Mr. M’s shame over being gay and his inability to discuss his guilt with family and friends likely contributed to his isolation and perpetuated both the abuse and psychiatric symptoms. Although his ex-partner’s death ended an abusive relationship, his mother’s ongoing abuse prolonged its emotional effects.

If Mr. M. had not revealed his mother’s aggression—in response to a question about his abusive behavior—his psychiatric symptoms may have continued unabated. For years, despite many psychiatric consultations and hospitalizations, Mr. M kept his abusive relationships a secret.

Ask patients about ongoing physical, sexual, and emotional abuse as part of the initial evaluation. Even if the patient denies abuse at first, he or she may reveal this information as the therapeutic alliance develops. As treatment continues—particularly when the patient seems more stressed—ask again about abuse by or toward the patient. If necessary, be direct: “Is anyone hitting or hurting you in any way? Are you hurting someone else in any way?”

Building an alliance

Although clinicians often harbor low expectations for chronically ill patients, I believe that recovery from major psychiatric illness is possible.

Whatever his diagnosis, a strong therapeutic alliance hastened Mr. M’s recovery. Respecting his treatment goals, enhancing motivation to change, being his advocate, and considering alternate diagnoses helped me gain his trust (Box). Because I accepted responsibility for Mr. M’s prescription problems, for example, he sensed that I was on his side. This trust may have ultimately encouraged him to share secrets with me that he had not told other psychiatrists.

Related resources

  • National Center for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder. www.ncptsd.org
  • Heim C, Meinlschmidt G, Nemeroff CB. Neurobiology of early-life stress. Psychiatric Annals 2003;33(1):18-26.
  • Yehuda R. Post-traumatic stress disorder. N Engl J Med 2002;346:108-14.

Drug brand names

  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Divalproex • Depakote
  • Lorazepam •Ativan
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon

Disclosure

The author reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Acknowledgment

The author thanks Mr. M for permission to publish this case report.

References

1. Regier DA, Farmer ME, Rae DS, et al. Comorbidity of mental disorders with alcohol and other drug abuse. Results from the Epidemiologic Catchment Area (ECA) Study. JAMA 1990;264:2511-8.

2. Ziedonis DM, Trudeau K. Motivation to quit using substances among individuals with schizophrenia: implications for a motivation-based treatment model. Schizophr Bull. 1997;23:229-38.

3. Moran M. Skepticism greets report of schizophrenia recovery. Psychiatry News. 2003;38:32-7.

4. Tsuang MT, Levitt JJ, Simpson JC. Schizoaffective disorder. In: Hirsch SR, Weinberger DR (eds). Schizophrenia. Oxford, UK: Blackwell Sciences, 1995;46-57.

References

1. Regier DA, Farmer ME, Rae DS, et al. Comorbidity of mental disorders with alcohol and other drug abuse. Results from the Epidemiologic Catchment Area (ECA) Study. JAMA 1990;264:2511-8.

2. Ziedonis DM, Trudeau K. Motivation to quit using substances among individuals with schizophrenia: implications for a motivation-based treatment model. Schizophr Bull. 1997;23:229-38.

3. Moran M. Skepticism greets report of schizophrenia recovery. Psychiatry News. 2003;38:32-7.

4. Tsuang MT, Levitt JJ, Simpson JC. Schizoaffective disorder. In: Hirsch SR, Weinberger DR (eds). Schizophrenia. Oxford, UK: Blackwell Sciences, 1995;46-57.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(08)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(08)
Page Number
61-72
Page Number
61-72
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
A troubled patient’s secret life
Display Headline
A troubled patient’s secret life
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

The ‘show-off’ who couldn’t walk

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:31
Display Headline
The ‘show-off’ who couldn’t walk

Presentation: 3 o’clock comes early

Miss T, age 9, presents with decreased sensation and motility in both legs. She cannot walk or stand.

Three days before, Miss T said she was consistently answering the teacher’s questions correctly at school. Because of this, a classmate teased her by calling her a “show off.” Soon after, Miss T began feeling weak and nauseous. The school nurse got a blood sugar reading of 68 mg/dL, slightly below the low-normal range.

Miss T’s mother arrived and convinced her to eat crackers and drink juice. Her blood sugar rose to 139 mg/dL and she began to feel better. When Miss T tried to stand, however, her legs and feet felt weak. She had trouble standing without support and needed help walking even a short distance. The mother brought Miss T home from school early.

Over the next 2 days, Miss T’s lower-extremity symptoms worsened. Her mother brought her to the pediatric emergency room.

Initial physical exam showed normal vital signs with no gross abnormalities. Neurologic exam revealed no lower-extremity masses, lesions, or deformities. Laboratory tests were normal. Cranial nerves were grossly intact. Right and left upper and lower extremities exhibited good tone, normal reflexes, and good strength against resistance. Miss T, however, said she could not feel sharp or dull objects against her lower legs.

ER pediatricians then called on the child psychiatry department to evaluate Miss T for possible psychiatric causes.

At intake, Miss T sits with her legs dangling from a stretcher. She is pleasant, articulate, and well-mannered. She spontaneously moves both legs and does not seem distressed when asked about her sudden disability. Her mood is euthymic, but she reports that constant teasing at school sometimes causes intense stress. She says that her sister sometimes “gets mean” with her but does not elaborate. She adds that she is sometimes sad because her parents recently separated, but she denies resultant emotional effects.

No suicidal/homicidal ideations or psychotic symptoms are present. Miss T’s thought process is logical and goal-directed. She is alert and oriented with good memory, language, concentration, and impulse control.

Neither Miss T nor her family has a significant psychiatric or medical history. Miss T has not been taking medications or over-the-counter supplements. Upon questioning, the mother denies that her daughter has been physically or sexually abused.

Despite a lack of positive neurologic findings, the neurology team recommends admission to rule out unseen medical problems.

The authors’ observations

Medical diagnosis.1,2 In Guillain-Barré syndrome, an infection usually precedes symptom onset, and maximum weakness is seen within 7 to 10 days. Respiration may be compromised, and weakness tends to spread throughout the body. Miss T’s symptoms came on more rapidly, her breathing was normal, and weakness was confined to her legs and feet.

In neuromuscular junction disorders such as myasthenia gravis and Lambert-Eaton syndrome, symptoms are not as acute, fluctuate throughout the day, and usually worsen with exertion. By contrast, Miss T’s symptoms steadily worsened without provocation.

Muscular dystrophy and myopathy were ruled out because of Miss T’s rapid symptom onset and lack of prior health problems. Dystrophy usually is seen in early childhood, affects the hip and girdle muscles, and progresses slowly. Myopathy symptoms usually are chronic and progressive, and associated medical disorders overshadow the muscle disease.

Patients with intracranial lesions may present with:

  • symptoms of diffuse cerebral disease, such as mental impairment, headache, or seizures
  • focal neurologic signs, such as aphasia or hemiparesis
  • evidence of increased intracranial pressure, such as headache, vomiting, drowsiness, or papilledema.

Miss T had none of these.

Patients with spinal cord tumors usually have radicular pain, sensory/motor involvement, sphincteric dysfunction, and percussible back tenderness. Symptoms develop over weeks to months.

Psychiatric diagnosis. Factitious disorder, malingering, somatization disorder, and conversion disorder (Box) also were considered:

  • In factitious disorder, the patient exacerbates his or her symptoms to assume the sick role.
  • Malingering patients have external motivations behind symptom fabrication.
  • Somatization disorder involves multiple organ systems, and patients often are preoccupied with their symptoms.

Miss T’s complaints were not consciously induced, external motivations were absent, a single organ system (musculoskeletal) was involved, and she appeared largely untroubled by her deficit.

Her presentation most closely fit the diagnosis of conversion disorder. Patients with this disorder complain of symptoms or deficits affecting voluntary muscles or of sensory function deficits that suggest a neurologic or medical condition. The symptoms’ temporal relationship to a stressful event suggests psychological factors. Symptoms:

  • are not intentionally produced
  • cannot be attributed to an organic cause
  • cause significant functional impairment
  • are not limited to pain or sexual dysfunction
  • cannot be explained by another mental disorder.
 

 

Treatment: A miraculous recovery

The pediatrics, child psychiatry, pediatric neurology, and physical medicine/rehabilitation departments treated Miss T. No organic cause of her symptoms was found; results of an MRI with contrast, EEG, and repeated lab tests were negative.

On day 3, Miss T started taking small steps on her own. Two days later, she walked without assistance; discharge was considered.

The hospital’s social services department, however, discovered that the state child welfare agency had investigated Miss T’s family for alleged child abuse/neglect years before but found no evidence.

Also, a school social worker had recently visited Miss T’s family after receiving a complaint that an older sibling was allegedly hitting the younger ones. The social worker noticed that the kitchen door was padlocked; she speculated that the family was struggling financially and did not want the children to eat all the food. No other evidence of child maltreatment was found and the investigation was stopped. None of Miss T’s lab results indicated malnutrition.

The girl was discharged after the mother agreed to allow a home health aide to monitor the children’s well-being and a psychologist to perform neuropsychological tests on Miss T. Follow-up out-patient visits with the pediatric neurology, general pediatrics, and child psychiatry departments were also required.

Box 1

Conversion disorder: Prevalence and common features

Conversion disorder each year accounts for approximately 22 psychiatric cases per 100,000 overall.3 In the hospital setting, 5% to 14% of medical inpatient referrals for psychiatric evaluation result in conversion disorder diagnosis.3

Conversion disorder is seen in men and women but is more common in young women. Symptoms can occur at any age but are rare in children age < 7 and probably do not occur in children age < 4.3

Prevalence is higher in rural areas and among undereducated and low-income persons.3,4 Researchers also suggest that family history of conversion disorder contributes to symptom onset in offspring.4

The authors’ observations

Once we learned Miss T’s family had been investigated for child neglect, we had to find out if her symptoms were an expression of maltreatment or were caused by psychological stressors at school. Definitive maltreatment never surfaced, and school stress was determined to be a minor factor.

Neglected children exhibit characteristics at different ages that might contribute to conversion symptom development (Table). Most notably, such children have trouble understanding appropriate affective responses to interpersonal situations. As a result, they may express distress in unconventional ways.3

Table

Psychopathology of the neglected child

AgeDevelopmental difficulties
1 yearInsecure attachments
2 yearsEasily frustrated
3 yearsLow self-esteem/self-assertion
Impaired flexibility, self-control compared with similarly aged healthy children
Difficulty dealing with frustration
Lack of persistence, enthusiasm when performing educational tasks
Preschool (4-6 years)Overly dependent
Lack of enthusiasm in preschool environment
Elementary school (6-12 years)Attention problems
Low self-assertion, self-esteem
Withdrawal behaviors, dysphoric affect
Social isolation
GeneralTrouble understanding appropriate affective responses to interpersonal situations
Limited social problem-solving skills
Source: adapted from reference 4

Little empirical evidence supports the link between childhood maltreatment and conversion disorder. In one study:5

  • Adults with conversion disorder (mean age 37.6) reported a higher incidence of physical and sexual abuse, more types of physical abuse, sexual abuse of longer duration, and more-frequent incestuous episodes than did adults with affective disorder.
  • Among patients with conversion disorder, having a mother with recurrent illness, nervousness or depression, or who abuses alcohol or sedatives was associated with higher dissociative and somatoform scale scores.
  • Physical abuse was associated with increased conversion symptoms.

The authors concluded that childhood trauma is a distinct and predictive—though not necessary—feature of conversion disorder.5

The authors’ observations

Psychotherapy and attention to socio-cultural beliefs may enable the patient to “give up” the conversion symptom.3 Several factors determine choices of psychotherapies, although elements of all approaches are commonly used:

  • CBT and behavioral therapy have roles in treating acute symptoms.
  • Supportive therapy and hypnotherapy are recommended for treating rare, longstanding conversion symptoms (4 to 6 months duration).
  • Psychodynamic therapy can help patients who are introspective, can remember details about their past, and are willing to participate in longer-term therapy.

Cognitive-behavioral therapy. Behavior is shaped by what we learn from the environment. Conversion behavior can be reinforced by others who help maintain the symptoms. Behavioral therapy and CBT are aimed at modifying behaviors via desensitization and by increasing the patient’s understanding of his or her physical capacities.

Hypnosis gives patients a medium to recall experiences and feelings they cannot consciously bring up in treatment. Symptom exploration and reduction are broad goals.

Psychodynamic therapy aims to resolve unconscious conflict after a traumatic event. A patient who develops lower-extremity paralysis or sensory problems after having been chastised for running away might benefit from this model, for example.

 

 

Supportive psychotherapy emphasizes reassurance and education. For Miss T, that would mean reassurance that her paralysis will improve, with education about conversion disorder and how difficult life events can cause similar symptoms.

Sociocultural considerations. Cultural beliefs inhibit some people’s emotions and may predispose them to conversion symptoms.

No empirical evidence indicates that medication improves conversion disorder. Anecdotal reports cite positive response to older antipsychotics, lithium, and electroconvulsive therapy.6

Patients with conversion disorder, however, tend to develop mood and/or anxiety symptoms later, and psychotropics may help treat these comorbidities. Follow the patient while symptoms are present.7 Comorbid symptoms’ severity, response, and presentation dictate follow-up frequency.

Prognosis. Children with conversion disorder generally have good outcomes,5 particularly those with good premorbid function who are diagnosed early.7 Time from symptom onset to diagnosis ranges from weeks to 1 year, and most cases resolve within 3 months of diagnosis. Symptom recurrence is rare but may indicate emerging polysymptomatic somatization disorder.5

Treatment: Reassurance and support

Miss T responded well to supportive psychotherapy and reassurance from hospital staff. No psychiatric screening tests were done, but child psychiatrists saw Miss T several times daily, and she exhibited no other psychiatric symptoms. We have no information on follow-up treatment, which occurred outside the hospital.

Related resources

  • Academy of Psychosomatic Medicine. www.apm.org
  • Weiner J, Dulcan M. Textbook of child and adolescent psychiatry (3rd ed). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing, 2003.
References

1. Fauci AS, Braunwald E, Hauser SL, et al. Harrison’s principles of medicine: companion handbook (14th ed). New York: McGraw Hill, 1999.

2. Adams R, Victor M. Companion to principles of neurology. New York: McGraw Hill, 1991.

3. Schwartz A, Calhoun A. Treatment of conversion disorder in an African-American Christian woman: cultural and social considerations. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158:1385-91.

4. Lewis M. Child and adolescent psychiatry—a comprehensive textbook (3rd ed). Baltimore: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, 2002.

5. Roelofs K, Keijsers GP, Hoogduin KA, et al. Childhood abuse in patients with conversion disorder. Am J Psychiatry 2002;159:1908-13.

6. Hales R, Yudofsky S. Essentials of clinical psychiatry(2nd ed). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing, 2004.

7. Pehlivanturk B, Unal F. Conversion disorder in children and adolescents: a 4-year follow-up study. J Psychosom Res 2002;52:187-91.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

John P. Zincone, MD
Chief resident General psychiatry program

Adrian Sondheimer, MD
Training director Division of child and adolescent psychiatry

University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey New Jersey Medical School, Newark

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(07)
Publications
Page Number
87-95
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

John P. Zincone, MD
Chief resident General psychiatry program

Adrian Sondheimer, MD
Training director Division of child and adolescent psychiatry

University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey New Jersey Medical School, Newark

Author and Disclosure Information

John P. Zincone, MD
Chief resident General psychiatry program

Adrian Sondheimer, MD
Training director Division of child and adolescent psychiatry

University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey New Jersey Medical School, Newark

Article PDF
Article PDF

Presentation: 3 o’clock comes early

Miss T, age 9, presents with decreased sensation and motility in both legs. She cannot walk or stand.

Three days before, Miss T said she was consistently answering the teacher’s questions correctly at school. Because of this, a classmate teased her by calling her a “show off.” Soon after, Miss T began feeling weak and nauseous. The school nurse got a blood sugar reading of 68 mg/dL, slightly below the low-normal range.

Miss T’s mother arrived and convinced her to eat crackers and drink juice. Her blood sugar rose to 139 mg/dL and she began to feel better. When Miss T tried to stand, however, her legs and feet felt weak. She had trouble standing without support and needed help walking even a short distance. The mother brought Miss T home from school early.

Over the next 2 days, Miss T’s lower-extremity symptoms worsened. Her mother brought her to the pediatric emergency room.

Initial physical exam showed normal vital signs with no gross abnormalities. Neurologic exam revealed no lower-extremity masses, lesions, or deformities. Laboratory tests were normal. Cranial nerves were grossly intact. Right and left upper and lower extremities exhibited good tone, normal reflexes, and good strength against resistance. Miss T, however, said she could not feel sharp or dull objects against her lower legs.

ER pediatricians then called on the child psychiatry department to evaluate Miss T for possible psychiatric causes.

At intake, Miss T sits with her legs dangling from a stretcher. She is pleasant, articulate, and well-mannered. She spontaneously moves both legs and does not seem distressed when asked about her sudden disability. Her mood is euthymic, but she reports that constant teasing at school sometimes causes intense stress. She says that her sister sometimes “gets mean” with her but does not elaborate. She adds that she is sometimes sad because her parents recently separated, but she denies resultant emotional effects.

No suicidal/homicidal ideations or psychotic symptoms are present. Miss T’s thought process is logical and goal-directed. She is alert and oriented with good memory, language, concentration, and impulse control.

Neither Miss T nor her family has a significant psychiatric or medical history. Miss T has not been taking medications or over-the-counter supplements. Upon questioning, the mother denies that her daughter has been physically or sexually abused.

Despite a lack of positive neurologic findings, the neurology team recommends admission to rule out unseen medical problems.

The authors’ observations

Medical diagnosis.1,2 In Guillain-Barré syndrome, an infection usually precedes symptom onset, and maximum weakness is seen within 7 to 10 days. Respiration may be compromised, and weakness tends to spread throughout the body. Miss T’s symptoms came on more rapidly, her breathing was normal, and weakness was confined to her legs and feet.

In neuromuscular junction disorders such as myasthenia gravis and Lambert-Eaton syndrome, symptoms are not as acute, fluctuate throughout the day, and usually worsen with exertion. By contrast, Miss T’s symptoms steadily worsened without provocation.

Muscular dystrophy and myopathy were ruled out because of Miss T’s rapid symptom onset and lack of prior health problems. Dystrophy usually is seen in early childhood, affects the hip and girdle muscles, and progresses slowly. Myopathy symptoms usually are chronic and progressive, and associated medical disorders overshadow the muscle disease.

Patients with intracranial lesions may present with:

  • symptoms of diffuse cerebral disease, such as mental impairment, headache, or seizures
  • focal neurologic signs, such as aphasia or hemiparesis
  • evidence of increased intracranial pressure, such as headache, vomiting, drowsiness, or papilledema.

Miss T had none of these.

Patients with spinal cord tumors usually have radicular pain, sensory/motor involvement, sphincteric dysfunction, and percussible back tenderness. Symptoms develop over weeks to months.

Psychiatric diagnosis. Factitious disorder, malingering, somatization disorder, and conversion disorder (Box) also were considered:

  • In factitious disorder, the patient exacerbates his or her symptoms to assume the sick role.
  • Malingering patients have external motivations behind symptom fabrication.
  • Somatization disorder involves multiple organ systems, and patients often are preoccupied with their symptoms.

Miss T’s complaints were not consciously induced, external motivations were absent, a single organ system (musculoskeletal) was involved, and she appeared largely untroubled by her deficit.

Her presentation most closely fit the diagnosis of conversion disorder. Patients with this disorder complain of symptoms or deficits affecting voluntary muscles or of sensory function deficits that suggest a neurologic or medical condition. The symptoms’ temporal relationship to a stressful event suggests psychological factors. Symptoms:

  • are not intentionally produced
  • cannot be attributed to an organic cause
  • cause significant functional impairment
  • are not limited to pain or sexual dysfunction
  • cannot be explained by another mental disorder.
 

 

Treatment: A miraculous recovery

The pediatrics, child psychiatry, pediatric neurology, and physical medicine/rehabilitation departments treated Miss T. No organic cause of her symptoms was found; results of an MRI with contrast, EEG, and repeated lab tests were negative.

On day 3, Miss T started taking small steps on her own. Two days later, she walked without assistance; discharge was considered.

The hospital’s social services department, however, discovered that the state child welfare agency had investigated Miss T’s family for alleged child abuse/neglect years before but found no evidence.

Also, a school social worker had recently visited Miss T’s family after receiving a complaint that an older sibling was allegedly hitting the younger ones. The social worker noticed that the kitchen door was padlocked; she speculated that the family was struggling financially and did not want the children to eat all the food. No other evidence of child maltreatment was found and the investigation was stopped. None of Miss T’s lab results indicated malnutrition.

The girl was discharged after the mother agreed to allow a home health aide to monitor the children’s well-being and a psychologist to perform neuropsychological tests on Miss T. Follow-up out-patient visits with the pediatric neurology, general pediatrics, and child psychiatry departments were also required.

Box 1

Conversion disorder: Prevalence and common features

Conversion disorder each year accounts for approximately 22 psychiatric cases per 100,000 overall.3 In the hospital setting, 5% to 14% of medical inpatient referrals for psychiatric evaluation result in conversion disorder diagnosis.3

Conversion disorder is seen in men and women but is more common in young women. Symptoms can occur at any age but are rare in children age < 7 and probably do not occur in children age < 4.3

Prevalence is higher in rural areas and among undereducated and low-income persons.3,4 Researchers also suggest that family history of conversion disorder contributes to symptom onset in offspring.4

The authors’ observations

Once we learned Miss T’s family had been investigated for child neglect, we had to find out if her symptoms were an expression of maltreatment or were caused by psychological stressors at school. Definitive maltreatment never surfaced, and school stress was determined to be a minor factor.

Neglected children exhibit characteristics at different ages that might contribute to conversion symptom development (Table). Most notably, such children have trouble understanding appropriate affective responses to interpersonal situations. As a result, they may express distress in unconventional ways.3

Table

Psychopathology of the neglected child

AgeDevelopmental difficulties
1 yearInsecure attachments
2 yearsEasily frustrated
3 yearsLow self-esteem/self-assertion
Impaired flexibility, self-control compared with similarly aged healthy children
Difficulty dealing with frustration
Lack of persistence, enthusiasm when performing educational tasks
Preschool (4-6 years)Overly dependent
Lack of enthusiasm in preschool environment
Elementary school (6-12 years)Attention problems
Low self-assertion, self-esteem
Withdrawal behaviors, dysphoric affect
Social isolation
GeneralTrouble understanding appropriate affective responses to interpersonal situations
Limited social problem-solving skills
Source: adapted from reference 4

Little empirical evidence supports the link between childhood maltreatment and conversion disorder. In one study:5

  • Adults with conversion disorder (mean age 37.6) reported a higher incidence of physical and sexual abuse, more types of physical abuse, sexual abuse of longer duration, and more-frequent incestuous episodes than did adults with affective disorder.
  • Among patients with conversion disorder, having a mother with recurrent illness, nervousness or depression, or who abuses alcohol or sedatives was associated with higher dissociative and somatoform scale scores.
  • Physical abuse was associated with increased conversion symptoms.

The authors concluded that childhood trauma is a distinct and predictive—though not necessary—feature of conversion disorder.5

The authors’ observations

Psychotherapy and attention to socio-cultural beliefs may enable the patient to “give up” the conversion symptom.3 Several factors determine choices of psychotherapies, although elements of all approaches are commonly used:

  • CBT and behavioral therapy have roles in treating acute symptoms.
  • Supportive therapy and hypnotherapy are recommended for treating rare, longstanding conversion symptoms (4 to 6 months duration).
  • Psychodynamic therapy can help patients who are introspective, can remember details about their past, and are willing to participate in longer-term therapy.

Cognitive-behavioral therapy. Behavior is shaped by what we learn from the environment. Conversion behavior can be reinforced by others who help maintain the symptoms. Behavioral therapy and CBT are aimed at modifying behaviors via desensitization and by increasing the patient’s understanding of his or her physical capacities.

Hypnosis gives patients a medium to recall experiences and feelings they cannot consciously bring up in treatment. Symptom exploration and reduction are broad goals.

Psychodynamic therapy aims to resolve unconscious conflict after a traumatic event. A patient who develops lower-extremity paralysis or sensory problems after having been chastised for running away might benefit from this model, for example.

 

 

Supportive psychotherapy emphasizes reassurance and education. For Miss T, that would mean reassurance that her paralysis will improve, with education about conversion disorder and how difficult life events can cause similar symptoms.

Sociocultural considerations. Cultural beliefs inhibit some people’s emotions and may predispose them to conversion symptoms.

No empirical evidence indicates that medication improves conversion disorder. Anecdotal reports cite positive response to older antipsychotics, lithium, and electroconvulsive therapy.6

Patients with conversion disorder, however, tend to develop mood and/or anxiety symptoms later, and psychotropics may help treat these comorbidities. Follow the patient while symptoms are present.7 Comorbid symptoms’ severity, response, and presentation dictate follow-up frequency.

Prognosis. Children with conversion disorder generally have good outcomes,5 particularly those with good premorbid function who are diagnosed early.7 Time from symptom onset to diagnosis ranges from weeks to 1 year, and most cases resolve within 3 months of diagnosis. Symptom recurrence is rare but may indicate emerging polysymptomatic somatization disorder.5

Treatment: Reassurance and support

Miss T responded well to supportive psychotherapy and reassurance from hospital staff. No psychiatric screening tests were done, but child psychiatrists saw Miss T several times daily, and she exhibited no other psychiatric symptoms. We have no information on follow-up treatment, which occurred outside the hospital.

Related resources

  • Academy of Psychosomatic Medicine. www.apm.org
  • Weiner J, Dulcan M. Textbook of child and adolescent psychiatry (3rd ed). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing, 2003.

Presentation: 3 o’clock comes early

Miss T, age 9, presents with decreased sensation and motility in both legs. She cannot walk or stand.

Three days before, Miss T said she was consistently answering the teacher’s questions correctly at school. Because of this, a classmate teased her by calling her a “show off.” Soon after, Miss T began feeling weak and nauseous. The school nurse got a blood sugar reading of 68 mg/dL, slightly below the low-normal range.

Miss T’s mother arrived and convinced her to eat crackers and drink juice. Her blood sugar rose to 139 mg/dL and she began to feel better. When Miss T tried to stand, however, her legs and feet felt weak. She had trouble standing without support and needed help walking even a short distance. The mother brought Miss T home from school early.

Over the next 2 days, Miss T’s lower-extremity symptoms worsened. Her mother brought her to the pediatric emergency room.

Initial physical exam showed normal vital signs with no gross abnormalities. Neurologic exam revealed no lower-extremity masses, lesions, or deformities. Laboratory tests were normal. Cranial nerves were grossly intact. Right and left upper and lower extremities exhibited good tone, normal reflexes, and good strength against resistance. Miss T, however, said she could not feel sharp or dull objects against her lower legs.

ER pediatricians then called on the child psychiatry department to evaluate Miss T for possible psychiatric causes.

At intake, Miss T sits with her legs dangling from a stretcher. She is pleasant, articulate, and well-mannered. She spontaneously moves both legs and does not seem distressed when asked about her sudden disability. Her mood is euthymic, but she reports that constant teasing at school sometimes causes intense stress. She says that her sister sometimes “gets mean” with her but does not elaborate. She adds that she is sometimes sad because her parents recently separated, but she denies resultant emotional effects.

No suicidal/homicidal ideations or psychotic symptoms are present. Miss T’s thought process is logical and goal-directed. She is alert and oriented with good memory, language, concentration, and impulse control.

Neither Miss T nor her family has a significant psychiatric or medical history. Miss T has not been taking medications or over-the-counter supplements. Upon questioning, the mother denies that her daughter has been physically or sexually abused.

Despite a lack of positive neurologic findings, the neurology team recommends admission to rule out unseen medical problems.

The authors’ observations

Medical diagnosis.1,2 In Guillain-Barré syndrome, an infection usually precedes symptom onset, and maximum weakness is seen within 7 to 10 days. Respiration may be compromised, and weakness tends to spread throughout the body. Miss T’s symptoms came on more rapidly, her breathing was normal, and weakness was confined to her legs and feet.

In neuromuscular junction disorders such as myasthenia gravis and Lambert-Eaton syndrome, symptoms are not as acute, fluctuate throughout the day, and usually worsen with exertion. By contrast, Miss T’s symptoms steadily worsened without provocation.

Muscular dystrophy and myopathy were ruled out because of Miss T’s rapid symptom onset and lack of prior health problems. Dystrophy usually is seen in early childhood, affects the hip and girdle muscles, and progresses slowly. Myopathy symptoms usually are chronic and progressive, and associated medical disorders overshadow the muscle disease.

Patients with intracranial lesions may present with:

  • symptoms of diffuse cerebral disease, such as mental impairment, headache, or seizures
  • focal neurologic signs, such as aphasia or hemiparesis
  • evidence of increased intracranial pressure, such as headache, vomiting, drowsiness, or papilledema.

Miss T had none of these.

Patients with spinal cord tumors usually have radicular pain, sensory/motor involvement, sphincteric dysfunction, and percussible back tenderness. Symptoms develop over weeks to months.

Psychiatric diagnosis. Factitious disorder, malingering, somatization disorder, and conversion disorder (Box) also were considered:

  • In factitious disorder, the patient exacerbates his or her symptoms to assume the sick role.
  • Malingering patients have external motivations behind symptom fabrication.
  • Somatization disorder involves multiple organ systems, and patients often are preoccupied with their symptoms.

Miss T’s complaints were not consciously induced, external motivations were absent, a single organ system (musculoskeletal) was involved, and she appeared largely untroubled by her deficit.

Her presentation most closely fit the diagnosis of conversion disorder. Patients with this disorder complain of symptoms or deficits affecting voluntary muscles or of sensory function deficits that suggest a neurologic or medical condition. The symptoms’ temporal relationship to a stressful event suggests psychological factors. Symptoms:

  • are not intentionally produced
  • cannot be attributed to an organic cause
  • cause significant functional impairment
  • are not limited to pain or sexual dysfunction
  • cannot be explained by another mental disorder.
 

 

Treatment: A miraculous recovery

The pediatrics, child psychiatry, pediatric neurology, and physical medicine/rehabilitation departments treated Miss T. No organic cause of her symptoms was found; results of an MRI with contrast, EEG, and repeated lab tests were negative.

On day 3, Miss T started taking small steps on her own. Two days later, she walked without assistance; discharge was considered.

The hospital’s social services department, however, discovered that the state child welfare agency had investigated Miss T’s family for alleged child abuse/neglect years before but found no evidence.

Also, a school social worker had recently visited Miss T’s family after receiving a complaint that an older sibling was allegedly hitting the younger ones. The social worker noticed that the kitchen door was padlocked; she speculated that the family was struggling financially and did not want the children to eat all the food. No other evidence of child maltreatment was found and the investigation was stopped. None of Miss T’s lab results indicated malnutrition.

The girl was discharged after the mother agreed to allow a home health aide to monitor the children’s well-being and a psychologist to perform neuropsychological tests on Miss T. Follow-up out-patient visits with the pediatric neurology, general pediatrics, and child psychiatry departments were also required.

Box 1

Conversion disorder: Prevalence and common features

Conversion disorder each year accounts for approximately 22 psychiatric cases per 100,000 overall.3 In the hospital setting, 5% to 14% of medical inpatient referrals for psychiatric evaluation result in conversion disorder diagnosis.3

Conversion disorder is seen in men and women but is more common in young women. Symptoms can occur at any age but are rare in children age < 7 and probably do not occur in children age < 4.3

Prevalence is higher in rural areas and among undereducated and low-income persons.3,4 Researchers also suggest that family history of conversion disorder contributes to symptom onset in offspring.4

The authors’ observations

Once we learned Miss T’s family had been investigated for child neglect, we had to find out if her symptoms were an expression of maltreatment or were caused by psychological stressors at school. Definitive maltreatment never surfaced, and school stress was determined to be a minor factor.

Neglected children exhibit characteristics at different ages that might contribute to conversion symptom development (Table). Most notably, such children have trouble understanding appropriate affective responses to interpersonal situations. As a result, they may express distress in unconventional ways.3

Table

Psychopathology of the neglected child

AgeDevelopmental difficulties
1 yearInsecure attachments
2 yearsEasily frustrated
3 yearsLow self-esteem/self-assertion
Impaired flexibility, self-control compared with similarly aged healthy children
Difficulty dealing with frustration
Lack of persistence, enthusiasm when performing educational tasks
Preschool (4-6 years)Overly dependent
Lack of enthusiasm in preschool environment
Elementary school (6-12 years)Attention problems
Low self-assertion, self-esteem
Withdrawal behaviors, dysphoric affect
Social isolation
GeneralTrouble understanding appropriate affective responses to interpersonal situations
Limited social problem-solving skills
Source: adapted from reference 4

Little empirical evidence supports the link between childhood maltreatment and conversion disorder. In one study:5

  • Adults with conversion disorder (mean age 37.6) reported a higher incidence of physical and sexual abuse, more types of physical abuse, sexual abuse of longer duration, and more-frequent incestuous episodes than did adults with affective disorder.
  • Among patients with conversion disorder, having a mother with recurrent illness, nervousness or depression, or who abuses alcohol or sedatives was associated with higher dissociative and somatoform scale scores.
  • Physical abuse was associated with increased conversion symptoms.

The authors concluded that childhood trauma is a distinct and predictive—though not necessary—feature of conversion disorder.5

The authors’ observations

Psychotherapy and attention to socio-cultural beliefs may enable the patient to “give up” the conversion symptom.3 Several factors determine choices of psychotherapies, although elements of all approaches are commonly used:

  • CBT and behavioral therapy have roles in treating acute symptoms.
  • Supportive therapy and hypnotherapy are recommended for treating rare, longstanding conversion symptoms (4 to 6 months duration).
  • Psychodynamic therapy can help patients who are introspective, can remember details about their past, and are willing to participate in longer-term therapy.

Cognitive-behavioral therapy. Behavior is shaped by what we learn from the environment. Conversion behavior can be reinforced by others who help maintain the symptoms. Behavioral therapy and CBT are aimed at modifying behaviors via desensitization and by increasing the patient’s understanding of his or her physical capacities.

Hypnosis gives patients a medium to recall experiences and feelings they cannot consciously bring up in treatment. Symptom exploration and reduction are broad goals.

Psychodynamic therapy aims to resolve unconscious conflict after a traumatic event. A patient who develops lower-extremity paralysis or sensory problems after having been chastised for running away might benefit from this model, for example.

 

 

Supportive psychotherapy emphasizes reassurance and education. For Miss T, that would mean reassurance that her paralysis will improve, with education about conversion disorder and how difficult life events can cause similar symptoms.

Sociocultural considerations. Cultural beliefs inhibit some people’s emotions and may predispose them to conversion symptoms.

No empirical evidence indicates that medication improves conversion disorder. Anecdotal reports cite positive response to older antipsychotics, lithium, and electroconvulsive therapy.6

Patients with conversion disorder, however, tend to develop mood and/or anxiety symptoms later, and psychotropics may help treat these comorbidities. Follow the patient while symptoms are present.7 Comorbid symptoms’ severity, response, and presentation dictate follow-up frequency.

Prognosis. Children with conversion disorder generally have good outcomes,5 particularly those with good premorbid function who are diagnosed early.7 Time from symptom onset to diagnosis ranges from weeks to 1 year, and most cases resolve within 3 months of diagnosis. Symptom recurrence is rare but may indicate emerging polysymptomatic somatization disorder.5

Treatment: Reassurance and support

Miss T responded well to supportive psychotherapy and reassurance from hospital staff. No psychiatric screening tests were done, but child psychiatrists saw Miss T several times daily, and she exhibited no other psychiatric symptoms. We have no information on follow-up treatment, which occurred outside the hospital.

Related resources

  • Academy of Psychosomatic Medicine. www.apm.org
  • Weiner J, Dulcan M. Textbook of child and adolescent psychiatry (3rd ed). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing, 2003.
References

1. Fauci AS, Braunwald E, Hauser SL, et al. Harrison’s principles of medicine: companion handbook (14th ed). New York: McGraw Hill, 1999.

2. Adams R, Victor M. Companion to principles of neurology. New York: McGraw Hill, 1991.

3. Schwartz A, Calhoun A. Treatment of conversion disorder in an African-American Christian woman: cultural and social considerations. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158:1385-91.

4. Lewis M. Child and adolescent psychiatry—a comprehensive textbook (3rd ed). Baltimore: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, 2002.

5. Roelofs K, Keijsers GP, Hoogduin KA, et al. Childhood abuse in patients with conversion disorder. Am J Psychiatry 2002;159:1908-13.

6. Hales R, Yudofsky S. Essentials of clinical psychiatry(2nd ed). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing, 2004.

7. Pehlivanturk B, Unal F. Conversion disorder in children and adolescents: a 4-year follow-up study. J Psychosom Res 2002;52:187-91.

References

1. Fauci AS, Braunwald E, Hauser SL, et al. Harrison’s principles of medicine: companion handbook (14th ed). New York: McGraw Hill, 1999.

2. Adams R, Victor M. Companion to principles of neurology. New York: McGraw Hill, 1991.

3. Schwartz A, Calhoun A. Treatment of conversion disorder in an African-American Christian woman: cultural and social considerations. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158:1385-91.

4. Lewis M. Child and adolescent psychiatry—a comprehensive textbook (3rd ed). Baltimore: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, 2002.

5. Roelofs K, Keijsers GP, Hoogduin KA, et al. Childhood abuse in patients with conversion disorder. Am J Psychiatry 2002;159:1908-13.

6. Hales R, Yudofsky S. Essentials of clinical psychiatry(2nd ed). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing, 2004.

7. Pehlivanturk B, Unal F. Conversion disorder in children and adolescents: a 4-year follow-up study. J Psychosom Res 2002;52:187-91.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(07)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(07)
Page Number
87-95
Page Number
87-95
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
The ‘show-off’ who couldn’t walk
Display Headline
The ‘show-off’ who couldn’t walk
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

After 62 years, her husband is a ‘stranger’

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:31
Display Headline
After 62 years, her husband is a ‘stranger’

Presenting symptoms: Marital memories

Ms. A, age 83, has been experiencing increasing confusion, agitation, and memory loss across 4 to 5 years. Family members say her memory loss has become prominent within the last year. She can no longer cook, manage her finances, shop, or perform other basic activities. At times she does not recognize her husband of 62 years and needs help with bathing and grooming.

Ms. A’s Folstein Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) score is 18, indicating moderate dementia. She exhibits disorientation, diminished short-term memory, impaired attention including apraxia, and executive dysfunction. Her Geriatric Depression Scale (15-item short form) score indicates normal mood.

A neurologic exam reveals mild parkinsonism, including mild bilateral upper-extremity cogwheeltype rigidity and questionable frontal release signs including a possible mild bilateral grasp reflex. No snout reflex was seen.

This presentation suggests Ms. A has:

  • Alzheimer’s disease
  • Lewy body dementia
  • or vascular dementia

The authors’ observations:

Differentiating among Alzheimer’s, Lewy body, and vascular dementias is important (Table 1), as their treatments and clinical courses differ.

The initial workup’s goal is to diagnose a reversible medical condition that may be hastening cognitive decline. Brain imaging (CT or MRI) can uncover cerebrovascular disease, subdural hematomas, normal-pressure hydrocephalus, tumors, or other cerebral diseases. Laboratory tests can reveal systemic conditions such as hypothyroidism, vitamin B12 deficiency, hypercalcemia, neurosyphilis, or HIV infection.1

Table 1

Differences in Alzheimer’s, Lewy body, and vascular dementias

Alzheimer’s dementiaLewy body dementiaVascular dementia
Gradual onset and chronic cognitive decline
Memory difficulty combined with apraxia, aphasia, agnosia, or executive dysfunction
Cognitive, memory changes with one or more of the following:
  • visual hallucinations
  • fluctuating consciousness (“sundowning”)
  • parkinsonian features
Early findings often include depression or personality changes, plus incontinence and gait disorder
Psychosis common in middle to late stagesVisual hallucinations, other psychoses in early stages
Periods of marked delirium, “sundowning”
Temporal relationship between stroke and dementia onset, but variability in course
Day-to-day cognitive performance stableCognitive performance fluctuates during early stages.Day-to-day cognitive performance stable
Parkinsonism not apparent in early stages, may present in middle to late stagesParkinsonism in early stages
Tremor not common
Gait disorder and parkinsonism common, especially with basal ganglia infarcts
Neurologic signs present in late stagesExquisite sensitivity to neuroleptic therapyIncreased sensitivity to neuroleptics
Cannot be explained as vascular or mixed-type dementiaCannot be explained as vascular or mixed-type dementiaImaging necessary to document cerebrovascular disease

With a thorough history and laboratory testing, a diagnosis of “probable” AD can be as much as 85% accurate. Probable AD is characterized by progressive gradual decline of cognitive functions affecting memory and at least one other domain including executive dysfunction, apraxia, aphasia, and/or agnosia. These deficits must cause significant functional impairment.

Neurologic test results may support AD diagnosis after ruling out reversible causes of dementia. Neuropsychological testing can provide valuable early information when subtle findings cannot be ascertained on clinical screening. (For a listing of neuropsychological tests, see this article at currentpsychiatry.com.)

Diagnosis: An unpredictable patient

Ms. A received a CBC; comprehensive metabolic panel; urinalysis; screens for rapid plasma reagin, B12, folate, and homocysteine levels; and a brain MRI. Hemoglobin and serum albumin were mildly depressed, reflecting early malnutrition. MRI showed generalized cerebral atrophy. Significant vascular disease was not identified.

Ms. A was diagnosed as having probable Alzheimer’s-type dementia based on the test results and the fact that her cognition was steadily declining. Other explanatory mechanisms were absent. She did not exhibit hallucinatory psychosis or fluctuating consciousness, which would signal Lewy body dementia.

Table 2

Medications for treating agitation in Alzheimer’s dementia

DrugSupporting evidenceRecommended dosage (mg/d)*RationaleDrawbacks
Anticonvulsants
CarbamazepineTariot et al2200 to 1,200 mg/d in divided dosesCommonly used for impulse control disordersAgranulocytosis, hyponatremia, liver toxicity (all rare)
DivalproexLoy and Tariot3250 to 2,000 mg/dIncreasing evidence points to neuroprotective qualitiesPossible white blood cell suppression, liver toxicity, pancreatitis (all rare)
GabapentinRoane et al4100 to 1,200 mg/dSafe in patients with hepatic dysfunctionScant data on use in Alzheimer’s disease
LamotrigineTekin et al5Start at 25 mg/d; titrate slowly to 50 to 200 mg/dPossibly neuroprotective via N-methyl-D-aspartate mechanismRapid titration may cause Stevens-Johnson syndrome
Atypical antipsychotics
OlanzapineStreet et al6 2.5 to 10 mg/dSedating effects may aid sleepAnticholinergic effects may increase confusion, compound cognitive deficit
QuetiapineTariot et al7 25 to 300 mg/dTolerable Sedating effects may aid sleepWatch for orthostasis, especially at higher dosages
RisperidoneDeVane et al8 0.25 to 3 mg/dStrong data support useHigh orthostatic potential, possible extrapyramidal symptoms with higher dosages
ZiprasidoneNoneOral:20to80mgbid IM: 10 to 20 mg, maximum 40 mg over 24 hoursEffective in managing agitationNo controlled trials, case reports in AD-associated agitation
SSRIs
CitalopramPollock et al9 10 to 40 mg/dMinimal CYP-2D6 inhibitionEffect may take 2 to 4 weeks
SertralineLyketsos et al10 25 to 200 mg/dMinimal CYP-2D6 inhibitionEffect may take 2 to 4 weeks
* No specific, widely accepted dosing guidelines exist for patients age > 65, but this group often does not tolerate higher dosages.
SSRI: Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor
IM: Intramuscula
 

 

The psychiatrist started galantamine, 4 mg bid, and vitamin E, 400 IU bid, to maximize her cognition and attempt to slow her functional decline. Ms. A, who was in an assisted living facility when we evaluated her, was transferred to the facility’s nursing section shortly afterward.

At follow-up 3 weeks later, Ms. A’s behavior improved moderately, but she remained unpredictable and intermittently agitated. Staff reported that she was physically assaulting caregivers two to three times weekly.

Which medication(s) would you use to control Ms. A’s agitation and paranoia?

  • an SSRI
  • a mood stabilizer
  • an atypical antipsychotic
  • a combination or two or more of these drug classes

The authors’ observations

Aside from controlling agitation, medication treatment in AD should slow cognitive decline, improve behavior, help the patient perform daily activities, and delay nursing home placement.

  • Watch for drug-drug interactions. Many patients with AD also are taking medications for hypertension, hypercholesterolemia, diabetes, arthritis, and other medical comorbidities.
  • Start low and go slow. Older patients generally do not tolerate rapid dos-ing adjustments as well as younger patients (Table 2).

SSRIS. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors increase serotonin at the synaptic terminal. Serotonin has long been associated with impulsivity and aggression, and decreased 5-hydroxyindole acetic acid, a metabolite of serotonin, has been found in violent criminals and in psychiatric patients who have demonstrated inward or outward aggression.11

SSRIs generally are tolerable, safe, effective, and have little cholinergic blockade. Citalopram and sertraline minimally inhibit the cytochrome P-450 2D6 isoenzyme and have lower proteinbinding affinities than fluoxetine or paroxetine. Thus, citalopram and sertraline are less likely to alter therapeutic levels of highly bound medications through displacement of either drug’s protein-bound portion.10

Anticonvulsants with mood-stabilizing effects are another option. Reasonably strong data support use of divalproex for managing agitation in AD, either as a first-line agent or as an adjunct after failed SSRI therapy. Unlike other anticonvulsants, divalproex also may be neuroprotective.3

Divalproex, however, is associated with white blood cell suppression, significant liver toxicity, and pancreatitis, although these effects are rare.13 Monitor white blood cell counts and liver enzymes early in treatment, even if divalproex blood levels below the standard reference range produce a response.14

Though not studied specifically for treating agitation in AD, carbamazepine has demonstrated significant short-term efficacy in treating dementia-related agitation and aggression.2 Scant data support use of gabapentin or lamotrigine in Alzheimer’s dementia, but these agents are often used to manage agitation in other disorders.

Atypical antipsychotics. Psychosis usually occurs in middle-to-late-stage AD but can occur at any point. If psychosis occurs early, rule out Lewy body dementia.15

Choose an atypical antipsychotic that exhibits rapid dopamine receptor dissociation constants to reduce the risk of extrapyramidal symptoms, tardive dyskinesia, and cognitive decline with prolonged use. Quetiapine has shown efficacy for treating behavioral problems in Alzheimer’s and Lewy body dementia,7 and its sedating effects may help regulate sleep-wake cycles.

Data support use of olanzapine for agitation in AD,6 but watch for anticholinergic effects including worsening of cognition. Fast-dissolving olanzapine and risperidone oral wafers may help circumvent dosing difficulties in patients who cannot swallow—or will not take—their medication. Intramuscular olanzapine and ziprasidone have shown efficacy in treating acute agitation, but no systematic studies have examined their use in agitation secondary to dementia.

Recent data suggest a modestly increased risk of cerebrovascular accidents in AD patients taking atypicals compared with placebo, but the absolute rate of such events remains low.

Treatment: 3 months of stability

Ms. A’s galantamine dosage was increased to 8 mg bid and sertraline—25 mg/d for 7 days, then 50 mg/d—was added in an effort to better control her agitation, but the behavior continued unabated for 2 weeks. Divalproex, 125 mg bid titrated over 4 weeks to 750 mg/d, was added. Still, her agitation persisted.

Over the next 4 to 6 weeks, Ms. A showed signs of psychosis, often talking to herself and occasionally reporting “people attacking me.” She became paranoid toward members of her church, who she said were “trying to hurt” her. The paranoia intensified her agitation and disrupted her sleep. Physical examination was unremarkable, as were chest X-ray and urinalysis.

Sertraline and divalproex were gradually discontinued. Quetiapine—25 mg nightly, titrated across 2 weeks to 150 mg nightly—was started. Ms. A’s agitation and psychosis decreased with quetiapine titration, and her sleep improved. Her paranoid delusions remained but no longer impeded functioning or prompted a violent reaction.

Then after remaining stable for about 3 months, Ms. A’s paranoid delusions worsened and her agitation increased.

What treatment options are available at this point?

The authors’ observations

 

 

Treating agitation and delaying nursing home placement for patients with AD is challenging. When faced with inadequate or no response, consider less-conventional alternatives.

Vitamin E and selegiline were found separately to postpone functional decline in ambulatory patients with moderately severe AD, but the agents given together were less effective than either agent alone.16

Use of methylphenidate,17 buspirone,18 clonazepam,19 zolpidem,20 and—most recently— memantine21 for AD-related agitation also has been described.

Continued treatment: Medication changes

Quetiapine was increased to 350 mg nightly across 4 weeks, resulting in mild to moderate improvement. The higher dosage did not significantly worsen rigidity or motor function, and Ms. A tolerated the increased dosage without clinical orthostasis.

Memantine was added to address Ms. A’s agitation and preserve function. The agent was started at 5 mg/d and titrated across 4 weeks to 10 mg bid.

On clinical exam, Ms. A was more calm and directable and required less intervention. Her paranoia also decreased, allowing improved interaction with family, caregivers, and others. Ms. A remains stable on memantine, 10 mg bid; galantamine, 8 mg; quetiapine, 350 mg nightly; and vitamin E, 400 IU bid. Her cognitive ability has gradually declined over the past 18 months, as evidenced by her most recent MMSE score of 16/30.

Related resources

  • Cummings JL. Use of cholinesterase inhibitors in clinical practice: evidence-based recommendations. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2003; 11:131-45.
  • Alzheimer’s Disease Education and Referral Center, a service of the National Institute on Aging. http://www.alzheimers.org.
  • Paleacu D, Mazeh D, Mirecki I, et al. Donepezil for the treatment of behavioral symptoms in patients with Alzheimer’s disease. Clin Neuropharmacol 2002;25:313-7.
  • Tariot PN, Loy R, Ryan JM, et al. Mood stabilizers in Alzheimer’s disease: symptomatic and neuroprotective rationales. Adv Drug Deliv Rev 2002;54:1567-77.

Drug brand names

  • Buspirone • BuSpar
  • Carbamazepine • Tegretol
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Clonazepam • Klonopin
  • Clozapine • Clozaril
  • Divalproex • Depakote, DepakoteER
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Gabapentin • Neurontin
  • Galantamine • Reminyl
  • Lamotrigine • Lamictal
  • Memantine • Namenda
  • Methylphenidate • Concerta, Ritalin
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Oxcarbazepine • Trileptal
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Risperidone wafers • RisperdalM-Tabs
  • Rivastigmine • Exelon
  • Selegiline • Eldepryl
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon
  • Zolpidem • Ambien

Disclosure

Dr. Goforth is a speaker for Pfizer Inc., Forest Pharmaceuticals, and BristolMyers Squibb Co., and has received grant support from Pfizer Inc. He has also received support from the Bristol-Myers Squibb Fellowship in Geriatric Psychiatry through the American Association of Geriatric Psychiatry.

Dr. Rao is a speaker for Pfizer Inc.

Drs. Raval and Ruth report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Askin-Edgar S, White KE, Cummings JL. Neuropsychiatric aspects of Alzheimer’s disease and other dementing illnesses. In: Textbook of neuropsychiatry and clinical neurosciences (4th ed). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing, 2002.

2. Tariot PN, Erb R, Podgorski CA, et al. Efficacy and tolerability of carbamazepine for agitation and aggression in dementia. Am J Psychiatry 1998;155:54-61.

3. Loy R, Tariot PN. Neuroprotective properties of valproate: potential benefit for AD and tauopathies. J Mol Neurosci 2002;19:303-7.

4. Roane DM, Feinberg TE, Meckler L, et al. Treatment of dementiaassociated agitation with gabapentin. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 2000;12:40-3.

5. Tekin S, Aykut-Bingol C, Tanridag T, Aktan S. Antiglutamatergic therapy in Alzheimer’s disease—effects of lamotrigine. J Neural Transm 1998;105:295-303.

6. Street JS, Clark WS, Kadam DL, et al. Long-term efficacy of olanzapine in the control of psychotic and behavioral symptoms in nursing home patients with Alzheimer’s dementia. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 2001;16(suppl 1):S62-S70.

7. Tariot PN, Ismail MS. Use of quetiapine in elderly patients. J Clin Psychiatry 2002;63(suppl 13):21-6.

8. DeVane CL, Mintzer J. Risperidone in the management of psychiatric and neurodegenerative disease in the elderly: an update. Psychopharmacol Bull 2003;37:116-32.

9. Pollock BG, Mulsant BH, Rosen J, et al. Comparison of citalopram, perphenazine, and placebo for the acute treatment of psychosis and behavioral disturbances in hospitalized, demented patients. Am J Psychiatry 2002;159:460-5.

10. Lyketsos CG, DelCampo L, Steinberg M, et al. Treating depression in Alzheimer disease: efficacy and safety of sertraline therapy, and the benefits of depression reduction: the DIADS. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2003;60:737-46.

11. Swann AC. Neuroreceptor mechanisms of aggression and its treatment. J Clin Psychiatry 2003;64(suppl 4):26-35.

12. Olin JT, Schneider LS, Katz IR, et al. Provisional diagnostic criteria for depression of Alzheimer disease. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2002;10:125-8.

13. Physician’sdesk reference(58thed). Montvale, NJ:Thomson PDR,2004.

14. Porsteinsson AP, Tariot PN, Erb R, Gaile S. An open trial of valproate for agitation in geriatric neuropsychiatric disorders. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 1997;5:344-51.

15. Assal F, Cummings JL. Neuropsychiatric symptoms in the dementias. Curr Opin Neurol 2002;15:445-50.

16. Sano M, Ernesto C, Thomas RG, et al. A controlled trial of selegiline, alpha-tocopherol, or both as treatment for Alzheimer’s disease. The Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study. N Engl J Med 1997;336:1216-22.

17. Kittur S, Hauser P. Improvement of sleep and behavior by methylphenidate in Alzheimer’s disease. Am J Psychiatry 1999;156:1116-7.

18. Salzman C. Treatment of the agitation of late-life psychosis and Alzheimer’s disease. Eur Psychiatry 2001;16(suppl 1):25s-28s.

19. Ginsburg ML. Clonazepam for agitated patients with Alzheimer’s disease. Can J Psychiatry 1991;36:237-8.

20. Jackson CW, Pitner JK, Mintzer JE. Zolpidem for the treatment of agitation in elderly demented patients. J Clin Psychiatry 1996;57:372-3.

21. Reisberg B, Doody R, Stoffler A, et al. Memantine Study Group. Memantine in moderate-to-severe Alzheimer’s disease. N Engl J Med 2003;348:1333-41.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Harold W. Goforth, MD
Senior resident physician

Amity Ruth, PhD
Neuropsychologist

Chirag R. Ravel, MD
Chief resident physician

Murali S. Rao, MD
Assistant professor

Department of psychiatry and behavioral neuroscience Loyola University Medical Center, Maywood, IL

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(06)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
88-95
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Harold W. Goforth, MD
Senior resident physician

Amity Ruth, PhD
Neuropsychologist

Chirag R. Ravel, MD
Chief resident physician

Murali S. Rao, MD
Assistant professor

Department of psychiatry and behavioral neuroscience Loyola University Medical Center, Maywood, IL

Author and Disclosure Information

Harold W. Goforth, MD
Senior resident physician

Amity Ruth, PhD
Neuropsychologist

Chirag R. Ravel, MD
Chief resident physician

Murali S. Rao, MD
Assistant professor

Department of psychiatry and behavioral neuroscience Loyola University Medical Center, Maywood, IL

Article PDF
Article PDF

Presenting symptoms: Marital memories

Ms. A, age 83, has been experiencing increasing confusion, agitation, and memory loss across 4 to 5 years. Family members say her memory loss has become prominent within the last year. She can no longer cook, manage her finances, shop, or perform other basic activities. At times she does not recognize her husband of 62 years and needs help with bathing and grooming.

Ms. A’s Folstein Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) score is 18, indicating moderate dementia. She exhibits disorientation, diminished short-term memory, impaired attention including apraxia, and executive dysfunction. Her Geriatric Depression Scale (15-item short form) score indicates normal mood.

A neurologic exam reveals mild parkinsonism, including mild bilateral upper-extremity cogwheeltype rigidity and questionable frontal release signs including a possible mild bilateral grasp reflex. No snout reflex was seen.

This presentation suggests Ms. A has:

  • Alzheimer’s disease
  • Lewy body dementia
  • or vascular dementia

The authors’ observations:

Differentiating among Alzheimer’s, Lewy body, and vascular dementias is important (Table 1), as their treatments and clinical courses differ.

The initial workup’s goal is to diagnose a reversible medical condition that may be hastening cognitive decline. Brain imaging (CT or MRI) can uncover cerebrovascular disease, subdural hematomas, normal-pressure hydrocephalus, tumors, or other cerebral diseases. Laboratory tests can reveal systemic conditions such as hypothyroidism, vitamin B12 deficiency, hypercalcemia, neurosyphilis, or HIV infection.1

Table 1

Differences in Alzheimer’s, Lewy body, and vascular dementias

Alzheimer’s dementiaLewy body dementiaVascular dementia
Gradual onset and chronic cognitive decline
Memory difficulty combined with apraxia, aphasia, agnosia, or executive dysfunction
Cognitive, memory changes with one or more of the following:
  • visual hallucinations
  • fluctuating consciousness (“sundowning”)
  • parkinsonian features
Early findings often include depression or personality changes, plus incontinence and gait disorder
Psychosis common in middle to late stagesVisual hallucinations, other psychoses in early stages
Periods of marked delirium, “sundowning”
Temporal relationship between stroke and dementia onset, but variability in course
Day-to-day cognitive performance stableCognitive performance fluctuates during early stages.Day-to-day cognitive performance stable
Parkinsonism not apparent in early stages, may present in middle to late stagesParkinsonism in early stages
Tremor not common
Gait disorder and parkinsonism common, especially with basal ganglia infarcts
Neurologic signs present in late stagesExquisite sensitivity to neuroleptic therapyIncreased sensitivity to neuroleptics
Cannot be explained as vascular or mixed-type dementiaCannot be explained as vascular or mixed-type dementiaImaging necessary to document cerebrovascular disease

With a thorough history and laboratory testing, a diagnosis of “probable” AD can be as much as 85% accurate. Probable AD is characterized by progressive gradual decline of cognitive functions affecting memory and at least one other domain including executive dysfunction, apraxia, aphasia, and/or agnosia. These deficits must cause significant functional impairment.

Neurologic test results may support AD diagnosis after ruling out reversible causes of dementia. Neuropsychological testing can provide valuable early information when subtle findings cannot be ascertained on clinical screening. (For a listing of neuropsychological tests, see this article at currentpsychiatry.com.)

Diagnosis: An unpredictable patient

Ms. A received a CBC; comprehensive metabolic panel; urinalysis; screens for rapid plasma reagin, B12, folate, and homocysteine levels; and a brain MRI. Hemoglobin and serum albumin were mildly depressed, reflecting early malnutrition. MRI showed generalized cerebral atrophy. Significant vascular disease was not identified.

Ms. A was diagnosed as having probable Alzheimer’s-type dementia based on the test results and the fact that her cognition was steadily declining. Other explanatory mechanisms were absent. She did not exhibit hallucinatory psychosis or fluctuating consciousness, which would signal Lewy body dementia.

Table 2

Medications for treating agitation in Alzheimer’s dementia

DrugSupporting evidenceRecommended dosage (mg/d)*RationaleDrawbacks
Anticonvulsants
CarbamazepineTariot et al2200 to 1,200 mg/d in divided dosesCommonly used for impulse control disordersAgranulocytosis, hyponatremia, liver toxicity (all rare)
DivalproexLoy and Tariot3250 to 2,000 mg/dIncreasing evidence points to neuroprotective qualitiesPossible white blood cell suppression, liver toxicity, pancreatitis (all rare)
GabapentinRoane et al4100 to 1,200 mg/dSafe in patients with hepatic dysfunctionScant data on use in Alzheimer’s disease
LamotrigineTekin et al5Start at 25 mg/d; titrate slowly to 50 to 200 mg/dPossibly neuroprotective via N-methyl-D-aspartate mechanismRapid titration may cause Stevens-Johnson syndrome
Atypical antipsychotics
OlanzapineStreet et al6 2.5 to 10 mg/dSedating effects may aid sleepAnticholinergic effects may increase confusion, compound cognitive deficit
QuetiapineTariot et al7 25 to 300 mg/dTolerable Sedating effects may aid sleepWatch for orthostasis, especially at higher dosages
RisperidoneDeVane et al8 0.25 to 3 mg/dStrong data support useHigh orthostatic potential, possible extrapyramidal symptoms with higher dosages
ZiprasidoneNoneOral:20to80mgbid IM: 10 to 20 mg, maximum 40 mg over 24 hoursEffective in managing agitationNo controlled trials, case reports in AD-associated agitation
SSRIs
CitalopramPollock et al9 10 to 40 mg/dMinimal CYP-2D6 inhibitionEffect may take 2 to 4 weeks
SertralineLyketsos et al10 25 to 200 mg/dMinimal CYP-2D6 inhibitionEffect may take 2 to 4 weeks
* No specific, widely accepted dosing guidelines exist for patients age > 65, but this group often does not tolerate higher dosages.
SSRI: Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor
IM: Intramuscula
 

 

The psychiatrist started galantamine, 4 mg bid, and vitamin E, 400 IU bid, to maximize her cognition and attempt to slow her functional decline. Ms. A, who was in an assisted living facility when we evaluated her, was transferred to the facility’s nursing section shortly afterward.

At follow-up 3 weeks later, Ms. A’s behavior improved moderately, but she remained unpredictable and intermittently agitated. Staff reported that she was physically assaulting caregivers two to three times weekly.

Which medication(s) would you use to control Ms. A’s agitation and paranoia?

  • an SSRI
  • a mood stabilizer
  • an atypical antipsychotic
  • a combination or two or more of these drug classes

The authors’ observations

Aside from controlling agitation, medication treatment in AD should slow cognitive decline, improve behavior, help the patient perform daily activities, and delay nursing home placement.

  • Watch for drug-drug interactions. Many patients with AD also are taking medications for hypertension, hypercholesterolemia, diabetes, arthritis, and other medical comorbidities.
  • Start low and go slow. Older patients generally do not tolerate rapid dos-ing adjustments as well as younger patients (Table 2).

SSRIS. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors increase serotonin at the synaptic terminal. Serotonin has long been associated with impulsivity and aggression, and decreased 5-hydroxyindole acetic acid, a metabolite of serotonin, has been found in violent criminals and in psychiatric patients who have demonstrated inward or outward aggression.11

SSRIs generally are tolerable, safe, effective, and have little cholinergic blockade. Citalopram and sertraline minimally inhibit the cytochrome P-450 2D6 isoenzyme and have lower proteinbinding affinities than fluoxetine or paroxetine. Thus, citalopram and sertraline are less likely to alter therapeutic levels of highly bound medications through displacement of either drug’s protein-bound portion.10

Anticonvulsants with mood-stabilizing effects are another option. Reasonably strong data support use of divalproex for managing agitation in AD, either as a first-line agent or as an adjunct after failed SSRI therapy. Unlike other anticonvulsants, divalproex also may be neuroprotective.3

Divalproex, however, is associated with white blood cell suppression, significant liver toxicity, and pancreatitis, although these effects are rare.13 Monitor white blood cell counts and liver enzymes early in treatment, even if divalproex blood levels below the standard reference range produce a response.14

Though not studied specifically for treating agitation in AD, carbamazepine has demonstrated significant short-term efficacy in treating dementia-related agitation and aggression.2 Scant data support use of gabapentin or lamotrigine in Alzheimer’s dementia, but these agents are often used to manage agitation in other disorders.

Atypical antipsychotics. Psychosis usually occurs in middle-to-late-stage AD but can occur at any point. If psychosis occurs early, rule out Lewy body dementia.15

Choose an atypical antipsychotic that exhibits rapid dopamine receptor dissociation constants to reduce the risk of extrapyramidal symptoms, tardive dyskinesia, and cognitive decline with prolonged use. Quetiapine has shown efficacy for treating behavioral problems in Alzheimer’s and Lewy body dementia,7 and its sedating effects may help regulate sleep-wake cycles.

Data support use of olanzapine for agitation in AD,6 but watch for anticholinergic effects including worsening of cognition. Fast-dissolving olanzapine and risperidone oral wafers may help circumvent dosing difficulties in patients who cannot swallow—or will not take—their medication. Intramuscular olanzapine and ziprasidone have shown efficacy in treating acute agitation, but no systematic studies have examined their use in agitation secondary to dementia.

Recent data suggest a modestly increased risk of cerebrovascular accidents in AD patients taking atypicals compared with placebo, but the absolute rate of such events remains low.

Treatment: 3 months of stability

Ms. A’s galantamine dosage was increased to 8 mg bid and sertraline—25 mg/d for 7 days, then 50 mg/d—was added in an effort to better control her agitation, but the behavior continued unabated for 2 weeks. Divalproex, 125 mg bid titrated over 4 weeks to 750 mg/d, was added. Still, her agitation persisted.

Over the next 4 to 6 weeks, Ms. A showed signs of psychosis, often talking to herself and occasionally reporting “people attacking me.” She became paranoid toward members of her church, who she said were “trying to hurt” her. The paranoia intensified her agitation and disrupted her sleep. Physical examination was unremarkable, as were chest X-ray and urinalysis.

Sertraline and divalproex were gradually discontinued. Quetiapine—25 mg nightly, titrated across 2 weeks to 150 mg nightly—was started. Ms. A’s agitation and psychosis decreased with quetiapine titration, and her sleep improved. Her paranoid delusions remained but no longer impeded functioning or prompted a violent reaction.

Then after remaining stable for about 3 months, Ms. A’s paranoid delusions worsened and her agitation increased.

What treatment options are available at this point?

The authors’ observations

 

 

Treating agitation and delaying nursing home placement for patients with AD is challenging. When faced with inadequate or no response, consider less-conventional alternatives.

Vitamin E and selegiline were found separately to postpone functional decline in ambulatory patients with moderately severe AD, but the agents given together were less effective than either agent alone.16

Use of methylphenidate,17 buspirone,18 clonazepam,19 zolpidem,20 and—most recently— memantine21 for AD-related agitation also has been described.

Continued treatment: Medication changes

Quetiapine was increased to 350 mg nightly across 4 weeks, resulting in mild to moderate improvement. The higher dosage did not significantly worsen rigidity or motor function, and Ms. A tolerated the increased dosage without clinical orthostasis.

Memantine was added to address Ms. A’s agitation and preserve function. The agent was started at 5 mg/d and titrated across 4 weeks to 10 mg bid.

On clinical exam, Ms. A was more calm and directable and required less intervention. Her paranoia also decreased, allowing improved interaction with family, caregivers, and others. Ms. A remains stable on memantine, 10 mg bid; galantamine, 8 mg; quetiapine, 350 mg nightly; and vitamin E, 400 IU bid. Her cognitive ability has gradually declined over the past 18 months, as evidenced by her most recent MMSE score of 16/30.

Related resources

  • Cummings JL. Use of cholinesterase inhibitors in clinical practice: evidence-based recommendations. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2003; 11:131-45.
  • Alzheimer’s Disease Education and Referral Center, a service of the National Institute on Aging. http://www.alzheimers.org.
  • Paleacu D, Mazeh D, Mirecki I, et al. Donepezil for the treatment of behavioral symptoms in patients with Alzheimer’s disease. Clin Neuropharmacol 2002;25:313-7.
  • Tariot PN, Loy R, Ryan JM, et al. Mood stabilizers in Alzheimer’s disease: symptomatic and neuroprotective rationales. Adv Drug Deliv Rev 2002;54:1567-77.

Drug brand names

  • Buspirone • BuSpar
  • Carbamazepine • Tegretol
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Clonazepam • Klonopin
  • Clozapine • Clozaril
  • Divalproex • Depakote, DepakoteER
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Gabapentin • Neurontin
  • Galantamine • Reminyl
  • Lamotrigine • Lamictal
  • Memantine • Namenda
  • Methylphenidate • Concerta, Ritalin
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Oxcarbazepine • Trileptal
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Risperidone wafers • RisperdalM-Tabs
  • Rivastigmine • Exelon
  • Selegiline • Eldepryl
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon
  • Zolpidem • Ambien

Disclosure

Dr. Goforth is a speaker for Pfizer Inc., Forest Pharmaceuticals, and BristolMyers Squibb Co., and has received grant support from Pfizer Inc. He has also received support from the Bristol-Myers Squibb Fellowship in Geriatric Psychiatry through the American Association of Geriatric Psychiatry.

Dr. Rao is a speaker for Pfizer Inc.

Drs. Raval and Ruth report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Presenting symptoms: Marital memories

Ms. A, age 83, has been experiencing increasing confusion, agitation, and memory loss across 4 to 5 years. Family members say her memory loss has become prominent within the last year. She can no longer cook, manage her finances, shop, or perform other basic activities. At times she does not recognize her husband of 62 years and needs help with bathing and grooming.

Ms. A’s Folstein Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) score is 18, indicating moderate dementia. She exhibits disorientation, diminished short-term memory, impaired attention including apraxia, and executive dysfunction. Her Geriatric Depression Scale (15-item short form) score indicates normal mood.

A neurologic exam reveals mild parkinsonism, including mild bilateral upper-extremity cogwheeltype rigidity and questionable frontal release signs including a possible mild bilateral grasp reflex. No snout reflex was seen.

This presentation suggests Ms. A has:

  • Alzheimer’s disease
  • Lewy body dementia
  • or vascular dementia

The authors’ observations:

Differentiating among Alzheimer’s, Lewy body, and vascular dementias is important (Table 1), as their treatments and clinical courses differ.

The initial workup’s goal is to diagnose a reversible medical condition that may be hastening cognitive decline. Brain imaging (CT or MRI) can uncover cerebrovascular disease, subdural hematomas, normal-pressure hydrocephalus, tumors, or other cerebral diseases. Laboratory tests can reveal systemic conditions such as hypothyroidism, vitamin B12 deficiency, hypercalcemia, neurosyphilis, or HIV infection.1

Table 1

Differences in Alzheimer’s, Lewy body, and vascular dementias

Alzheimer’s dementiaLewy body dementiaVascular dementia
Gradual onset and chronic cognitive decline
Memory difficulty combined with apraxia, aphasia, agnosia, or executive dysfunction
Cognitive, memory changes with one or more of the following:
  • visual hallucinations
  • fluctuating consciousness (“sundowning”)
  • parkinsonian features
Early findings often include depression or personality changes, plus incontinence and gait disorder
Psychosis common in middle to late stagesVisual hallucinations, other psychoses in early stages
Periods of marked delirium, “sundowning”
Temporal relationship between stroke and dementia onset, but variability in course
Day-to-day cognitive performance stableCognitive performance fluctuates during early stages.Day-to-day cognitive performance stable
Parkinsonism not apparent in early stages, may present in middle to late stagesParkinsonism in early stages
Tremor not common
Gait disorder and parkinsonism common, especially with basal ganglia infarcts
Neurologic signs present in late stagesExquisite sensitivity to neuroleptic therapyIncreased sensitivity to neuroleptics
Cannot be explained as vascular or mixed-type dementiaCannot be explained as vascular or mixed-type dementiaImaging necessary to document cerebrovascular disease

With a thorough history and laboratory testing, a diagnosis of “probable” AD can be as much as 85% accurate. Probable AD is characterized by progressive gradual decline of cognitive functions affecting memory and at least one other domain including executive dysfunction, apraxia, aphasia, and/or agnosia. These deficits must cause significant functional impairment.

Neurologic test results may support AD diagnosis after ruling out reversible causes of dementia. Neuropsychological testing can provide valuable early information when subtle findings cannot be ascertained on clinical screening. (For a listing of neuropsychological tests, see this article at currentpsychiatry.com.)

Diagnosis: An unpredictable patient

Ms. A received a CBC; comprehensive metabolic panel; urinalysis; screens for rapid plasma reagin, B12, folate, and homocysteine levels; and a brain MRI. Hemoglobin and serum albumin were mildly depressed, reflecting early malnutrition. MRI showed generalized cerebral atrophy. Significant vascular disease was not identified.

Ms. A was diagnosed as having probable Alzheimer’s-type dementia based on the test results and the fact that her cognition was steadily declining. Other explanatory mechanisms were absent. She did not exhibit hallucinatory psychosis or fluctuating consciousness, which would signal Lewy body dementia.

Table 2

Medications for treating agitation in Alzheimer’s dementia

DrugSupporting evidenceRecommended dosage (mg/d)*RationaleDrawbacks
Anticonvulsants
CarbamazepineTariot et al2200 to 1,200 mg/d in divided dosesCommonly used for impulse control disordersAgranulocytosis, hyponatremia, liver toxicity (all rare)
DivalproexLoy and Tariot3250 to 2,000 mg/dIncreasing evidence points to neuroprotective qualitiesPossible white blood cell suppression, liver toxicity, pancreatitis (all rare)
GabapentinRoane et al4100 to 1,200 mg/dSafe in patients with hepatic dysfunctionScant data on use in Alzheimer’s disease
LamotrigineTekin et al5Start at 25 mg/d; titrate slowly to 50 to 200 mg/dPossibly neuroprotective via N-methyl-D-aspartate mechanismRapid titration may cause Stevens-Johnson syndrome
Atypical antipsychotics
OlanzapineStreet et al6 2.5 to 10 mg/dSedating effects may aid sleepAnticholinergic effects may increase confusion, compound cognitive deficit
QuetiapineTariot et al7 25 to 300 mg/dTolerable Sedating effects may aid sleepWatch for orthostasis, especially at higher dosages
RisperidoneDeVane et al8 0.25 to 3 mg/dStrong data support useHigh orthostatic potential, possible extrapyramidal symptoms with higher dosages
ZiprasidoneNoneOral:20to80mgbid IM: 10 to 20 mg, maximum 40 mg over 24 hoursEffective in managing agitationNo controlled trials, case reports in AD-associated agitation
SSRIs
CitalopramPollock et al9 10 to 40 mg/dMinimal CYP-2D6 inhibitionEffect may take 2 to 4 weeks
SertralineLyketsos et al10 25 to 200 mg/dMinimal CYP-2D6 inhibitionEffect may take 2 to 4 weeks
* No specific, widely accepted dosing guidelines exist for patients age > 65, but this group often does not tolerate higher dosages.
SSRI: Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor
IM: Intramuscula
 

 

The psychiatrist started galantamine, 4 mg bid, and vitamin E, 400 IU bid, to maximize her cognition and attempt to slow her functional decline. Ms. A, who was in an assisted living facility when we evaluated her, was transferred to the facility’s nursing section shortly afterward.

At follow-up 3 weeks later, Ms. A’s behavior improved moderately, but she remained unpredictable and intermittently agitated. Staff reported that she was physically assaulting caregivers two to three times weekly.

Which medication(s) would you use to control Ms. A’s agitation and paranoia?

  • an SSRI
  • a mood stabilizer
  • an atypical antipsychotic
  • a combination or two or more of these drug classes

The authors’ observations

Aside from controlling agitation, medication treatment in AD should slow cognitive decline, improve behavior, help the patient perform daily activities, and delay nursing home placement.

  • Watch for drug-drug interactions. Many patients with AD also are taking medications for hypertension, hypercholesterolemia, diabetes, arthritis, and other medical comorbidities.
  • Start low and go slow. Older patients generally do not tolerate rapid dos-ing adjustments as well as younger patients (Table 2).

SSRIS. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors increase serotonin at the synaptic terminal. Serotonin has long been associated with impulsivity and aggression, and decreased 5-hydroxyindole acetic acid, a metabolite of serotonin, has been found in violent criminals and in psychiatric patients who have demonstrated inward or outward aggression.11

SSRIs generally are tolerable, safe, effective, and have little cholinergic blockade. Citalopram and sertraline minimally inhibit the cytochrome P-450 2D6 isoenzyme and have lower proteinbinding affinities than fluoxetine or paroxetine. Thus, citalopram and sertraline are less likely to alter therapeutic levels of highly bound medications through displacement of either drug’s protein-bound portion.10

Anticonvulsants with mood-stabilizing effects are another option. Reasonably strong data support use of divalproex for managing agitation in AD, either as a first-line agent or as an adjunct after failed SSRI therapy. Unlike other anticonvulsants, divalproex also may be neuroprotective.3

Divalproex, however, is associated with white blood cell suppression, significant liver toxicity, and pancreatitis, although these effects are rare.13 Monitor white blood cell counts and liver enzymes early in treatment, even if divalproex blood levels below the standard reference range produce a response.14

Though not studied specifically for treating agitation in AD, carbamazepine has demonstrated significant short-term efficacy in treating dementia-related agitation and aggression.2 Scant data support use of gabapentin or lamotrigine in Alzheimer’s dementia, but these agents are often used to manage agitation in other disorders.

Atypical antipsychotics. Psychosis usually occurs in middle-to-late-stage AD but can occur at any point. If psychosis occurs early, rule out Lewy body dementia.15

Choose an atypical antipsychotic that exhibits rapid dopamine receptor dissociation constants to reduce the risk of extrapyramidal symptoms, tardive dyskinesia, and cognitive decline with prolonged use. Quetiapine has shown efficacy for treating behavioral problems in Alzheimer’s and Lewy body dementia,7 and its sedating effects may help regulate sleep-wake cycles.

Data support use of olanzapine for agitation in AD,6 but watch for anticholinergic effects including worsening of cognition. Fast-dissolving olanzapine and risperidone oral wafers may help circumvent dosing difficulties in patients who cannot swallow—or will not take—their medication. Intramuscular olanzapine and ziprasidone have shown efficacy in treating acute agitation, but no systematic studies have examined their use in agitation secondary to dementia.

Recent data suggest a modestly increased risk of cerebrovascular accidents in AD patients taking atypicals compared with placebo, but the absolute rate of such events remains low.

Treatment: 3 months of stability

Ms. A’s galantamine dosage was increased to 8 mg bid and sertraline—25 mg/d for 7 days, then 50 mg/d—was added in an effort to better control her agitation, but the behavior continued unabated for 2 weeks. Divalproex, 125 mg bid titrated over 4 weeks to 750 mg/d, was added. Still, her agitation persisted.

Over the next 4 to 6 weeks, Ms. A showed signs of psychosis, often talking to herself and occasionally reporting “people attacking me.” She became paranoid toward members of her church, who she said were “trying to hurt” her. The paranoia intensified her agitation and disrupted her sleep. Physical examination was unremarkable, as were chest X-ray and urinalysis.

Sertraline and divalproex were gradually discontinued. Quetiapine—25 mg nightly, titrated across 2 weeks to 150 mg nightly—was started. Ms. A’s agitation and psychosis decreased with quetiapine titration, and her sleep improved. Her paranoid delusions remained but no longer impeded functioning or prompted a violent reaction.

Then after remaining stable for about 3 months, Ms. A’s paranoid delusions worsened and her agitation increased.

What treatment options are available at this point?

The authors’ observations

 

 

Treating agitation and delaying nursing home placement for patients with AD is challenging. When faced with inadequate or no response, consider less-conventional alternatives.

Vitamin E and selegiline were found separately to postpone functional decline in ambulatory patients with moderately severe AD, but the agents given together were less effective than either agent alone.16

Use of methylphenidate,17 buspirone,18 clonazepam,19 zolpidem,20 and—most recently— memantine21 for AD-related agitation also has been described.

Continued treatment: Medication changes

Quetiapine was increased to 350 mg nightly across 4 weeks, resulting in mild to moderate improvement. The higher dosage did not significantly worsen rigidity or motor function, and Ms. A tolerated the increased dosage without clinical orthostasis.

Memantine was added to address Ms. A’s agitation and preserve function. The agent was started at 5 mg/d and titrated across 4 weeks to 10 mg bid.

On clinical exam, Ms. A was more calm and directable and required less intervention. Her paranoia also decreased, allowing improved interaction with family, caregivers, and others. Ms. A remains stable on memantine, 10 mg bid; galantamine, 8 mg; quetiapine, 350 mg nightly; and vitamin E, 400 IU bid. Her cognitive ability has gradually declined over the past 18 months, as evidenced by her most recent MMSE score of 16/30.

Related resources

  • Cummings JL. Use of cholinesterase inhibitors in clinical practice: evidence-based recommendations. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2003; 11:131-45.
  • Alzheimer’s Disease Education and Referral Center, a service of the National Institute on Aging. http://www.alzheimers.org.
  • Paleacu D, Mazeh D, Mirecki I, et al. Donepezil for the treatment of behavioral symptoms in patients with Alzheimer’s disease. Clin Neuropharmacol 2002;25:313-7.
  • Tariot PN, Loy R, Ryan JM, et al. Mood stabilizers in Alzheimer’s disease: symptomatic and neuroprotective rationales. Adv Drug Deliv Rev 2002;54:1567-77.

Drug brand names

  • Buspirone • BuSpar
  • Carbamazepine • Tegretol
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Clonazepam • Klonopin
  • Clozapine • Clozaril
  • Divalproex • Depakote, DepakoteER
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Gabapentin • Neurontin
  • Galantamine • Reminyl
  • Lamotrigine • Lamictal
  • Memantine • Namenda
  • Methylphenidate • Concerta, Ritalin
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Oxcarbazepine • Trileptal
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Risperidone wafers • RisperdalM-Tabs
  • Rivastigmine • Exelon
  • Selegiline • Eldepryl
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon
  • Zolpidem • Ambien

Disclosure

Dr. Goforth is a speaker for Pfizer Inc., Forest Pharmaceuticals, and BristolMyers Squibb Co., and has received grant support from Pfizer Inc. He has also received support from the Bristol-Myers Squibb Fellowship in Geriatric Psychiatry through the American Association of Geriatric Psychiatry.

Dr. Rao is a speaker for Pfizer Inc.

Drs. Raval and Ruth report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Askin-Edgar S, White KE, Cummings JL. Neuropsychiatric aspects of Alzheimer’s disease and other dementing illnesses. In: Textbook of neuropsychiatry and clinical neurosciences (4th ed). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing, 2002.

2. Tariot PN, Erb R, Podgorski CA, et al. Efficacy and tolerability of carbamazepine for agitation and aggression in dementia. Am J Psychiatry 1998;155:54-61.

3. Loy R, Tariot PN. Neuroprotective properties of valproate: potential benefit for AD and tauopathies. J Mol Neurosci 2002;19:303-7.

4. Roane DM, Feinberg TE, Meckler L, et al. Treatment of dementiaassociated agitation with gabapentin. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 2000;12:40-3.

5. Tekin S, Aykut-Bingol C, Tanridag T, Aktan S. Antiglutamatergic therapy in Alzheimer’s disease—effects of lamotrigine. J Neural Transm 1998;105:295-303.

6. Street JS, Clark WS, Kadam DL, et al. Long-term efficacy of olanzapine in the control of psychotic and behavioral symptoms in nursing home patients with Alzheimer’s dementia. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 2001;16(suppl 1):S62-S70.

7. Tariot PN, Ismail MS. Use of quetiapine in elderly patients. J Clin Psychiatry 2002;63(suppl 13):21-6.

8. DeVane CL, Mintzer J. Risperidone in the management of psychiatric and neurodegenerative disease in the elderly: an update. Psychopharmacol Bull 2003;37:116-32.

9. Pollock BG, Mulsant BH, Rosen J, et al. Comparison of citalopram, perphenazine, and placebo for the acute treatment of psychosis and behavioral disturbances in hospitalized, demented patients. Am J Psychiatry 2002;159:460-5.

10. Lyketsos CG, DelCampo L, Steinberg M, et al. Treating depression in Alzheimer disease: efficacy and safety of sertraline therapy, and the benefits of depression reduction: the DIADS. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2003;60:737-46.

11. Swann AC. Neuroreceptor mechanisms of aggression and its treatment. J Clin Psychiatry 2003;64(suppl 4):26-35.

12. Olin JT, Schneider LS, Katz IR, et al. Provisional diagnostic criteria for depression of Alzheimer disease. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2002;10:125-8.

13. Physician’sdesk reference(58thed). Montvale, NJ:Thomson PDR,2004.

14. Porsteinsson AP, Tariot PN, Erb R, Gaile S. An open trial of valproate for agitation in geriatric neuropsychiatric disorders. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 1997;5:344-51.

15. Assal F, Cummings JL. Neuropsychiatric symptoms in the dementias. Curr Opin Neurol 2002;15:445-50.

16. Sano M, Ernesto C, Thomas RG, et al. A controlled trial of selegiline, alpha-tocopherol, or both as treatment for Alzheimer’s disease. The Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study. N Engl J Med 1997;336:1216-22.

17. Kittur S, Hauser P. Improvement of sleep and behavior by methylphenidate in Alzheimer’s disease. Am J Psychiatry 1999;156:1116-7.

18. Salzman C. Treatment of the agitation of late-life psychosis and Alzheimer’s disease. Eur Psychiatry 2001;16(suppl 1):25s-28s.

19. Ginsburg ML. Clonazepam for agitated patients with Alzheimer’s disease. Can J Psychiatry 1991;36:237-8.

20. Jackson CW, Pitner JK, Mintzer JE. Zolpidem for the treatment of agitation in elderly demented patients. J Clin Psychiatry 1996;57:372-3.

21. Reisberg B, Doody R, Stoffler A, et al. Memantine Study Group. Memantine in moderate-to-severe Alzheimer’s disease. N Engl J Med 2003;348:1333-41.

References

1. Askin-Edgar S, White KE, Cummings JL. Neuropsychiatric aspects of Alzheimer’s disease and other dementing illnesses. In: Textbook of neuropsychiatry and clinical neurosciences (4th ed). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing, 2002.

2. Tariot PN, Erb R, Podgorski CA, et al. Efficacy and tolerability of carbamazepine for agitation and aggression in dementia. Am J Psychiatry 1998;155:54-61.

3. Loy R, Tariot PN. Neuroprotective properties of valproate: potential benefit for AD and tauopathies. J Mol Neurosci 2002;19:303-7.

4. Roane DM, Feinberg TE, Meckler L, et al. Treatment of dementiaassociated agitation with gabapentin. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 2000;12:40-3.

5. Tekin S, Aykut-Bingol C, Tanridag T, Aktan S. Antiglutamatergic therapy in Alzheimer’s disease—effects of lamotrigine. J Neural Transm 1998;105:295-303.

6. Street JS, Clark WS, Kadam DL, et al. Long-term efficacy of olanzapine in the control of psychotic and behavioral symptoms in nursing home patients with Alzheimer’s dementia. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 2001;16(suppl 1):S62-S70.

7. Tariot PN, Ismail MS. Use of quetiapine in elderly patients. J Clin Psychiatry 2002;63(suppl 13):21-6.

8. DeVane CL, Mintzer J. Risperidone in the management of psychiatric and neurodegenerative disease in the elderly: an update. Psychopharmacol Bull 2003;37:116-32.

9. Pollock BG, Mulsant BH, Rosen J, et al. Comparison of citalopram, perphenazine, and placebo for the acute treatment of psychosis and behavioral disturbances in hospitalized, demented patients. Am J Psychiatry 2002;159:460-5.

10. Lyketsos CG, DelCampo L, Steinberg M, et al. Treating depression in Alzheimer disease: efficacy and safety of sertraline therapy, and the benefits of depression reduction: the DIADS. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2003;60:737-46.

11. Swann AC. Neuroreceptor mechanisms of aggression and its treatment. J Clin Psychiatry 2003;64(suppl 4):26-35.

12. Olin JT, Schneider LS, Katz IR, et al. Provisional diagnostic criteria for depression of Alzheimer disease. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2002;10:125-8.

13. Physician’sdesk reference(58thed). Montvale, NJ:Thomson PDR,2004.

14. Porsteinsson AP, Tariot PN, Erb R, Gaile S. An open trial of valproate for agitation in geriatric neuropsychiatric disorders. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 1997;5:344-51.

15. Assal F, Cummings JL. Neuropsychiatric symptoms in the dementias. Curr Opin Neurol 2002;15:445-50.

16. Sano M, Ernesto C, Thomas RG, et al. A controlled trial of selegiline, alpha-tocopherol, or both as treatment for Alzheimer’s disease. The Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study. N Engl J Med 1997;336:1216-22.

17. Kittur S, Hauser P. Improvement of sleep and behavior by methylphenidate in Alzheimer’s disease. Am J Psychiatry 1999;156:1116-7.

18. Salzman C. Treatment of the agitation of late-life psychosis and Alzheimer’s disease. Eur Psychiatry 2001;16(suppl 1):25s-28s.

19. Ginsburg ML. Clonazepam for agitated patients with Alzheimer’s disease. Can J Psychiatry 1991;36:237-8.

20. Jackson CW, Pitner JK, Mintzer JE. Zolpidem for the treatment of agitation in elderly demented patients. J Clin Psychiatry 1996;57:372-3.

21. Reisberg B, Doody R, Stoffler A, et al. Memantine Study Group. Memantine in moderate-to-severe Alzheimer’s disease. N Engl J Med 2003;348:1333-41.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(06)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(06)
Page Number
88-95
Page Number
88-95
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
After 62 years, her husband is a ‘stranger’
Display Headline
After 62 years, her husband is a ‘stranger’
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Trichotillomania: A heads-up on severe cases

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:31
Display Headline
Trichotillomania: A heads-up on severe cases

History: Bald at age 9

Ms. D, age 41, began compulsively pulling out and eating her hair at age 8. When she didn’t get her way at home or was nervous about school, she would sit for hours, pulling and eating a strand or two at a time, ultimately ingesting a clump of hair.

By age 9, Ms. D was bald. In grade school, she often wore hats and scarves to class to avoid teasing from other children about her baldness. In high school, she kept to herself and frequently wore wigs.

Ms. D stops pulling for brief periods and her hair grows out, but she invariably resumes pulling when psychosocial stressors mount. Many of life’s normal anxieties—job interviews, work-related stress, social rejection—trigger episodes.

When she is bald, Ms. D pulls and eats hair off her wig. Over the years, she has spent thousands of dollars on custom-made wigs that mask her baldness while feeding her habit.

Ms. D’s episodes are increasingly interfering with her life. She has been steadily employed as an office assistant, but does not socialize with coworkers. She has not dated in years, and during an exacerbation leaves home only to go to work. She also pulls her eyelashes and eyebrows and picks her nails and cuticles.

Ms. D first presented in 1994 after seeing a television segment I did on trichotillomania. At intake, she was wearing a wig and exhibited anxious mood. She also has Crohn’s disease; a gastroenterologist monitors her closely.

Ms. D reports compulsive counting and checking but denies other similar behaviors. No immediate family members have exhibited obsessive-compulsive or hair-pulling behaviors. Her father abused alcohol and a sister has a stuttering problem, although Ms. D denies that these have affected her psychologically.

Ms. D’s hair-pulling behavior suggests:

  • a pica disorder
  • an impulse control disorder
  • or an obsessive-compulsive disorder?

Box

DSM-IV-TR diagnostic criteria for trichotillomania

  1. Recurrent pulling out of one’s own hair, resulting in noticeable hair loss.
  2. Increasing tension immediately before pulling out the hair or when attempting to resist the behavior.
  3. Pleasure, gratification, or relief while pulling out the hair.
  4. The disturbance is not better explained as another mental disorder and is not caused by a dermatological or other general medical condition.
  5. The disturbance causes clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning.

Source: Reprinted with permission from the Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed., text revision. Copyright 2000. American Psychiatric Association.

Dr. Lundt’s observations

Trichotillomania, defined as compulsive pulling of hair, usually begins in childhood or adolescence. Scalp hair is most commonly pulled, but some patients also pull their eyelashes, pubic hair, and other body hair. Some, especially children, have reportedly pulled their pets’ hair.

Mansueto et al estimate that trichotillomania afflicts approximately 1.5% of males and 3.5% of females.1 These estimates, however, do not include persons with the disorder who are too embarrassed to seek treatment.

DSM-IV-TR classifies trichotillomania as an impulse control disorder (Box). Although comorbid anxiety and depressive disorders are common, Ms. D did not meet criteria for any other psychiatric disorder.

Trichotillomania often is episodic. Months or years of abstinence is common after periods of exacerbation, usually caused by stress (Figure).

Many clinicians mistakenly consider trichotillomania a benign disorder with few consequences beyond alopecia.2 Some patients, however, progress into trichophagia—ingestion of pulled hair. Trichophagia is a form of pica disorder, typically defined as persistent eating of non-nutritive substances. Patients often harbor tremendous shame over their hair-eating behavior and resist psychiatric or medical treatment.2

The undigested hair can form sometimes massive clumps called trichobezoars, which are most common among children and the developmentally disabled.4 Persons with trichophagia face a 37.5% risk of forming a trichobezoar.5 The mass can cause abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, and weight loss; complications include GI obstruction, ulceration, perforation, and peritonitis.6 An untreated trichobezoar can be fatal,7 although such deaths are rare among patients being treated for trichotillomania.

Patients with trichotillomania often respond to medications used to treat obsessive-compulsive disorder, such as clomipramine. Some clinicians believe this agent is more effective than selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) but more difficult to tolerate. For Ms. D, I started with both.

Treatment: ‘I Don’t need medication’

Initial treatments—including fluoxetine, 20 mg/d for 6 months; hypnotherapy; and clomipramine, 25 mg/d—were unsuccessful. Ms. D was only marginally compliant, believing that she did not need medication.

I referred Ms. D to an out-of-state residential behavioral program specializing in trichotillomania, but she refused to go even as her hair-pulling intensified. Clomipramine was gradually increased to 75 mg nightly, briefly decreasing her pulling, then to 100 mg nightly when symptoms re-emerged. Clomipramine blood levels were monitored with each dosage change to guard against CNS and cardiac toxicity and other side effects (GI complaints, dizziness, cardiac arrhythmias, somnolence).

 

 

After watching for seasonal patterns, I found that Ms. D’s hair-pulling worsened during the winter, although no seasonal change in mood was detected. Phototherapy produced initial success, but Ms. D continued to pull her eyelashes.

Eight weeks later, however, Ms. D’s symptoms escalated. Clomipramine was increased to 150 mg nightly, resulting in blood levels of 99 ng/mL for clomipramine and 204 ng/mL for the metabolite N-desmethylclomipramine—both within the therapeutic range. As she continued pulling, I added buspirone, 10 mg/d.

At this point, would you:

  • continue clomipramine and increase the dosage?
  • discontinue clomipramine and start another psychotropic?
  • or maintain clomipramine at the same dosage and add another psychotropic?

Dr. Lundt’s observations

Drug treatment of trichotillomania has not been studied extensively or long-term, and no consensus exists. Psychoanalysis, cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), and hypnotherapy are usually administered with psychotropics.8 Patients often respond to treatment at first, then reach a plateau and resume pulling their hair.9

Numerous psychotropics are used off-label to treat trichotillomania. Several agents have been shown in clinical trials and case reports to reduce hair pulling/eating behaviors (Table), but these findings are limited by small sample size, lack of control groups, and lack of a standard symptom rating scale.

Figure Trichotillomania: Excessive grooming, habit, or vicious circle?



Most clinicians begin with SSRIs because they are generally well tolerated, even at high dosages. Monotherapy often is not adequate for trichotillomania, however. Medication augmentation is common, although little empiric data support this practice.

When clomipramine did not work initally, I explored serotonergic combination strategies.

Table

Medications shown to benefit patients with trichotillomania

DrugEvidenceDosage range (mg/d)Potential side effects
First-line
Tricyclic
 ClomipramineSwedo et al10 50 to 300Sedation, weight gain, cardiac arrythmias
SSRIs
 Fluoxetinevan Minnen et al11 20 to 60GI symptoms, insomnia
 FluvoxamineGabriel12 50 to 250Sexual dysfunction, weight gain
 ParoxetineRavindran et al13 20 to 60Sexual dysfunction, weight gain
 SertralineBradford and Gratzer14 50 to 200Sexual dysfunction, GI symptoms, insomnia
Second-line
Antipsychotics
 HaloperidolVan Ameringen et al15 0.25 to 2Sedation, EPS
 OlanzapineGupta and Gupta16 2.5 to 10Sedation, weight gain
 PimozideStein and Hollander17 25 to 200Restlessness, EPS
 QuetiapineKhouzam et al8 25 to 200Sedation
 RisperidoneGabriel12 Senturk and Tanriverdi18 0.5 to 4.0Sedation, hyperprolactinemia
Mood stabilizer
 LithiumChristenson et al19 900 to 1,500Increased thirst, weight gain, tremor
EPS: extrapyramidal symptoms

Further treatment: Relapse, resection

Ms. D was lost to follow-up for 1 year. She returned in 1996, just after undergoing a laparotomy for removal of a trichobezoar large enough to fill two 2-inch-by-6-inch bags. She also had been treated for pneumonia and a pulmonary embolus.

Riddled with shame and embarrassment, Ms. D had stopped pulling for 10 months, during which time she was off medication. Her pulling behaviors re-emerged, however, and clomipramine was restarted and titrated to 250 mg nightly.

One year later, a second trichobezoar was resected. Her clomipramine/N-desmethylclomipramine level reached 1,535 ng/mL, although an ECG reading was normal. Subsequent clomipramine/N-desmethylclomipramine blood levels were within the therapeutic range. Fluvoxamine, 25 mg/d titrated across 6 weeks to 150 mg/d, was added.

Again, Ms. D stopped taking her medications and was lost to follow-up. Her gastroenterologist began managing her care and started sertraline, dosage unknown, to address her depressed mood. A third trichobezoar was removed.

When Ms. D returned to my practice, I resumed CBT and increased sertraline over 1 month from 100 to 300 mg/d. Adding olanzapine, 2.5 mg/d, diminished her anxiety and markedly decreased her hair pulling.

Months later, her hair-pulling/eating behaviors again intensified, resulting in a small-bowel obstruction and a fourth trichobezoar removal. Olanzapine was increased to 5 mg nightly without significant benefit and with sedating effects.

Clomipramine, 125 mg/d, was reintroduced and her symptoms improved dramatically. On a regimen of sertraline, clomipramine and olanzapine, Ms. D remained stable for 2 years.

Last year, however, a fifth trichobezoar measuring 20 x 15 cm was removed. Subsequent trials of methylphenidate, titrated to 72 mg every morning, and tramadol, titrated to 100 mg/d, were unsuccessful.

After 10 years of medication and psychotherapy with three different providers, Ms. D’s hair-pulling/eating behaviors persist. She is taking ziprasidone, 120 mg bid, and naltrexone, 100 mg bid, to help her impulse control, as well as sertraline, 300 mg/d, and clomipramine, 125 mg/d. Another trichobezoar removal—her sixth in 8 years—is scheduled.

What strategies exist for minimizing Ms. D’s hair-pulling behavior and keeping her in therapy?

Dr. Lundt’s observations

Trichotillomania’s waxing and waning course—and its destructive effects on a patient’s self-esteem—pose a clinical challenge. The disorder’s severity can range from cosmetically annoying to life-threatening, as in Ms. D’s case. Patients embarrassed by their behavior often prematurely leave treatment, desperate to cut off all social contact—including medical appointments.

It is crucial to maintain a nonjudgmental, inviting demeanor to alleviate the patient’s fears and facilitate a return to treatment. Support groups, especially online, can help decrease patients’ isolation and provide a reliable information network (see Related resources).

 

 

I have had excellent results with other trichotillomania patients—especially children and adolescents. Simply naming their condition and demystifying the problem can be therapeutic. Many patients have responded to SSRIs combined with CBT.

Not long ago, trichotillomania patients were met with ignorance and disbelief within the medical community as the disorder was poorly understood. We need to break this cycle of shame and continue investigating treatment strategies.

Related resources

  • StopPulling.com, an interactive behavioral program for persons with trichotillomania. www.stoppulling.com.
  • Penzel F. The hair pulling problem: a complete guide to trichotillomania. New York: Oxford University Press, 2003.
  • Keuthen NJ, Stein DJ, Christenson GA. Help for hair pullers: understanding and coping with trichotillomania. Oakland, CA: New Harbinger Publications, 2001.

Drug brand names

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil
  • Buspirone • BuSpar
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Haloperidol • Haldol
  • Lithium • Eskalith, others
  • Methylphenidate • Concerta, Ritalin
  • Naltrexone • ReVia
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Pimozide • Orap
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Tramadol • Ultram
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon

Disclosure

Dr. Lundt receives research grants from and/or is a speaker for Eli Lilly and Co., Pfizer Inc., GlaxoSmithKline, and Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.

References

1. Mansueto C, Ninan PT, Rothbaum B. Trichotillomania and its treatment in adults: a guide for clinicians. Available at: (http://www.trich.org/articles/view_default.asp?filename="0305_Cases" aid=22&yd= researchers_intro). Accessed April 13, 2004

2. Bouwer C, Stein DJ. Trichobezoars in trichotillomania. Psychosom Med 1998;60:658-60.

3. Philippopoulos GS. A case of trichotillomania (hair pulling). Doc Geigy Acta Psychosom 1961;9:304-12.

4. Lee J. Bezoars and foreign bodies in the stomach. Gastrointest Endosc 1996;6:605-19.

5. Christenson GA, Crow SJ. The characterization and treatment of trichotillomania. Clin Psychiatry 1996;57(suppl 8):42-7.

6. Lal MM, Dhall JC. Trichobezoar: A collective analysis of 39 cases from India with a case report. Indian J Pediatr 1975;12:351-3.

7. DeBakey M, Ochsner W. Bezoars and concretions: A comprehensive review of the literature with an analysis of 303 collected cases and a presentation of 8 additional cases. Surgery 1939;4:934-63.

8. Khouzam HR, Battista MA, Byers PE. An overview of trichotillomania and its response to treatment with quetiapine. Psychiatry 2002;65:261-70.

9. Keuthen NJ, Fraim C, Deckersbach T, et al. Longitudinal follow-up of naturalistic treatment outcome in patients with trichotillomania. J Clin Psychiatry 2001;62:101-7.

10. Swedo SE, Leonard HL, Rapoport JL, et al. A double-blind comparison of clomipramine and desipramine in the treatment of trichotillomania (hair pulling). N Engl J Med 1989;8:497-501.

11. van Minnen A, Hoogduin KA, Keijsers GP, et al. Treatment of trichotillomania with behavioral therapy or fluoxetine: a randomized, waiting-list controlled study. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2003;60:517-22.

12. Gabriel A. A case of resistant trichotillomania treated with risperidone-augmented fluvoxamine. Can J Psychiatry 2001;46:285-6.

13. Ravindran AV, Lapierre YD, Anisman H. Obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorders: Effective treatment with paroxetine. Can J Psychiatry 1999;44:805-7.

14. Bradford JM, Gratzer TG. A treatment for impulse control disorders and paraphilia: a case report. Can J Psychiatry 1995;40:4-5.

15. Van Ameringen M, Mancini C, Oakman JM, Farvolden p. The potential role of haloperidol in the treatment of trichotillomania. J Affect Disord 1999;56:219-26.

16. Gupta MA, Gupta AK. Olanzapine is effective in the management of some self-induced dermatoses: Three case reports. Cutis 2000;66:143-6.

17. Stein DJ, Hollander E. Low-dose pimozide augmentation of serotonin reuptake blockers in the treatment of trichotillomania. J Clin Psych 1992;53:123-6.

18. Senturk V, Tanriverdi N. Resistant trichotillomania and risperidone. Psychosomatics 2002;43:429-30

19. Christenson GA, Popkin MK, Mackenzie TB, Realmuto GM. Lithium treatment of chronic hair pulling. J Clin Psychiatry 1991;52:116-20.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Leslie P. Lundt, MD
Affiliate faculty member Idaho State University, Pocatello, ID Practicing psychiatrist, Boise, ID

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(05)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
89-105
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Leslie P. Lundt, MD
Affiliate faculty member Idaho State University, Pocatello, ID Practicing psychiatrist, Boise, ID

Author and Disclosure Information

Leslie P. Lundt, MD
Affiliate faculty member Idaho State University, Pocatello, ID Practicing psychiatrist, Boise, ID

Article PDF
Article PDF

History: Bald at age 9

Ms. D, age 41, began compulsively pulling out and eating her hair at age 8. When she didn’t get her way at home or was nervous about school, she would sit for hours, pulling and eating a strand or two at a time, ultimately ingesting a clump of hair.

By age 9, Ms. D was bald. In grade school, she often wore hats and scarves to class to avoid teasing from other children about her baldness. In high school, she kept to herself and frequently wore wigs.

Ms. D stops pulling for brief periods and her hair grows out, but she invariably resumes pulling when psychosocial stressors mount. Many of life’s normal anxieties—job interviews, work-related stress, social rejection—trigger episodes.

When she is bald, Ms. D pulls and eats hair off her wig. Over the years, she has spent thousands of dollars on custom-made wigs that mask her baldness while feeding her habit.

Ms. D’s episodes are increasingly interfering with her life. She has been steadily employed as an office assistant, but does not socialize with coworkers. She has not dated in years, and during an exacerbation leaves home only to go to work. She also pulls her eyelashes and eyebrows and picks her nails and cuticles.

Ms. D first presented in 1994 after seeing a television segment I did on trichotillomania. At intake, she was wearing a wig and exhibited anxious mood. She also has Crohn’s disease; a gastroenterologist monitors her closely.

Ms. D reports compulsive counting and checking but denies other similar behaviors. No immediate family members have exhibited obsessive-compulsive or hair-pulling behaviors. Her father abused alcohol and a sister has a stuttering problem, although Ms. D denies that these have affected her psychologically.

Ms. D’s hair-pulling behavior suggests:

  • a pica disorder
  • an impulse control disorder
  • or an obsessive-compulsive disorder?

Box

DSM-IV-TR diagnostic criteria for trichotillomania

  1. Recurrent pulling out of one’s own hair, resulting in noticeable hair loss.
  2. Increasing tension immediately before pulling out the hair or when attempting to resist the behavior.
  3. Pleasure, gratification, or relief while pulling out the hair.
  4. The disturbance is not better explained as another mental disorder and is not caused by a dermatological or other general medical condition.
  5. The disturbance causes clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning.

Source: Reprinted with permission from the Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed., text revision. Copyright 2000. American Psychiatric Association.

Dr. Lundt’s observations

Trichotillomania, defined as compulsive pulling of hair, usually begins in childhood or adolescence. Scalp hair is most commonly pulled, but some patients also pull their eyelashes, pubic hair, and other body hair. Some, especially children, have reportedly pulled their pets’ hair.

Mansueto et al estimate that trichotillomania afflicts approximately 1.5% of males and 3.5% of females.1 These estimates, however, do not include persons with the disorder who are too embarrassed to seek treatment.

DSM-IV-TR classifies trichotillomania as an impulse control disorder (Box). Although comorbid anxiety and depressive disorders are common, Ms. D did not meet criteria for any other psychiatric disorder.

Trichotillomania often is episodic. Months or years of abstinence is common after periods of exacerbation, usually caused by stress (Figure).

Many clinicians mistakenly consider trichotillomania a benign disorder with few consequences beyond alopecia.2 Some patients, however, progress into trichophagia—ingestion of pulled hair. Trichophagia is a form of pica disorder, typically defined as persistent eating of non-nutritive substances. Patients often harbor tremendous shame over their hair-eating behavior and resist psychiatric or medical treatment.2

The undigested hair can form sometimes massive clumps called trichobezoars, which are most common among children and the developmentally disabled.4 Persons with trichophagia face a 37.5% risk of forming a trichobezoar.5 The mass can cause abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, and weight loss; complications include GI obstruction, ulceration, perforation, and peritonitis.6 An untreated trichobezoar can be fatal,7 although such deaths are rare among patients being treated for trichotillomania.

Patients with trichotillomania often respond to medications used to treat obsessive-compulsive disorder, such as clomipramine. Some clinicians believe this agent is more effective than selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) but more difficult to tolerate. For Ms. D, I started with both.

Treatment: ‘I Don’t need medication’

Initial treatments—including fluoxetine, 20 mg/d for 6 months; hypnotherapy; and clomipramine, 25 mg/d—were unsuccessful. Ms. D was only marginally compliant, believing that she did not need medication.

I referred Ms. D to an out-of-state residential behavioral program specializing in trichotillomania, but she refused to go even as her hair-pulling intensified. Clomipramine was gradually increased to 75 mg nightly, briefly decreasing her pulling, then to 100 mg nightly when symptoms re-emerged. Clomipramine blood levels were monitored with each dosage change to guard against CNS and cardiac toxicity and other side effects (GI complaints, dizziness, cardiac arrhythmias, somnolence).

 

 

After watching for seasonal patterns, I found that Ms. D’s hair-pulling worsened during the winter, although no seasonal change in mood was detected. Phototherapy produced initial success, but Ms. D continued to pull her eyelashes.

Eight weeks later, however, Ms. D’s symptoms escalated. Clomipramine was increased to 150 mg nightly, resulting in blood levels of 99 ng/mL for clomipramine and 204 ng/mL for the metabolite N-desmethylclomipramine—both within the therapeutic range. As she continued pulling, I added buspirone, 10 mg/d.

At this point, would you:

  • continue clomipramine and increase the dosage?
  • discontinue clomipramine and start another psychotropic?
  • or maintain clomipramine at the same dosage and add another psychotropic?

Dr. Lundt’s observations

Drug treatment of trichotillomania has not been studied extensively or long-term, and no consensus exists. Psychoanalysis, cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), and hypnotherapy are usually administered with psychotropics.8 Patients often respond to treatment at first, then reach a plateau and resume pulling their hair.9

Numerous psychotropics are used off-label to treat trichotillomania. Several agents have been shown in clinical trials and case reports to reduce hair pulling/eating behaviors (Table), but these findings are limited by small sample size, lack of control groups, and lack of a standard symptom rating scale.

Figure Trichotillomania: Excessive grooming, habit, or vicious circle?



Most clinicians begin with SSRIs because they are generally well tolerated, even at high dosages. Monotherapy often is not adequate for trichotillomania, however. Medication augmentation is common, although little empiric data support this practice.

When clomipramine did not work initally, I explored serotonergic combination strategies.

Table

Medications shown to benefit patients with trichotillomania

DrugEvidenceDosage range (mg/d)Potential side effects
First-line
Tricyclic
 ClomipramineSwedo et al10 50 to 300Sedation, weight gain, cardiac arrythmias
SSRIs
 Fluoxetinevan Minnen et al11 20 to 60GI symptoms, insomnia
 FluvoxamineGabriel12 50 to 250Sexual dysfunction, weight gain
 ParoxetineRavindran et al13 20 to 60Sexual dysfunction, weight gain
 SertralineBradford and Gratzer14 50 to 200Sexual dysfunction, GI symptoms, insomnia
Second-line
Antipsychotics
 HaloperidolVan Ameringen et al15 0.25 to 2Sedation, EPS
 OlanzapineGupta and Gupta16 2.5 to 10Sedation, weight gain
 PimozideStein and Hollander17 25 to 200Restlessness, EPS
 QuetiapineKhouzam et al8 25 to 200Sedation
 RisperidoneGabriel12 Senturk and Tanriverdi18 0.5 to 4.0Sedation, hyperprolactinemia
Mood stabilizer
 LithiumChristenson et al19 900 to 1,500Increased thirst, weight gain, tremor
EPS: extrapyramidal symptoms

Further treatment: Relapse, resection

Ms. D was lost to follow-up for 1 year. She returned in 1996, just after undergoing a laparotomy for removal of a trichobezoar large enough to fill two 2-inch-by-6-inch bags. She also had been treated for pneumonia and a pulmonary embolus.

Riddled with shame and embarrassment, Ms. D had stopped pulling for 10 months, during which time she was off medication. Her pulling behaviors re-emerged, however, and clomipramine was restarted and titrated to 250 mg nightly.

One year later, a second trichobezoar was resected. Her clomipramine/N-desmethylclomipramine level reached 1,535 ng/mL, although an ECG reading was normal. Subsequent clomipramine/N-desmethylclomipramine blood levels were within the therapeutic range. Fluvoxamine, 25 mg/d titrated across 6 weeks to 150 mg/d, was added.

Again, Ms. D stopped taking her medications and was lost to follow-up. Her gastroenterologist began managing her care and started sertraline, dosage unknown, to address her depressed mood. A third trichobezoar was removed.

When Ms. D returned to my practice, I resumed CBT and increased sertraline over 1 month from 100 to 300 mg/d. Adding olanzapine, 2.5 mg/d, diminished her anxiety and markedly decreased her hair pulling.

Months later, her hair-pulling/eating behaviors again intensified, resulting in a small-bowel obstruction and a fourth trichobezoar removal. Olanzapine was increased to 5 mg nightly without significant benefit and with sedating effects.

Clomipramine, 125 mg/d, was reintroduced and her symptoms improved dramatically. On a regimen of sertraline, clomipramine and olanzapine, Ms. D remained stable for 2 years.

Last year, however, a fifth trichobezoar measuring 20 x 15 cm was removed. Subsequent trials of methylphenidate, titrated to 72 mg every morning, and tramadol, titrated to 100 mg/d, were unsuccessful.

After 10 years of medication and psychotherapy with three different providers, Ms. D’s hair-pulling/eating behaviors persist. She is taking ziprasidone, 120 mg bid, and naltrexone, 100 mg bid, to help her impulse control, as well as sertraline, 300 mg/d, and clomipramine, 125 mg/d. Another trichobezoar removal—her sixth in 8 years—is scheduled.

What strategies exist for minimizing Ms. D’s hair-pulling behavior and keeping her in therapy?

Dr. Lundt’s observations

Trichotillomania’s waxing and waning course—and its destructive effects on a patient’s self-esteem—pose a clinical challenge. The disorder’s severity can range from cosmetically annoying to life-threatening, as in Ms. D’s case. Patients embarrassed by their behavior often prematurely leave treatment, desperate to cut off all social contact—including medical appointments.

It is crucial to maintain a nonjudgmental, inviting demeanor to alleviate the patient’s fears and facilitate a return to treatment. Support groups, especially online, can help decrease patients’ isolation and provide a reliable information network (see Related resources).

 

 

I have had excellent results with other trichotillomania patients—especially children and adolescents. Simply naming their condition and demystifying the problem can be therapeutic. Many patients have responded to SSRIs combined with CBT.

Not long ago, trichotillomania patients were met with ignorance and disbelief within the medical community as the disorder was poorly understood. We need to break this cycle of shame and continue investigating treatment strategies.

Related resources

  • StopPulling.com, an interactive behavioral program for persons with trichotillomania. www.stoppulling.com.
  • Penzel F. The hair pulling problem: a complete guide to trichotillomania. New York: Oxford University Press, 2003.
  • Keuthen NJ, Stein DJ, Christenson GA. Help for hair pullers: understanding and coping with trichotillomania. Oakland, CA: New Harbinger Publications, 2001.

Drug brand names

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil
  • Buspirone • BuSpar
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Haloperidol • Haldol
  • Lithium • Eskalith, others
  • Methylphenidate • Concerta, Ritalin
  • Naltrexone • ReVia
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Pimozide • Orap
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Tramadol • Ultram
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon

Disclosure

Dr. Lundt receives research grants from and/or is a speaker for Eli Lilly and Co., Pfizer Inc., GlaxoSmithKline, and Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.

History: Bald at age 9

Ms. D, age 41, began compulsively pulling out and eating her hair at age 8. When she didn’t get her way at home or was nervous about school, she would sit for hours, pulling and eating a strand or two at a time, ultimately ingesting a clump of hair.

By age 9, Ms. D was bald. In grade school, she often wore hats and scarves to class to avoid teasing from other children about her baldness. In high school, she kept to herself and frequently wore wigs.

Ms. D stops pulling for brief periods and her hair grows out, but she invariably resumes pulling when psychosocial stressors mount. Many of life’s normal anxieties—job interviews, work-related stress, social rejection—trigger episodes.

When she is bald, Ms. D pulls and eats hair off her wig. Over the years, she has spent thousands of dollars on custom-made wigs that mask her baldness while feeding her habit.

Ms. D’s episodes are increasingly interfering with her life. She has been steadily employed as an office assistant, but does not socialize with coworkers. She has not dated in years, and during an exacerbation leaves home only to go to work. She also pulls her eyelashes and eyebrows and picks her nails and cuticles.

Ms. D first presented in 1994 after seeing a television segment I did on trichotillomania. At intake, she was wearing a wig and exhibited anxious mood. She also has Crohn’s disease; a gastroenterologist monitors her closely.

Ms. D reports compulsive counting and checking but denies other similar behaviors. No immediate family members have exhibited obsessive-compulsive or hair-pulling behaviors. Her father abused alcohol and a sister has a stuttering problem, although Ms. D denies that these have affected her psychologically.

Ms. D’s hair-pulling behavior suggests:

  • a pica disorder
  • an impulse control disorder
  • or an obsessive-compulsive disorder?

Box

DSM-IV-TR diagnostic criteria for trichotillomania

  1. Recurrent pulling out of one’s own hair, resulting in noticeable hair loss.
  2. Increasing tension immediately before pulling out the hair or when attempting to resist the behavior.
  3. Pleasure, gratification, or relief while pulling out the hair.
  4. The disturbance is not better explained as another mental disorder and is not caused by a dermatological or other general medical condition.
  5. The disturbance causes clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning.

Source: Reprinted with permission from the Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed., text revision. Copyright 2000. American Psychiatric Association.

Dr. Lundt’s observations

Trichotillomania, defined as compulsive pulling of hair, usually begins in childhood or adolescence. Scalp hair is most commonly pulled, but some patients also pull their eyelashes, pubic hair, and other body hair. Some, especially children, have reportedly pulled their pets’ hair.

Mansueto et al estimate that trichotillomania afflicts approximately 1.5% of males and 3.5% of females.1 These estimates, however, do not include persons with the disorder who are too embarrassed to seek treatment.

DSM-IV-TR classifies trichotillomania as an impulse control disorder (Box). Although comorbid anxiety and depressive disorders are common, Ms. D did not meet criteria for any other psychiatric disorder.

Trichotillomania often is episodic. Months or years of abstinence is common after periods of exacerbation, usually caused by stress (Figure).

Many clinicians mistakenly consider trichotillomania a benign disorder with few consequences beyond alopecia.2 Some patients, however, progress into trichophagia—ingestion of pulled hair. Trichophagia is a form of pica disorder, typically defined as persistent eating of non-nutritive substances. Patients often harbor tremendous shame over their hair-eating behavior and resist psychiatric or medical treatment.2

The undigested hair can form sometimes massive clumps called trichobezoars, which are most common among children and the developmentally disabled.4 Persons with trichophagia face a 37.5% risk of forming a trichobezoar.5 The mass can cause abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, and weight loss; complications include GI obstruction, ulceration, perforation, and peritonitis.6 An untreated trichobezoar can be fatal,7 although such deaths are rare among patients being treated for trichotillomania.

Patients with trichotillomania often respond to medications used to treat obsessive-compulsive disorder, such as clomipramine. Some clinicians believe this agent is more effective than selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) but more difficult to tolerate. For Ms. D, I started with both.

Treatment: ‘I Don’t need medication’

Initial treatments—including fluoxetine, 20 mg/d for 6 months; hypnotherapy; and clomipramine, 25 mg/d—were unsuccessful. Ms. D was only marginally compliant, believing that she did not need medication.

I referred Ms. D to an out-of-state residential behavioral program specializing in trichotillomania, but she refused to go even as her hair-pulling intensified. Clomipramine was gradually increased to 75 mg nightly, briefly decreasing her pulling, then to 100 mg nightly when symptoms re-emerged. Clomipramine blood levels were monitored with each dosage change to guard against CNS and cardiac toxicity and other side effects (GI complaints, dizziness, cardiac arrhythmias, somnolence).

 

 

After watching for seasonal patterns, I found that Ms. D’s hair-pulling worsened during the winter, although no seasonal change in mood was detected. Phototherapy produced initial success, but Ms. D continued to pull her eyelashes.

Eight weeks later, however, Ms. D’s symptoms escalated. Clomipramine was increased to 150 mg nightly, resulting in blood levels of 99 ng/mL for clomipramine and 204 ng/mL for the metabolite N-desmethylclomipramine—both within the therapeutic range. As she continued pulling, I added buspirone, 10 mg/d.

At this point, would you:

  • continue clomipramine and increase the dosage?
  • discontinue clomipramine and start another psychotropic?
  • or maintain clomipramine at the same dosage and add another psychotropic?

Dr. Lundt’s observations

Drug treatment of trichotillomania has not been studied extensively or long-term, and no consensus exists. Psychoanalysis, cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), and hypnotherapy are usually administered with psychotropics.8 Patients often respond to treatment at first, then reach a plateau and resume pulling their hair.9

Numerous psychotropics are used off-label to treat trichotillomania. Several agents have been shown in clinical trials and case reports to reduce hair pulling/eating behaviors (Table), but these findings are limited by small sample size, lack of control groups, and lack of a standard symptom rating scale.

Figure Trichotillomania: Excessive grooming, habit, or vicious circle?



Most clinicians begin with SSRIs because they are generally well tolerated, even at high dosages. Monotherapy often is not adequate for trichotillomania, however. Medication augmentation is common, although little empiric data support this practice.

When clomipramine did not work initally, I explored serotonergic combination strategies.

Table

Medications shown to benefit patients with trichotillomania

DrugEvidenceDosage range (mg/d)Potential side effects
First-line
Tricyclic
 ClomipramineSwedo et al10 50 to 300Sedation, weight gain, cardiac arrythmias
SSRIs
 Fluoxetinevan Minnen et al11 20 to 60GI symptoms, insomnia
 FluvoxamineGabriel12 50 to 250Sexual dysfunction, weight gain
 ParoxetineRavindran et al13 20 to 60Sexual dysfunction, weight gain
 SertralineBradford and Gratzer14 50 to 200Sexual dysfunction, GI symptoms, insomnia
Second-line
Antipsychotics
 HaloperidolVan Ameringen et al15 0.25 to 2Sedation, EPS
 OlanzapineGupta and Gupta16 2.5 to 10Sedation, weight gain
 PimozideStein and Hollander17 25 to 200Restlessness, EPS
 QuetiapineKhouzam et al8 25 to 200Sedation
 RisperidoneGabriel12 Senturk and Tanriverdi18 0.5 to 4.0Sedation, hyperprolactinemia
Mood stabilizer
 LithiumChristenson et al19 900 to 1,500Increased thirst, weight gain, tremor
EPS: extrapyramidal symptoms

Further treatment: Relapse, resection

Ms. D was lost to follow-up for 1 year. She returned in 1996, just after undergoing a laparotomy for removal of a trichobezoar large enough to fill two 2-inch-by-6-inch bags. She also had been treated for pneumonia and a pulmonary embolus.

Riddled with shame and embarrassment, Ms. D had stopped pulling for 10 months, during which time she was off medication. Her pulling behaviors re-emerged, however, and clomipramine was restarted and titrated to 250 mg nightly.

One year later, a second trichobezoar was resected. Her clomipramine/N-desmethylclomipramine level reached 1,535 ng/mL, although an ECG reading was normal. Subsequent clomipramine/N-desmethylclomipramine blood levels were within the therapeutic range. Fluvoxamine, 25 mg/d titrated across 6 weeks to 150 mg/d, was added.

Again, Ms. D stopped taking her medications and was lost to follow-up. Her gastroenterologist began managing her care and started sertraline, dosage unknown, to address her depressed mood. A third trichobezoar was removed.

When Ms. D returned to my practice, I resumed CBT and increased sertraline over 1 month from 100 to 300 mg/d. Adding olanzapine, 2.5 mg/d, diminished her anxiety and markedly decreased her hair pulling.

Months later, her hair-pulling/eating behaviors again intensified, resulting in a small-bowel obstruction and a fourth trichobezoar removal. Olanzapine was increased to 5 mg nightly without significant benefit and with sedating effects.

Clomipramine, 125 mg/d, was reintroduced and her symptoms improved dramatically. On a regimen of sertraline, clomipramine and olanzapine, Ms. D remained stable for 2 years.

Last year, however, a fifth trichobezoar measuring 20 x 15 cm was removed. Subsequent trials of methylphenidate, titrated to 72 mg every morning, and tramadol, titrated to 100 mg/d, were unsuccessful.

After 10 years of medication and psychotherapy with three different providers, Ms. D’s hair-pulling/eating behaviors persist. She is taking ziprasidone, 120 mg bid, and naltrexone, 100 mg bid, to help her impulse control, as well as sertraline, 300 mg/d, and clomipramine, 125 mg/d. Another trichobezoar removal—her sixth in 8 years—is scheduled.

What strategies exist for minimizing Ms. D’s hair-pulling behavior and keeping her in therapy?

Dr. Lundt’s observations

Trichotillomania’s waxing and waning course—and its destructive effects on a patient’s self-esteem—pose a clinical challenge. The disorder’s severity can range from cosmetically annoying to life-threatening, as in Ms. D’s case. Patients embarrassed by their behavior often prematurely leave treatment, desperate to cut off all social contact—including medical appointments.

It is crucial to maintain a nonjudgmental, inviting demeanor to alleviate the patient’s fears and facilitate a return to treatment. Support groups, especially online, can help decrease patients’ isolation and provide a reliable information network (see Related resources).

 

 

I have had excellent results with other trichotillomania patients—especially children and adolescents. Simply naming their condition and demystifying the problem can be therapeutic. Many patients have responded to SSRIs combined with CBT.

Not long ago, trichotillomania patients were met with ignorance and disbelief within the medical community as the disorder was poorly understood. We need to break this cycle of shame and continue investigating treatment strategies.

Related resources

  • StopPulling.com, an interactive behavioral program for persons with trichotillomania. www.stoppulling.com.
  • Penzel F. The hair pulling problem: a complete guide to trichotillomania. New York: Oxford University Press, 2003.
  • Keuthen NJ, Stein DJ, Christenson GA. Help for hair pullers: understanding and coping with trichotillomania. Oakland, CA: New Harbinger Publications, 2001.

Drug brand names

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil
  • Buspirone • BuSpar
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Haloperidol • Haldol
  • Lithium • Eskalith, others
  • Methylphenidate • Concerta, Ritalin
  • Naltrexone • ReVia
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Pimozide • Orap
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Tramadol • Ultram
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon

Disclosure

Dr. Lundt receives research grants from and/or is a speaker for Eli Lilly and Co., Pfizer Inc., GlaxoSmithKline, and Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.

References

1. Mansueto C, Ninan PT, Rothbaum B. Trichotillomania and its treatment in adults: a guide for clinicians. Available at: (http://www.trich.org/articles/view_default.asp?filename="0305_Cases" aid=22&yd= researchers_intro). Accessed April 13, 2004

2. Bouwer C, Stein DJ. Trichobezoars in trichotillomania. Psychosom Med 1998;60:658-60.

3. Philippopoulos GS. A case of trichotillomania (hair pulling). Doc Geigy Acta Psychosom 1961;9:304-12.

4. Lee J. Bezoars and foreign bodies in the stomach. Gastrointest Endosc 1996;6:605-19.

5. Christenson GA, Crow SJ. The characterization and treatment of trichotillomania. Clin Psychiatry 1996;57(suppl 8):42-7.

6. Lal MM, Dhall JC. Trichobezoar: A collective analysis of 39 cases from India with a case report. Indian J Pediatr 1975;12:351-3.

7. DeBakey M, Ochsner W. Bezoars and concretions: A comprehensive review of the literature with an analysis of 303 collected cases and a presentation of 8 additional cases. Surgery 1939;4:934-63.

8. Khouzam HR, Battista MA, Byers PE. An overview of trichotillomania and its response to treatment with quetiapine. Psychiatry 2002;65:261-70.

9. Keuthen NJ, Fraim C, Deckersbach T, et al. Longitudinal follow-up of naturalistic treatment outcome in patients with trichotillomania. J Clin Psychiatry 2001;62:101-7.

10. Swedo SE, Leonard HL, Rapoport JL, et al. A double-blind comparison of clomipramine and desipramine in the treatment of trichotillomania (hair pulling). N Engl J Med 1989;8:497-501.

11. van Minnen A, Hoogduin KA, Keijsers GP, et al. Treatment of trichotillomania with behavioral therapy or fluoxetine: a randomized, waiting-list controlled study. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2003;60:517-22.

12. Gabriel A. A case of resistant trichotillomania treated with risperidone-augmented fluvoxamine. Can J Psychiatry 2001;46:285-6.

13. Ravindran AV, Lapierre YD, Anisman H. Obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorders: Effective treatment with paroxetine. Can J Psychiatry 1999;44:805-7.

14. Bradford JM, Gratzer TG. A treatment for impulse control disorders and paraphilia: a case report. Can J Psychiatry 1995;40:4-5.

15. Van Ameringen M, Mancini C, Oakman JM, Farvolden p. The potential role of haloperidol in the treatment of trichotillomania. J Affect Disord 1999;56:219-26.

16. Gupta MA, Gupta AK. Olanzapine is effective in the management of some self-induced dermatoses: Three case reports. Cutis 2000;66:143-6.

17. Stein DJ, Hollander E. Low-dose pimozide augmentation of serotonin reuptake blockers in the treatment of trichotillomania. J Clin Psych 1992;53:123-6.

18. Senturk V, Tanriverdi N. Resistant trichotillomania and risperidone. Psychosomatics 2002;43:429-30

19. Christenson GA, Popkin MK, Mackenzie TB, Realmuto GM. Lithium treatment of chronic hair pulling. J Clin Psychiatry 1991;52:116-20.

References

1. Mansueto C, Ninan PT, Rothbaum B. Trichotillomania and its treatment in adults: a guide for clinicians. Available at: (http://www.trich.org/articles/view_default.asp?filename="0305_Cases" aid=22&yd= researchers_intro). Accessed April 13, 2004

2. Bouwer C, Stein DJ. Trichobezoars in trichotillomania. Psychosom Med 1998;60:658-60.

3. Philippopoulos GS. A case of trichotillomania (hair pulling). Doc Geigy Acta Psychosom 1961;9:304-12.

4. Lee J. Bezoars and foreign bodies in the stomach. Gastrointest Endosc 1996;6:605-19.

5. Christenson GA, Crow SJ. The characterization and treatment of trichotillomania. Clin Psychiatry 1996;57(suppl 8):42-7.

6. Lal MM, Dhall JC. Trichobezoar: A collective analysis of 39 cases from India with a case report. Indian J Pediatr 1975;12:351-3.

7. DeBakey M, Ochsner W. Bezoars and concretions: A comprehensive review of the literature with an analysis of 303 collected cases and a presentation of 8 additional cases. Surgery 1939;4:934-63.

8. Khouzam HR, Battista MA, Byers PE. An overview of trichotillomania and its response to treatment with quetiapine. Psychiatry 2002;65:261-70.

9. Keuthen NJ, Fraim C, Deckersbach T, et al. Longitudinal follow-up of naturalistic treatment outcome in patients with trichotillomania. J Clin Psychiatry 2001;62:101-7.

10. Swedo SE, Leonard HL, Rapoport JL, et al. A double-blind comparison of clomipramine and desipramine in the treatment of trichotillomania (hair pulling). N Engl J Med 1989;8:497-501.

11. van Minnen A, Hoogduin KA, Keijsers GP, et al. Treatment of trichotillomania with behavioral therapy or fluoxetine: a randomized, waiting-list controlled study. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2003;60:517-22.

12. Gabriel A. A case of resistant trichotillomania treated with risperidone-augmented fluvoxamine. Can J Psychiatry 2001;46:285-6.

13. Ravindran AV, Lapierre YD, Anisman H. Obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorders: Effective treatment with paroxetine. Can J Psychiatry 1999;44:805-7.

14. Bradford JM, Gratzer TG. A treatment for impulse control disorders and paraphilia: a case report. Can J Psychiatry 1995;40:4-5.

15. Van Ameringen M, Mancini C, Oakman JM, Farvolden p. The potential role of haloperidol in the treatment of trichotillomania. J Affect Disord 1999;56:219-26.

16. Gupta MA, Gupta AK. Olanzapine is effective in the management of some self-induced dermatoses: Three case reports. Cutis 2000;66:143-6.

17. Stein DJ, Hollander E. Low-dose pimozide augmentation of serotonin reuptake blockers in the treatment of trichotillomania. J Clin Psych 1992;53:123-6.

18. Senturk V, Tanriverdi N. Resistant trichotillomania and risperidone. Psychosomatics 2002;43:429-30

19. Christenson GA, Popkin MK, Mackenzie TB, Realmuto GM. Lithium treatment of chronic hair pulling. J Clin Psychiatry 1991;52:116-20.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(05)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(05)
Page Number
89-105
Page Number
89-105
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Trichotillomania: A heads-up on severe cases
Display Headline
Trichotillomania: A heads-up on severe cases
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

The painful truth about depression

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:31
Display Headline
The painful truth about depression

History: Initial symptoms

Ms. F, age 39, presented with depression, severe anxiety, and disturbed sleep. She denied psychiatric or medical history, but reported that her depressive symptoms hampered her performance at work and led to work-related stress.

Ms. F’s Beck Depression Inventory (BDI) score at baseline was 21, indicating moderate depression. The psychiatrist diagnosed her as having generalized anxiety disorder and adjustment disorder with depressed mood.

The patient was started on paroxetine, 10 mg/d. Five weeks later, her anxiety had decreased significantly and her BDI score had dropped to 10, indicating normal mood. Both the patient and clinician decided at this point that Ms. F had reached remission. The patient demanded that paroxetine be stopped, saying that she “does not like medication.” The psychiatrist reluctantly agreed.

Eight weeks later, during a follow-up examination, Ms. F complained of severely depressed mood with frequent crying spells. She complained of fatigue, nausea, headaches, decreased appetite, and dizziness. Her work performance, which had improved during the paroxetine trial, was again compromised. Her BDI score was 32, indicating severe depression.

Was the psychiatrist justified in stopping paroxetine therapy after 5 weeks?

Dr. Fishbain’s observations

Premature paroxetine discontinuation cannot be ruled out as a cause for Ms. F’s relapse. Sood et al1 found that duration of antidepressant therapy beyond treatment guidelines correlated with longer times to relapse.

By contrast, Ms. F’s initial therapy duration fell short of the 6 to 8 weeks recommended by the American Psychiatric Association.2

Patients commonly cite adverse events as a reason for wanting to stop antidepressant therapy.3 Ms. F reported no adverse effects, however; she said only that she did “not like medication.” Despite her insistence to the contrary, antidepressant therapy probably should not have been stopped.

Further history: A painful discovery

After questioning, Ms. F told the psychiatrist that she had been involved in a motor vehicle accident 2 weeks before the follow-up visit and had since been suffering lower back and neck pain.

After more questioning, Mr. F revealed that the pain was disrupting her sleep. She was getting about 4 hours of fragmented sleep per night, resulting in lack of energy during the day. The pain made it hard for her to sit, further impairing her work performance.

Ms. F was restarted on paroxetine, 10 mg/d titrated across 6 weeks to 60 mg/d for her depression, and zolpidem, 10 mg at bedtime, to help her sleep. After 6 weeks, her BDI score improved to 20, and she was less labile. Her depressive symptoms persisted, however, as did her pain, fatigue, headaches, nausea, dizziness, and sleep disturbances.

What role did Ms. F’s pain play in her relapse? How can clinicians detect somatic symptoms and gauge their effect on mood?

Dr. Fishbain’s observations

Pain most likely caused Ms. F’s depression relapse. McBeth et al4 have demonstrated that pain can contribute to depression’s development. In another study,5 43.4% of subjects who met criteria for major depression reported painful symptoms. The presence of a chronic painful condition was also found to contribute to major depression.5

Nakao et al6 screened 2,215 outpatients who were referred with mind/body complaints. Patients who were diagnosed with major depression had significantly higher rates of fatigue (86% vs. 65%), insomnia (79% vs. 58%), nausea/vomiting (51% vs. 40%), and low-back pain (36% vs. 24%) than those who were not. Within the major depression group, somatic symptoms were more abundant in patients with severe depressive episodes than in those with mild depressive episodes (5.8 vs. 3.7, P < 0.05).

Depression prevalence appears to increase when somatic symptoms are considered in the diagnosis. Posse and Hallstrom7 used a two-stage design to screen for depression. In the first stage, depression prevalence was 1.8%. In the second stage, 62 patients with high somatic complaint scores were re-evaluated. Of this group, 41 were diagnosed with a major depressive disorder or dysthymia.

Patients with continued pain after depression treatment are at high risk for depression recurrence.8 Diffuseness of pain and extent to which it interferes with daily activities strongly predict depression.9

Diagnostic challenges. Patients with depression often present to their primary care physicians with somatic rather than behavioral symptoms, making it hard for the family doctor to diagnose depression.10 By contrast, when presenting to a psychiatrist, depressed patients tend to discuss their emotional symptoms but not their physical complaints.11 This is because patients often:

  • attribute physical symptoms to an unrelated medical illness
  • consider aches and pains a normal part of aging
  • or are not aware that psychiatrists can treat physical symptoms.11

Psychiatrists in the past have emphasized emotional symptoms while barely addressing physical symptoms. This trend is changing, however, as the link between physical pain and depression has become clearer.

 

 

Be sure to include chronic pain or other somatic symptoms in the systems review. Screening tools such as the Visual Analogue Scale can measure pain intensity, while the Cornell Medical Index can uncover somatic symptoms. No all-inclusive tool exists to help detect depression-related somatic symptoms. however.

Should the psychiatrist continue to address Ms. F’s depressive symptoms, or should the focus shift to her somatic symptoms?

Dr. Fishbain’s observations

Patients who do not respond to depression treatment (ie, achieve >50% symptom reduction), or who respond without achieving remission, usually have residual physical symptoms—often fatigue, sleep disturbance, decreased appetite, anxiety, sexual dysfunction, and/or pain.12-14 Severe pain and other somatic symptoms are likely prolonging Ms. F’s depression, despite increased paroxetine dosages.

Paykel et al8 have associated residual depression symptoms with early relapse of depression. In their study, 94% of depressed patients with lingering depressive symptoms had mild to moderate physical symptoms. By contrast, degree of physical symptom improvement has been shown to correlate with likelihood of depression remission.15

Although emotional symptoms improve with antidepressants,16 some evidence17 indicates that physical symptoms associated with depression may be less responsive.

Also, because many psychiatrists have been taught to track emotional symptoms and only some physical symptoms, somatic symptoms of depression often are not targeted for treatment.17 Lack of rating scales to track somatic symptoms compounds this problem.17

Psychiatrists need to target both the physical and emotional symptoms of depression. When pain prolongs depression, it should be the primary target of antidepressant drug therapy (Algorithm).

To date, several meta-analyses18-20 have demonstrated that antidepressants have a separate analgesic effect on all forms of chronic pain. Evidence21,22 also indicates that the dualaction antidepressants—such as amitriptyline, bupropion, venlafaxine, and (awaiting FDA approval) duloxetine—have a more-consistent analgesic effect than do the serotonin reuptake inhibitors.

The analgesic effects of bupropion, duloxetine, and venlafaxine have not been compared with those of tricyclics or other older antidepressants. If one of the newer dualaction antidepressants does not reduce somatic conditions or produce an adequate response, consider switching to a tricyclic.

Treatment: No pain, some gain

Another psychiatrist who specializes in pain medicine targeted some of Ms. F’s somatic symptoms with antidepressants. Paroxetine and zolpidem were discontinued and the patient was started on:

  • venlafaxine, 37.5 mg bid, titrated to 225 mg/d across 2 weeks. Because of its activating properties, venlafaxine was chosen to address Ms. F’s pain and daytime fatigue.
  • amitriptyline, 50 mg at bedtime nightly, to promote sleep
  • prochlorperazine, 10 mg as needed, and meclizine, 25 mg as needed, to treat her nausea and dizziness, respectively.

Algorithm Suggested drug treatment of depression with somatic symptoms



Ms. F also was advised to take an abortive migraine compound (Midrin, 2 tablets at headache onset and 1 additional tablet every half-hour as needed, maximum 5 tablets per day). Mr. F’s primary care physician also referred her to a physical therapist to treat her neck and low-back pain; workup revealed no surgically treatable problem.

Four weeks later, Ms. F reported that her somatic symptoms significantly improved and that she was sleeping nearly 8 hours per night. Her BDI score was 12, indicating normal mood. She was functioning much more effectively at work and could once again routinely perform her daily activities.

Ms. F continued her medication regimen for 8 months, after which she was lost to follow-up. At her most recent visit, her depression remained in remission. Her pain persisted, though at a lower intensity.

Related resources

  • Fishbain DA, Cutler R, Rosomoff HL, Rosomoff RS. Chronic pain-associated depression: antecedent or consequence of chronic pain? A review. Clin J Pain 1997;13:116-37.

Drug brand names

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Meclizine • Antivert
  • Modafinil • Provigil
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Prochlorperazine • Compazine
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor
  • Zolpidem • Ambien

Disclosure

Dr. Fishbain is a consultant to Eli Lilly and Co. and a speaker for Purdue Pharmaceuticals.

References

1. Sood N, Treglia M, Obenchain RL, et al. Determinants of antidepressant outcome. Am J Manag Care 2000;6:1327-36.

2. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with major depressive disorder (revision). Am J Psychiatry 2000;157(suppl 4):1-45.

3. Lin EH, Von Korff M, Katon W, et al. The role of the primary care physician in patients’ adherence to antidepressant therapy. Med Care 1996;33:67-74.

4. McBeth J, MacFarlane G, Silman A. Does chronic pain predict future psychological distress? Pain 2002;96:239-45.

5. Ohayon M, Schatzberg A. Using chronic pain to predict depressive morbidity in the general population. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2003;60:39-47.

6. Nakao M, Yamanaka G, Kuboki T. Major depression and somatic symptoms in a mind/body medicine clinic. Psychopathology 2001;34:230-5.

7. Posse M, Hallstrom T. Depressive disorders among somatizing patients in primary health care. Acta Psychiatr Scand 1998;98:187-92.

8. Paykel ES, Ramana R, Cooper Z, et al. Residual symptoms after partial remission: an important outcome in depression. Psychol Med 1995;25:1171-80.

9. Von Korff M, Simon G. The relationship between pain and depression. Br J Psychiatry 1996;168:101-8.

10. Goldberg DP, Bridges K. Somatic presentations of psychiatric illness in primary care setting. J Psychosom Res 1988;32:137-44.

11. Sartorius N. Physical symptoms of depression as a public health concern. J Clinical Psych 2003;64(suppl 7):3-4.

12. Keller MB. Long-term treatment strategies in affective disorders. Psychopharmacol Bull 2002;36(suppl 2):36-48.

13. Keller MB, Berndt ER. Depression treatment: a lifelong commitment? Psychopharmacol Bull 2002;36(suppl 2):133-41.

14. Segal Z, Vincent P, Levitt A. Efficacy of combined, sequential and crossover psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy in improving outcomes in depression. J Psychiatry Neurosci 2002;27:281-90.

15. Denninger JW, Henderson PO, Fallis K. The relationship between somatic symptoms and depression (presentation). Philadelphia, PA: American Psychiatric Association annual meeting, 2002.

16. Worthington J, Fava M, Davidson K, et al. Patterns of improvement in depressive symptoms with fluoxetine treatment. Psychopharmacol Bull 1995;31:223-6.

17. Fava M. Somatic symptoms, depression, and antidepressant treatment. J Clin Psychiatry 2002;63:4-305-7.

18. Fishbain DA, Cutler RB, Rosomoff HL, et al. Do antidepressants have an analgesic effect in psychogenic pain and somatoform pain disorder? A meta-analysis. Psychosom Med 1998;60:503-9.

19. O’Malley PG, Belden E, Tomkins G, et al. Treatment of fibromyalgia with antidepressants: a meta-analysis. J Gen Intern Med 2000;15:659-66.

20. Salerno SM, Browning R, Jackson JL. The effect of antidepressant treatment on chronic back pain: a meta-analysis. Arch Intern Med 2002;162:19-24.

21. Fishbain DA. Evidence-based data on pain relief with antidepressants. Ann Med 2000;32:305-16.

22. Fishbain DA, Cutler R, Rosomoff HL, et al. Evidence-based data from animal and human experimental studies on pain relief with antidepressants: a structured review. Pain Med 2000;1:310-16.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

David A. Fishbain, MD
Professor of psychiatry Adjunct professor of neurological surgery and anesthesiology University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, FL

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(04)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
89-93
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

David A. Fishbain, MD
Professor of psychiatry Adjunct professor of neurological surgery and anesthesiology University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, FL

Author and Disclosure Information

David A. Fishbain, MD
Professor of psychiatry Adjunct professor of neurological surgery and anesthesiology University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, FL

Article PDF
Article PDF

History: Initial symptoms

Ms. F, age 39, presented with depression, severe anxiety, and disturbed sleep. She denied psychiatric or medical history, but reported that her depressive symptoms hampered her performance at work and led to work-related stress.

Ms. F’s Beck Depression Inventory (BDI) score at baseline was 21, indicating moderate depression. The psychiatrist diagnosed her as having generalized anxiety disorder and adjustment disorder with depressed mood.

The patient was started on paroxetine, 10 mg/d. Five weeks later, her anxiety had decreased significantly and her BDI score had dropped to 10, indicating normal mood. Both the patient and clinician decided at this point that Ms. F had reached remission. The patient demanded that paroxetine be stopped, saying that she “does not like medication.” The psychiatrist reluctantly agreed.

Eight weeks later, during a follow-up examination, Ms. F complained of severely depressed mood with frequent crying spells. She complained of fatigue, nausea, headaches, decreased appetite, and dizziness. Her work performance, which had improved during the paroxetine trial, was again compromised. Her BDI score was 32, indicating severe depression.

Was the psychiatrist justified in stopping paroxetine therapy after 5 weeks?

Dr. Fishbain’s observations

Premature paroxetine discontinuation cannot be ruled out as a cause for Ms. F’s relapse. Sood et al1 found that duration of antidepressant therapy beyond treatment guidelines correlated with longer times to relapse.

By contrast, Ms. F’s initial therapy duration fell short of the 6 to 8 weeks recommended by the American Psychiatric Association.2

Patients commonly cite adverse events as a reason for wanting to stop antidepressant therapy.3 Ms. F reported no adverse effects, however; she said only that she did “not like medication.” Despite her insistence to the contrary, antidepressant therapy probably should not have been stopped.

Further history: A painful discovery

After questioning, Ms. F told the psychiatrist that she had been involved in a motor vehicle accident 2 weeks before the follow-up visit and had since been suffering lower back and neck pain.

After more questioning, Mr. F revealed that the pain was disrupting her sleep. She was getting about 4 hours of fragmented sleep per night, resulting in lack of energy during the day. The pain made it hard for her to sit, further impairing her work performance.

Ms. F was restarted on paroxetine, 10 mg/d titrated across 6 weeks to 60 mg/d for her depression, and zolpidem, 10 mg at bedtime, to help her sleep. After 6 weeks, her BDI score improved to 20, and she was less labile. Her depressive symptoms persisted, however, as did her pain, fatigue, headaches, nausea, dizziness, and sleep disturbances.

What role did Ms. F’s pain play in her relapse? How can clinicians detect somatic symptoms and gauge their effect on mood?

Dr. Fishbain’s observations

Pain most likely caused Ms. F’s depression relapse. McBeth et al4 have demonstrated that pain can contribute to depression’s development. In another study,5 43.4% of subjects who met criteria for major depression reported painful symptoms. The presence of a chronic painful condition was also found to contribute to major depression.5

Nakao et al6 screened 2,215 outpatients who were referred with mind/body complaints. Patients who were diagnosed with major depression had significantly higher rates of fatigue (86% vs. 65%), insomnia (79% vs. 58%), nausea/vomiting (51% vs. 40%), and low-back pain (36% vs. 24%) than those who were not. Within the major depression group, somatic symptoms were more abundant in patients with severe depressive episodes than in those with mild depressive episodes (5.8 vs. 3.7, P < 0.05).

Depression prevalence appears to increase when somatic symptoms are considered in the diagnosis. Posse and Hallstrom7 used a two-stage design to screen for depression. In the first stage, depression prevalence was 1.8%. In the second stage, 62 patients with high somatic complaint scores were re-evaluated. Of this group, 41 were diagnosed with a major depressive disorder or dysthymia.

Patients with continued pain after depression treatment are at high risk for depression recurrence.8 Diffuseness of pain and extent to which it interferes with daily activities strongly predict depression.9

Diagnostic challenges. Patients with depression often present to their primary care physicians with somatic rather than behavioral symptoms, making it hard for the family doctor to diagnose depression.10 By contrast, when presenting to a psychiatrist, depressed patients tend to discuss their emotional symptoms but not their physical complaints.11 This is because patients often:

  • attribute physical symptoms to an unrelated medical illness
  • consider aches and pains a normal part of aging
  • or are not aware that psychiatrists can treat physical symptoms.11

Psychiatrists in the past have emphasized emotional symptoms while barely addressing physical symptoms. This trend is changing, however, as the link between physical pain and depression has become clearer.

 

 

Be sure to include chronic pain or other somatic symptoms in the systems review. Screening tools such as the Visual Analogue Scale can measure pain intensity, while the Cornell Medical Index can uncover somatic symptoms. No all-inclusive tool exists to help detect depression-related somatic symptoms. however.

Should the psychiatrist continue to address Ms. F’s depressive symptoms, or should the focus shift to her somatic symptoms?

Dr. Fishbain’s observations

Patients who do not respond to depression treatment (ie, achieve >50% symptom reduction), or who respond without achieving remission, usually have residual physical symptoms—often fatigue, sleep disturbance, decreased appetite, anxiety, sexual dysfunction, and/or pain.12-14 Severe pain and other somatic symptoms are likely prolonging Ms. F’s depression, despite increased paroxetine dosages.

Paykel et al8 have associated residual depression symptoms with early relapse of depression. In their study, 94% of depressed patients with lingering depressive symptoms had mild to moderate physical symptoms. By contrast, degree of physical symptom improvement has been shown to correlate with likelihood of depression remission.15

Although emotional symptoms improve with antidepressants,16 some evidence17 indicates that physical symptoms associated with depression may be less responsive.

Also, because many psychiatrists have been taught to track emotional symptoms and only some physical symptoms, somatic symptoms of depression often are not targeted for treatment.17 Lack of rating scales to track somatic symptoms compounds this problem.17

Psychiatrists need to target both the physical and emotional symptoms of depression. When pain prolongs depression, it should be the primary target of antidepressant drug therapy (Algorithm).

To date, several meta-analyses18-20 have demonstrated that antidepressants have a separate analgesic effect on all forms of chronic pain. Evidence21,22 also indicates that the dualaction antidepressants—such as amitriptyline, bupropion, venlafaxine, and (awaiting FDA approval) duloxetine—have a more-consistent analgesic effect than do the serotonin reuptake inhibitors.

The analgesic effects of bupropion, duloxetine, and venlafaxine have not been compared with those of tricyclics or other older antidepressants. If one of the newer dualaction antidepressants does not reduce somatic conditions or produce an adequate response, consider switching to a tricyclic.

Treatment: No pain, some gain

Another psychiatrist who specializes in pain medicine targeted some of Ms. F’s somatic symptoms with antidepressants. Paroxetine and zolpidem were discontinued and the patient was started on:

  • venlafaxine, 37.5 mg bid, titrated to 225 mg/d across 2 weeks. Because of its activating properties, venlafaxine was chosen to address Ms. F’s pain and daytime fatigue.
  • amitriptyline, 50 mg at bedtime nightly, to promote sleep
  • prochlorperazine, 10 mg as needed, and meclizine, 25 mg as needed, to treat her nausea and dizziness, respectively.

Algorithm Suggested drug treatment of depression with somatic symptoms



Ms. F also was advised to take an abortive migraine compound (Midrin, 2 tablets at headache onset and 1 additional tablet every half-hour as needed, maximum 5 tablets per day). Mr. F’s primary care physician also referred her to a physical therapist to treat her neck and low-back pain; workup revealed no surgically treatable problem.

Four weeks later, Ms. F reported that her somatic symptoms significantly improved and that she was sleeping nearly 8 hours per night. Her BDI score was 12, indicating normal mood. She was functioning much more effectively at work and could once again routinely perform her daily activities.

Ms. F continued her medication regimen for 8 months, after which she was lost to follow-up. At her most recent visit, her depression remained in remission. Her pain persisted, though at a lower intensity.

Related resources

  • Fishbain DA, Cutler R, Rosomoff HL, Rosomoff RS. Chronic pain-associated depression: antecedent or consequence of chronic pain? A review. Clin J Pain 1997;13:116-37.

Drug brand names

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Meclizine • Antivert
  • Modafinil • Provigil
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Prochlorperazine • Compazine
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor
  • Zolpidem • Ambien

Disclosure

Dr. Fishbain is a consultant to Eli Lilly and Co. and a speaker for Purdue Pharmaceuticals.

History: Initial symptoms

Ms. F, age 39, presented with depression, severe anxiety, and disturbed sleep. She denied psychiatric or medical history, but reported that her depressive symptoms hampered her performance at work and led to work-related stress.

Ms. F’s Beck Depression Inventory (BDI) score at baseline was 21, indicating moderate depression. The psychiatrist diagnosed her as having generalized anxiety disorder and adjustment disorder with depressed mood.

The patient was started on paroxetine, 10 mg/d. Five weeks later, her anxiety had decreased significantly and her BDI score had dropped to 10, indicating normal mood. Both the patient and clinician decided at this point that Ms. F had reached remission. The patient demanded that paroxetine be stopped, saying that she “does not like medication.” The psychiatrist reluctantly agreed.

Eight weeks later, during a follow-up examination, Ms. F complained of severely depressed mood with frequent crying spells. She complained of fatigue, nausea, headaches, decreased appetite, and dizziness. Her work performance, which had improved during the paroxetine trial, was again compromised. Her BDI score was 32, indicating severe depression.

Was the psychiatrist justified in stopping paroxetine therapy after 5 weeks?

Dr. Fishbain’s observations

Premature paroxetine discontinuation cannot be ruled out as a cause for Ms. F’s relapse. Sood et al1 found that duration of antidepressant therapy beyond treatment guidelines correlated with longer times to relapse.

By contrast, Ms. F’s initial therapy duration fell short of the 6 to 8 weeks recommended by the American Psychiatric Association.2

Patients commonly cite adverse events as a reason for wanting to stop antidepressant therapy.3 Ms. F reported no adverse effects, however; she said only that she did “not like medication.” Despite her insistence to the contrary, antidepressant therapy probably should not have been stopped.

Further history: A painful discovery

After questioning, Ms. F told the psychiatrist that she had been involved in a motor vehicle accident 2 weeks before the follow-up visit and had since been suffering lower back and neck pain.

After more questioning, Mr. F revealed that the pain was disrupting her sleep. She was getting about 4 hours of fragmented sleep per night, resulting in lack of energy during the day. The pain made it hard for her to sit, further impairing her work performance.

Ms. F was restarted on paroxetine, 10 mg/d titrated across 6 weeks to 60 mg/d for her depression, and zolpidem, 10 mg at bedtime, to help her sleep. After 6 weeks, her BDI score improved to 20, and she was less labile. Her depressive symptoms persisted, however, as did her pain, fatigue, headaches, nausea, dizziness, and sleep disturbances.

What role did Ms. F’s pain play in her relapse? How can clinicians detect somatic symptoms and gauge their effect on mood?

Dr. Fishbain’s observations

Pain most likely caused Ms. F’s depression relapse. McBeth et al4 have demonstrated that pain can contribute to depression’s development. In another study,5 43.4% of subjects who met criteria for major depression reported painful symptoms. The presence of a chronic painful condition was also found to contribute to major depression.5

Nakao et al6 screened 2,215 outpatients who were referred with mind/body complaints. Patients who were diagnosed with major depression had significantly higher rates of fatigue (86% vs. 65%), insomnia (79% vs. 58%), nausea/vomiting (51% vs. 40%), and low-back pain (36% vs. 24%) than those who were not. Within the major depression group, somatic symptoms were more abundant in patients with severe depressive episodes than in those with mild depressive episodes (5.8 vs. 3.7, P < 0.05).

Depression prevalence appears to increase when somatic symptoms are considered in the diagnosis. Posse and Hallstrom7 used a two-stage design to screen for depression. In the first stage, depression prevalence was 1.8%. In the second stage, 62 patients with high somatic complaint scores were re-evaluated. Of this group, 41 were diagnosed with a major depressive disorder or dysthymia.

Patients with continued pain after depression treatment are at high risk for depression recurrence.8 Diffuseness of pain and extent to which it interferes with daily activities strongly predict depression.9

Diagnostic challenges. Patients with depression often present to their primary care physicians with somatic rather than behavioral symptoms, making it hard for the family doctor to diagnose depression.10 By contrast, when presenting to a psychiatrist, depressed patients tend to discuss their emotional symptoms but not their physical complaints.11 This is because patients often:

  • attribute physical symptoms to an unrelated medical illness
  • consider aches and pains a normal part of aging
  • or are not aware that psychiatrists can treat physical symptoms.11

Psychiatrists in the past have emphasized emotional symptoms while barely addressing physical symptoms. This trend is changing, however, as the link between physical pain and depression has become clearer.

 

 

Be sure to include chronic pain or other somatic symptoms in the systems review. Screening tools such as the Visual Analogue Scale can measure pain intensity, while the Cornell Medical Index can uncover somatic symptoms. No all-inclusive tool exists to help detect depression-related somatic symptoms. however.

Should the psychiatrist continue to address Ms. F’s depressive symptoms, or should the focus shift to her somatic symptoms?

Dr. Fishbain’s observations

Patients who do not respond to depression treatment (ie, achieve >50% symptom reduction), or who respond without achieving remission, usually have residual physical symptoms—often fatigue, sleep disturbance, decreased appetite, anxiety, sexual dysfunction, and/or pain.12-14 Severe pain and other somatic symptoms are likely prolonging Ms. F’s depression, despite increased paroxetine dosages.

Paykel et al8 have associated residual depression symptoms with early relapse of depression. In their study, 94% of depressed patients with lingering depressive symptoms had mild to moderate physical symptoms. By contrast, degree of physical symptom improvement has been shown to correlate with likelihood of depression remission.15

Although emotional symptoms improve with antidepressants,16 some evidence17 indicates that physical symptoms associated with depression may be less responsive.

Also, because many psychiatrists have been taught to track emotional symptoms and only some physical symptoms, somatic symptoms of depression often are not targeted for treatment.17 Lack of rating scales to track somatic symptoms compounds this problem.17

Psychiatrists need to target both the physical and emotional symptoms of depression. When pain prolongs depression, it should be the primary target of antidepressant drug therapy (Algorithm).

To date, several meta-analyses18-20 have demonstrated that antidepressants have a separate analgesic effect on all forms of chronic pain. Evidence21,22 also indicates that the dualaction antidepressants—such as amitriptyline, bupropion, venlafaxine, and (awaiting FDA approval) duloxetine—have a more-consistent analgesic effect than do the serotonin reuptake inhibitors.

The analgesic effects of bupropion, duloxetine, and venlafaxine have not been compared with those of tricyclics or other older antidepressants. If one of the newer dualaction antidepressants does not reduce somatic conditions or produce an adequate response, consider switching to a tricyclic.

Treatment: No pain, some gain

Another psychiatrist who specializes in pain medicine targeted some of Ms. F’s somatic symptoms with antidepressants. Paroxetine and zolpidem were discontinued and the patient was started on:

  • venlafaxine, 37.5 mg bid, titrated to 225 mg/d across 2 weeks. Because of its activating properties, venlafaxine was chosen to address Ms. F’s pain and daytime fatigue.
  • amitriptyline, 50 mg at bedtime nightly, to promote sleep
  • prochlorperazine, 10 mg as needed, and meclizine, 25 mg as needed, to treat her nausea and dizziness, respectively.

Algorithm Suggested drug treatment of depression with somatic symptoms



Ms. F also was advised to take an abortive migraine compound (Midrin, 2 tablets at headache onset and 1 additional tablet every half-hour as needed, maximum 5 tablets per day). Mr. F’s primary care physician also referred her to a physical therapist to treat her neck and low-back pain; workup revealed no surgically treatable problem.

Four weeks later, Ms. F reported that her somatic symptoms significantly improved and that she was sleeping nearly 8 hours per night. Her BDI score was 12, indicating normal mood. She was functioning much more effectively at work and could once again routinely perform her daily activities.

Ms. F continued her medication regimen for 8 months, after which she was lost to follow-up. At her most recent visit, her depression remained in remission. Her pain persisted, though at a lower intensity.

Related resources

  • Fishbain DA, Cutler R, Rosomoff HL, Rosomoff RS. Chronic pain-associated depression: antecedent or consequence of chronic pain? A review. Clin J Pain 1997;13:116-37.

Drug brand names

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Meclizine • Antivert
  • Modafinil • Provigil
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Prochlorperazine • Compazine
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor
  • Zolpidem • Ambien

Disclosure

Dr. Fishbain is a consultant to Eli Lilly and Co. and a speaker for Purdue Pharmaceuticals.

References

1. Sood N, Treglia M, Obenchain RL, et al. Determinants of antidepressant outcome. Am J Manag Care 2000;6:1327-36.

2. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with major depressive disorder (revision). Am J Psychiatry 2000;157(suppl 4):1-45.

3. Lin EH, Von Korff M, Katon W, et al. The role of the primary care physician in patients’ adherence to antidepressant therapy. Med Care 1996;33:67-74.

4. McBeth J, MacFarlane G, Silman A. Does chronic pain predict future psychological distress? Pain 2002;96:239-45.

5. Ohayon M, Schatzberg A. Using chronic pain to predict depressive morbidity in the general population. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2003;60:39-47.

6. Nakao M, Yamanaka G, Kuboki T. Major depression and somatic symptoms in a mind/body medicine clinic. Psychopathology 2001;34:230-5.

7. Posse M, Hallstrom T. Depressive disorders among somatizing patients in primary health care. Acta Psychiatr Scand 1998;98:187-92.

8. Paykel ES, Ramana R, Cooper Z, et al. Residual symptoms after partial remission: an important outcome in depression. Psychol Med 1995;25:1171-80.

9. Von Korff M, Simon G. The relationship between pain and depression. Br J Psychiatry 1996;168:101-8.

10. Goldberg DP, Bridges K. Somatic presentations of psychiatric illness in primary care setting. J Psychosom Res 1988;32:137-44.

11. Sartorius N. Physical symptoms of depression as a public health concern. J Clinical Psych 2003;64(suppl 7):3-4.

12. Keller MB. Long-term treatment strategies in affective disorders. Psychopharmacol Bull 2002;36(suppl 2):36-48.

13. Keller MB, Berndt ER. Depression treatment: a lifelong commitment? Psychopharmacol Bull 2002;36(suppl 2):133-41.

14. Segal Z, Vincent P, Levitt A. Efficacy of combined, sequential and crossover psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy in improving outcomes in depression. J Psychiatry Neurosci 2002;27:281-90.

15. Denninger JW, Henderson PO, Fallis K. The relationship between somatic symptoms and depression (presentation). Philadelphia, PA: American Psychiatric Association annual meeting, 2002.

16. Worthington J, Fava M, Davidson K, et al. Patterns of improvement in depressive symptoms with fluoxetine treatment. Psychopharmacol Bull 1995;31:223-6.

17. Fava M. Somatic symptoms, depression, and antidepressant treatment. J Clin Psychiatry 2002;63:4-305-7.

18. Fishbain DA, Cutler RB, Rosomoff HL, et al. Do antidepressants have an analgesic effect in psychogenic pain and somatoform pain disorder? A meta-analysis. Psychosom Med 1998;60:503-9.

19. O’Malley PG, Belden E, Tomkins G, et al. Treatment of fibromyalgia with antidepressants: a meta-analysis. J Gen Intern Med 2000;15:659-66.

20. Salerno SM, Browning R, Jackson JL. The effect of antidepressant treatment on chronic back pain: a meta-analysis. Arch Intern Med 2002;162:19-24.

21. Fishbain DA. Evidence-based data on pain relief with antidepressants. Ann Med 2000;32:305-16.

22. Fishbain DA, Cutler R, Rosomoff HL, et al. Evidence-based data from animal and human experimental studies on pain relief with antidepressants: a structured review. Pain Med 2000;1:310-16.

References

1. Sood N, Treglia M, Obenchain RL, et al. Determinants of antidepressant outcome. Am J Manag Care 2000;6:1327-36.

2. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with major depressive disorder (revision). Am J Psychiatry 2000;157(suppl 4):1-45.

3. Lin EH, Von Korff M, Katon W, et al. The role of the primary care physician in patients’ adherence to antidepressant therapy. Med Care 1996;33:67-74.

4. McBeth J, MacFarlane G, Silman A. Does chronic pain predict future psychological distress? Pain 2002;96:239-45.

5. Ohayon M, Schatzberg A. Using chronic pain to predict depressive morbidity in the general population. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2003;60:39-47.

6. Nakao M, Yamanaka G, Kuboki T. Major depression and somatic symptoms in a mind/body medicine clinic. Psychopathology 2001;34:230-5.

7. Posse M, Hallstrom T. Depressive disorders among somatizing patients in primary health care. Acta Psychiatr Scand 1998;98:187-92.

8. Paykel ES, Ramana R, Cooper Z, et al. Residual symptoms after partial remission: an important outcome in depression. Psychol Med 1995;25:1171-80.

9. Von Korff M, Simon G. The relationship between pain and depression. Br J Psychiatry 1996;168:101-8.

10. Goldberg DP, Bridges K. Somatic presentations of psychiatric illness in primary care setting. J Psychosom Res 1988;32:137-44.

11. Sartorius N. Physical symptoms of depression as a public health concern. J Clinical Psych 2003;64(suppl 7):3-4.

12. Keller MB. Long-term treatment strategies in affective disorders. Psychopharmacol Bull 2002;36(suppl 2):36-48.

13. Keller MB, Berndt ER. Depression treatment: a lifelong commitment? Psychopharmacol Bull 2002;36(suppl 2):133-41.

14. Segal Z, Vincent P, Levitt A. Efficacy of combined, sequential and crossover psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy in improving outcomes in depression. J Psychiatry Neurosci 2002;27:281-90.

15. Denninger JW, Henderson PO, Fallis K. The relationship between somatic symptoms and depression (presentation). Philadelphia, PA: American Psychiatric Association annual meeting, 2002.

16. Worthington J, Fava M, Davidson K, et al. Patterns of improvement in depressive symptoms with fluoxetine treatment. Psychopharmacol Bull 1995;31:223-6.

17. Fava M. Somatic symptoms, depression, and antidepressant treatment. J Clin Psychiatry 2002;63:4-305-7.

18. Fishbain DA, Cutler RB, Rosomoff HL, et al. Do antidepressants have an analgesic effect in psychogenic pain and somatoform pain disorder? A meta-analysis. Psychosom Med 1998;60:503-9.

19. O’Malley PG, Belden E, Tomkins G, et al. Treatment of fibromyalgia with antidepressants: a meta-analysis. J Gen Intern Med 2000;15:659-66.

20. Salerno SM, Browning R, Jackson JL. The effect of antidepressant treatment on chronic back pain: a meta-analysis. Arch Intern Med 2002;162:19-24.

21. Fishbain DA. Evidence-based data on pain relief with antidepressants. Ann Med 2000;32:305-16.

22. Fishbain DA, Cutler R, Rosomoff HL, et al. Evidence-based data from animal and human experimental studies on pain relief with antidepressants: a structured review. Pain Med 2000;1:310-16.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(04)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(04)
Page Number
89-93
Page Number
89-93
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
The painful truth about depression
Display Headline
The painful truth about depression
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Chemical ‘warfare’ in Philadelphia

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:31
Display Headline
Chemical ‘warfare’ in Philadelphia

Emergency presentation: A rough commute

Mr. R, age 25, presented to the emergency room confused and severely agitated. That morning, his parents found him in his Philadelphia apartment covering his mouth and nose with a T-shirt to guard against imminent chemical warfare.

The day before, Mr. R had developed auditory and visual hallucinations and paranoid and persecutory delusions. That day, on his way to work, he said he had seen “terrorists releasing toxic chemicals into the air” and heard “whispers of terrorists plotting an attack on the East Coast.”

Mr. R showed no suicidal or homicidal ideations. He denied significant medical or surgical history but reported that he had recently been diagnosed with depression after a “bad Ecstasy experience.” For 6 months he had been taking paroxetine, 20 mg once daily, and bupropion, 150 mg once daily, for his depression.

At age 18, Mr. R was diagnosed with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) after years of struggling through school with impaired concentration. At that time, he began taking methylphenidate, 10 mg each morning, and completed 3 years of college in North Carolina. He then dropped out of college and attempted suicide twice.

After the second suicide attempt, a psychiatrist diagnosed Mr. R as having major depression. The psychiatrist discontinued methylphenidate and started bupropion, dosage unknown. After 1 year, he stopped taking the antidepressant, thinking he no longer needed it.

Last year, Mr. R moved back to Philadelphia to be closer to his parents. Shortly afterward, he began obtaining methylphenidate illegally and later starting using cocaine, marijuana, amphetamines, and 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (“Ecstasy”).

At presentation, Mr. R’s mood was dysphoric with bizarre affect. Eye contact was poor with easy distractibility. Speech was pressured, with full range. His thought process was grossly disorganized with tangential thinking and flight of ideas. His short- and long-term memory were intact; insight and judgment were limited. A Mini-Mental State Examination could not be completed because of his disorganization and distractibility.

Does Mr. R. have schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder? Or are his symptoms related to ADHD or substance abuse?

The authors’ observations

Mr. R’s paranoid delusions and hallucinations may suggest schizophrenia. With his history of suicide attempts, a depressive or schizoaffective disorder may also be considered.

However, Mr. R is close with his family and has several friends. His parents say he has not been withdrawn or paranoid, and there is no known family history of mood disorder, substance abuse, or other psychiatric illness. Mr. R also has been working steadily and had worked the night before presenting to us, so schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder are ruled out. ADHD and abuse of multiple substances could explain his behavior because overdose of stimulants and illicit drugs may produce a psychotic event.

Further history: The power of addiction

After more questioning, Mr. R said that he had recently started using gamma butyrolactone (GBL) in a failed attempt to build muscle. For 4 months he had been taking 3.5 oz of GBL daily—0.25 oz every 2 to 3 hours and 0.75 oz at night to help him sleep.

Within 6 hours of his most recent GBL dose (reportedly 1 oz), Mr. R developed intractable nausea, vomiting, and flatus, followed quickly by anxiety, palpitations, and generalized hand/body tremors that disturbed his sleep. Hallucinations and delusions started the next day.

At presentation, Mr. R’s blood pressure was 188/92 mm Hg, his heart rate was 110 bpm, and his respiratory rate was 22 breaths per minute. Pupils were 5 mm and reactive with intact extraocular movement. A urine drug screen indicated amphetamine use.

Mr. R was tentatively diagnosed as having GBL withdrawal syndrome and was admitted for observation and treatment. The psychiatry service followed him for change in mental status and drug dependence.

Can a withdrawal syndrome reasonably account for Mr. R’s symptoms?

The authors’ observations

GBL is a precursor of gamma-hydroxybutyrate (GHB), a highly addictive agent that is used illicitly, typically at parties and nightclubs (Box). GBL is among the clinical analogues of GHB that have become popular street drugs.

GHB withdrawal syndrome has only recently been described in the literature and is virtually indistinguishable from withdrawal after cessation of GBL and other precursors. To date, 71 deaths have been attributed to GHB withdrawal.2

A constellation of symptoms exhibited by Mr. R point to GHB withdrawal, which should be included in the differential diagnosis of any sedative/hypnotic withdrawal (Table 1).

How GHB works. GHB easily crosses the blood-brain barrier. Like other sedative/hypnotics, its depressant effects on the brain in low doses (2 to 4 grams) produce a euphoric feeling as inhibitions are depressed. Profound coma or death result from higher doses (>4 grams).3 Heart rate may also be slowed and CNS effects may result in myoclonus, producing seizure-like movements. Combining GHB with other drugs can increase the other agents’ depressant effects, leading to confusion, amnesia, vomiting, irregular breathing, or death.2

 

 

Box

GHB: To many users, a ‘wonder drug’

Introduced in 1960 as an anesthetic, gamma-hydroxybutyrate (GHB) has become a notorious recreational drug. It is often called the “date rape drug” because of its intoxicating sedative effects.

Users have viewed GHB as a dietary supplement that can also enhance athletic and sexual performance, relieve depression, and induce sleep. Weightlifters have used GHB to quickly build muscle while avoiding side effects associated with anabolic steroids.

As more products containing GHB were introduced, many serious adverse events—including seizure, respiratory depression, and profound decreases in consciousness—were identified with its use and misuse. Although the Food and Drug Administration banned over-the-counter sales of GHB in 1990,1 the agent is still widely available on the black market and over the Internet.

GHB also is marketed through its chemical precursors, specifically GBL and 1,4-butanediol. These precursors are rapidly and systemically converted to the active GHB product. GBL is hydrolyzed by a peripheral lactonase, and 1,4-butanediol is processed by alcohol dehydrogenase and aldehyde dehydrogenase—the enzymes involved in ethanol degradation.1

A tiny increase in GHB dose can dramatically increase the symptoms and risk of overdose.4 GHB’s effects are also variable: A 1-teaspoon dose can produce the desired “high” one time and an overdose the next.

GHB and ethanol share a common mechanism of action.5 At pharmacologic doses, GHB appears to act in part through effects on the structurally related GABA neurotransmitter or its receptors.

Not surprisingly, a withdrawal syndrome characterized by delirium and autonomic instability ensues after GHB use is abruptly stopped. By functioning as indirect GABA agonists and ultimately evoking inhibitory neurotransmission, benzodiazepines and most barbiturates may alleviate GHB withdrawal symptoms.4 Thiamine is added to prevent Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome, as is seen in alcohol withdrawal.5

GHB withdrawal. Symptoms are divided into three phases:

Phase 1 (acute, first 24 hours). Presenting symptoms include anxiety, restlessness, insomnia, tremor, diaphoresis, tachycardia, and hypertension. Nausea and vomiting are variable but can be unrelenting.

While symptoms vary in severity, most prominent are agitation, restlessness, and insomnia. Some patients do not sleep for days after their last dose, and diffuse body tremors prevent them from sitting or lying still. Tachycardia and hypertension are hard to evaluate at this phase because patients present at different stages of withdrawal. Initial blood pressure readings as high as 240/130 mm Hg and heart rates of 120 bpm have been reported, however.

Phase 2 (days 2 through 6). Worsening autonomic symptoms, progressive GI symptoms, and overall worsening of the withdrawal mark this tumultuous period. Patients usually present at this point—in acute distress and no longer able to self-treat.

Confusion, delirium, and florid psychosis characterize this phase. Mr. R’s paranoid delusions and hallucinations are the most common form of psychosis seen in GHB withdrawal.5 In some cases, the psychosis impairs social, occupational, and other functioning.

Table 1

Comparison of sedative-hypnotic withdrawal syndromes

SubstanceOnsetDuration of severe symptomsAutonomic instability*Neurologic/psychiatric symptomsMortalityMajor mechanism inducing withdrawal state‡
GHB<6 hours5 to 12 daysMildSevere<1%Loss of GHB, GABAA, and GABAB-mediated inhibition
Benzodiazepines1 to 3 days5 to 9 daysModerateModerate1%Loss of GABAA-mediated inhibition
Baclofen12 to 96 hours8 daysModerateSevereNone reportedLoss of GABAB-mediated inhibition
Ethanol<6 hours10 to 14 daysSevereModerate to severe5% to 15%Loss of GABAA-mediated inhibition; disinhibition of NMDA receptors
NMDA: N-methyl D-aspartate.
GHB: Gamma-hydroxybutyrate
*Marked by tachycardia, fever, hypertension, and/or diaphoresis.
‡All withdrawal states involve multifactorial processes.
Source: Reference 5

Underlying or concurrent causes of delirium must be ruled out. Patients at this stage often require physical restraint or immediate sedation to prevent injury and dangerous complications, including hyperthermia and rhabdomyolysis. Benzodiazepines are often used in high doses1 for sedation. IV hydration and antiemetics are also treatment mainstays. Atypical antipsychotics are added ASAP to control the paranoia.

Phase 3 (days 7 through 13). Symptoms usually resolve at this stage. The delirium most often clears first, followed by restored autonomic stability and GI rest. While decreased sleep and periods of psychosis persist, agitation is less severe. The patient is discharged on average after 11 days.

Intense outpatient follow-up should include individual psychotherapy, substance abuse counseling, and drug therapy. Highly addictive medications should be avoided because of the patient’s substance abuse history.

Did Mr. R accurately report the amount of GBL he had taken? How should GBL and GHB blood levels be measured, given the agents’ rapid absorption rates?

The authors’ observations

As with most drugs of abuse, high doses over time contribute to severe GHB withdrawal syndrome. GHB doses taken before withdrawal are up to 10 times greater than those taken in typical recreational use.5

However, quantifying GHB levels with standard urine drug screens is nearly impossible because:

 

 

  • the agent is absorbed within 20 to 60 minutes
  • only 2% to 5% of the agent is eliminated in the urine.

GHB—which comes in powder, tablet, and liquid form and is usually dissolved in water before use—often is mixed with other drugs or alcohol. Varying preparations and use with multiple substances can produce inconsistent GHB levels and decrease sensitivity and specificity in routine drug screening. GHB abusers also report the amount ingested in “capfuls,” ounces, and teaspoons, making accurate quantification harder still.2

Though infrequently used because of feasibility and cost, gas chromatography and infrared spectroscopy of a urine specimen are the only known methods for determining GHB levels. Chronic GHB use, negative polypharmacy history, and negative urine and blood analysis for alcohol, benzodiazepines, sedative-hypnotics, or other substances usually confirm GHB withdrawal diagnosis.1

Treatment: ‘Bad’ medicine

In the ER, Mr. R was given two 1-mg doses of lorazepam IV 1 hour apart. After 1 hour, his vital signs improved slightly (heart rate: 100/min; blood pressure: 165/99 mm Hg). Thiamine and folate were also started. Mr. R’s severe agitation and paranoia persisted, so three more 2-mg doses of lorazepam IV were given at 4-hour intervals.

Within 2 days, Mr. R was transferred to the voluntary inpatient psychiatric unit. His nausea, vomiting, and autonomic instability resolved, but his delirium and psychosis persisted. Quetiapine, 100 mg bid, was started to address his psychosis, and bupropion, 150 mg once daily, was restarted to manage his previously diagnosed depression. Three days after starting bupropion, Mr. R’s mood improved based on patient reports and Clinical Global Impression scores (6 at baseline, 2 at discharge), but his persecutory delusions persisted, causing mild anxiety.

The next day, Mr. R’s auditory and visual hallucinations had ceased, his preoccupation with terrorists began to subside, and his concentration, sleep, and appetite were improving. By day 6 of hospitalization, he still complained of mild tremors and anxiety, but his persecutory delusions resolved.

After 9 days, Mr. R was discharged. Autonomic stability was achieved and his delirium had mostly resolved. Outpatient drug rehabilitation and psychiatric services were arranged.

As of this writing, Mr. R had not sought outpatient treatment. His current medical status is unknown.

Related resources

  • Miglani J, Kim K, Chahil R. Gamma-hydroxybutyrate withdrawal delirium: a case report. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2000;22:213-6.
  • Columbo G, Agabio R, Lobina C, et al. Cross tolerance to ethanol and gamma-hydroxybutyric acid. Eur J Pharmacol. 1995;273:235-8.
  • Project GHB. www.projectghb.org

Drug brand names

  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Lorazepam • Ativan
  • Methylphenidate • Ritalin, Concerta
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Craig K, Gomez H, McManus J, et al. Severe gamma-hydroxybutyrate withdrawal: a case report and literature review. J Emerg Med. 2000;18:65-70.

2. Project GHB: Death list. Available at: http://www.projectghb.org/deathlist.html. Accessed Jan. 30, 2004.

3. Li J, Stokes SA, Woeckener A. A tale of novel intoxication: a review of the effects of gamma-hydroxybutyric acid with recommendations for management. Ann Emerg Med. 1998;31:729-36.

4. Sivilotti ML, Burns MJ, Aaron CK, Greenberg MJ. Pentobarbital for severe gamma-butyrolactone withdrawal. Ann Emerg Med. 2001;38:660-5.

5. Dyer JE, Roth B, Hyma B. Gamma hydroxybutyrate withdrawal syndrome. Ann Emerg Med. 2001;37:147-53.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Jeffrey Dunn, MD
Associate professor Department of psychiatry

Josh Kellerman
Medical student

Eric C. Alcera, MD
Resident, department of psychiatry Cooper Hospital, Camden, NJ

University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey–Robert Wood Johnson Medical School, Camden, NJ

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(03)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
90-98
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Jeffrey Dunn, MD
Associate professor Department of psychiatry

Josh Kellerman
Medical student

Eric C. Alcera, MD
Resident, department of psychiatry Cooper Hospital, Camden, NJ

University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey–Robert Wood Johnson Medical School, Camden, NJ

Author and Disclosure Information

Jeffrey Dunn, MD
Associate professor Department of psychiatry

Josh Kellerman
Medical student

Eric C. Alcera, MD
Resident, department of psychiatry Cooper Hospital, Camden, NJ

University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey–Robert Wood Johnson Medical School, Camden, NJ

Article PDF
Article PDF

Emergency presentation: A rough commute

Mr. R, age 25, presented to the emergency room confused and severely agitated. That morning, his parents found him in his Philadelphia apartment covering his mouth and nose with a T-shirt to guard against imminent chemical warfare.

The day before, Mr. R had developed auditory and visual hallucinations and paranoid and persecutory delusions. That day, on his way to work, he said he had seen “terrorists releasing toxic chemicals into the air” and heard “whispers of terrorists plotting an attack on the East Coast.”

Mr. R showed no suicidal or homicidal ideations. He denied significant medical or surgical history but reported that he had recently been diagnosed with depression after a “bad Ecstasy experience.” For 6 months he had been taking paroxetine, 20 mg once daily, and bupropion, 150 mg once daily, for his depression.

At age 18, Mr. R was diagnosed with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) after years of struggling through school with impaired concentration. At that time, he began taking methylphenidate, 10 mg each morning, and completed 3 years of college in North Carolina. He then dropped out of college and attempted suicide twice.

After the second suicide attempt, a psychiatrist diagnosed Mr. R as having major depression. The psychiatrist discontinued methylphenidate and started bupropion, dosage unknown. After 1 year, he stopped taking the antidepressant, thinking he no longer needed it.

Last year, Mr. R moved back to Philadelphia to be closer to his parents. Shortly afterward, he began obtaining methylphenidate illegally and later starting using cocaine, marijuana, amphetamines, and 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (“Ecstasy”).

At presentation, Mr. R’s mood was dysphoric with bizarre affect. Eye contact was poor with easy distractibility. Speech was pressured, with full range. His thought process was grossly disorganized with tangential thinking and flight of ideas. His short- and long-term memory were intact; insight and judgment were limited. A Mini-Mental State Examination could not be completed because of his disorganization and distractibility.

Does Mr. R. have schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder? Or are his symptoms related to ADHD or substance abuse?

The authors’ observations

Mr. R’s paranoid delusions and hallucinations may suggest schizophrenia. With his history of suicide attempts, a depressive or schizoaffective disorder may also be considered.

However, Mr. R is close with his family and has several friends. His parents say he has not been withdrawn or paranoid, and there is no known family history of mood disorder, substance abuse, or other psychiatric illness. Mr. R also has been working steadily and had worked the night before presenting to us, so schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder are ruled out. ADHD and abuse of multiple substances could explain his behavior because overdose of stimulants and illicit drugs may produce a psychotic event.

Further history: The power of addiction

After more questioning, Mr. R said that he had recently started using gamma butyrolactone (GBL) in a failed attempt to build muscle. For 4 months he had been taking 3.5 oz of GBL daily—0.25 oz every 2 to 3 hours and 0.75 oz at night to help him sleep.

Within 6 hours of his most recent GBL dose (reportedly 1 oz), Mr. R developed intractable nausea, vomiting, and flatus, followed quickly by anxiety, palpitations, and generalized hand/body tremors that disturbed his sleep. Hallucinations and delusions started the next day.

At presentation, Mr. R’s blood pressure was 188/92 mm Hg, his heart rate was 110 bpm, and his respiratory rate was 22 breaths per minute. Pupils were 5 mm and reactive with intact extraocular movement. A urine drug screen indicated amphetamine use.

Mr. R was tentatively diagnosed as having GBL withdrawal syndrome and was admitted for observation and treatment. The psychiatry service followed him for change in mental status and drug dependence.

Can a withdrawal syndrome reasonably account for Mr. R’s symptoms?

The authors’ observations

GBL is a precursor of gamma-hydroxybutyrate (GHB), a highly addictive agent that is used illicitly, typically at parties and nightclubs (Box). GBL is among the clinical analogues of GHB that have become popular street drugs.

GHB withdrawal syndrome has only recently been described in the literature and is virtually indistinguishable from withdrawal after cessation of GBL and other precursors. To date, 71 deaths have been attributed to GHB withdrawal.2

A constellation of symptoms exhibited by Mr. R point to GHB withdrawal, which should be included in the differential diagnosis of any sedative/hypnotic withdrawal (Table 1).

How GHB works. GHB easily crosses the blood-brain barrier. Like other sedative/hypnotics, its depressant effects on the brain in low doses (2 to 4 grams) produce a euphoric feeling as inhibitions are depressed. Profound coma or death result from higher doses (>4 grams).3 Heart rate may also be slowed and CNS effects may result in myoclonus, producing seizure-like movements. Combining GHB with other drugs can increase the other agents’ depressant effects, leading to confusion, amnesia, vomiting, irregular breathing, or death.2

 

 

Box

GHB: To many users, a ‘wonder drug’

Introduced in 1960 as an anesthetic, gamma-hydroxybutyrate (GHB) has become a notorious recreational drug. It is often called the “date rape drug” because of its intoxicating sedative effects.

Users have viewed GHB as a dietary supplement that can also enhance athletic and sexual performance, relieve depression, and induce sleep. Weightlifters have used GHB to quickly build muscle while avoiding side effects associated with anabolic steroids.

As more products containing GHB were introduced, many serious adverse events—including seizure, respiratory depression, and profound decreases in consciousness—were identified with its use and misuse. Although the Food and Drug Administration banned over-the-counter sales of GHB in 1990,1 the agent is still widely available on the black market and over the Internet.

GHB also is marketed through its chemical precursors, specifically GBL and 1,4-butanediol. These precursors are rapidly and systemically converted to the active GHB product. GBL is hydrolyzed by a peripheral lactonase, and 1,4-butanediol is processed by alcohol dehydrogenase and aldehyde dehydrogenase—the enzymes involved in ethanol degradation.1

A tiny increase in GHB dose can dramatically increase the symptoms and risk of overdose.4 GHB’s effects are also variable: A 1-teaspoon dose can produce the desired “high” one time and an overdose the next.

GHB and ethanol share a common mechanism of action.5 At pharmacologic doses, GHB appears to act in part through effects on the structurally related GABA neurotransmitter or its receptors.

Not surprisingly, a withdrawal syndrome characterized by delirium and autonomic instability ensues after GHB use is abruptly stopped. By functioning as indirect GABA agonists and ultimately evoking inhibitory neurotransmission, benzodiazepines and most barbiturates may alleviate GHB withdrawal symptoms.4 Thiamine is added to prevent Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome, as is seen in alcohol withdrawal.5

GHB withdrawal. Symptoms are divided into three phases:

Phase 1 (acute, first 24 hours). Presenting symptoms include anxiety, restlessness, insomnia, tremor, diaphoresis, tachycardia, and hypertension. Nausea and vomiting are variable but can be unrelenting.

While symptoms vary in severity, most prominent are agitation, restlessness, and insomnia. Some patients do not sleep for days after their last dose, and diffuse body tremors prevent them from sitting or lying still. Tachycardia and hypertension are hard to evaluate at this phase because patients present at different stages of withdrawal. Initial blood pressure readings as high as 240/130 mm Hg and heart rates of 120 bpm have been reported, however.

Phase 2 (days 2 through 6). Worsening autonomic symptoms, progressive GI symptoms, and overall worsening of the withdrawal mark this tumultuous period. Patients usually present at this point—in acute distress and no longer able to self-treat.

Confusion, delirium, and florid psychosis characterize this phase. Mr. R’s paranoid delusions and hallucinations are the most common form of psychosis seen in GHB withdrawal.5 In some cases, the psychosis impairs social, occupational, and other functioning.

Table 1

Comparison of sedative-hypnotic withdrawal syndromes

SubstanceOnsetDuration of severe symptomsAutonomic instability*Neurologic/psychiatric symptomsMortalityMajor mechanism inducing withdrawal state‡
GHB<6 hours5 to 12 daysMildSevere<1%Loss of GHB, GABAA, and GABAB-mediated inhibition
Benzodiazepines1 to 3 days5 to 9 daysModerateModerate1%Loss of GABAA-mediated inhibition
Baclofen12 to 96 hours8 daysModerateSevereNone reportedLoss of GABAB-mediated inhibition
Ethanol<6 hours10 to 14 daysSevereModerate to severe5% to 15%Loss of GABAA-mediated inhibition; disinhibition of NMDA receptors
NMDA: N-methyl D-aspartate.
GHB: Gamma-hydroxybutyrate
*Marked by tachycardia, fever, hypertension, and/or diaphoresis.
‡All withdrawal states involve multifactorial processes.
Source: Reference 5

Underlying or concurrent causes of delirium must be ruled out. Patients at this stage often require physical restraint or immediate sedation to prevent injury and dangerous complications, including hyperthermia and rhabdomyolysis. Benzodiazepines are often used in high doses1 for sedation. IV hydration and antiemetics are also treatment mainstays. Atypical antipsychotics are added ASAP to control the paranoia.

Phase 3 (days 7 through 13). Symptoms usually resolve at this stage. The delirium most often clears first, followed by restored autonomic stability and GI rest. While decreased sleep and periods of psychosis persist, agitation is less severe. The patient is discharged on average after 11 days.

Intense outpatient follow-up should include individual psychotherapy, substance abuse counseling, and drug therapy. Highly addictive medications should be avoided because of the patient’s substance abuse history.

Did Mr. R accurately report the amount of GBL he had taken? How should GBL and GHB blood levels be measured, given the agents’ rapid absorption rates?

The authors’ observations

As with most drugs of abuse, high doses over time contribute to severe GHB withdrawal syndrome. GHB doses taken before withdrawal are up to 10 times greater than those taken in typical recreational use.5

However, quantifying GHB levels with standard urine drug screens is nearly impossible because:

 

 

  • the agent is absorbed within 20 to 60 minutes
  • only 2% to 5% of the agent is eliminated in the urine.

GHB—which comes in powder, tablet, and liquid form and is usually dissolved in water before use—often is mixed with other drugs or alcohol. Varying preparations and use with multiple substances can produce inconsistent GHB levels and decrease sensitivity and specificity in routine drug screening. GHB abusers also report the amount ingested in “capfuls,” ounces, and teaspoons, making accurate quantification harder still.2

Though infrequently used because of feasibility and cost, gas chromatography and infrared spectroscopy of a urine specimen are the only known methods for determining GHB levels. Chronic GHB use, negative polypharmacy history, and negative urine and blood analysis for alcohol, benzodiazepines, sedative-hypnotics, or other substances usually confirm GHB withdrawal diagnosis.1

Treatment: ‘Bad’ medicine

In the ER, Mr. R was given two 1-mg doses of lorazepam IV 1 hour apart. After 1 hour, his vital signs improved slightly (heart rate: 100/min; blood pressure: 165/99 mm Hg). Thiamine and folate were also started. Mr. R’s severe agitation and paranoia persisted, so three more 2-mg doses of lorazepam IV were given at 4-hour intervals.

Within 2 days, Mr. R was transferred to the voluntary inpatient psychiatric unit. His nausea, vomiting, and autonomic instability resolved, but his delirium and psychosis persisted. Quetiapine, 100 mg bid, was started to address his psychosis, and bupropion, 150 mg once daily, was restarted to manage his previously diagnosed depression. Three days after starting bupropion, Mr. R’s mood improved based on patient reports and Clinical Global Impression scores (6 at baseline, 2 at discharge), but his persecutory delusions persisted, causing mild anxiety.

The next day, Mr. R’s auditory and visual hallucinations had ceased, his preoccupation with terrorists began to subside, and his concentration, sleep, and appetite were improving. By day 6 of hospitalization, he still complained of mild tremors and anxiety, but his persecutory delusions resolved.

After 9 days, Mr. R was discharged. Autonomic stability was achieved and his delirium had mostly resolved. Outpatient drug rehabilitation and psychiatric services were arranged.

As of this writing, Mr. R had not sought outpatient treatment. His current medical status is unknown.

Related resources

  • Miglani J, Kim K, Chahil R. Gamma-hydroxybutyrate withdrawal delirium: a case report. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2000;22:213-6.
  • Columbo G, Agabio R, Lobina C, et al. Cross tolerance to ethanol and gamma-hydroxybutyric acid. Eur J Pharmacol. 1995;273:235-8.
  • Project GHB. www.projectghb.org

Drug brand names

  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Lorazepam • Ativan
  • Methylphenidate • Ritalin, Concerta
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Emergency presentation: A rough commute

Mr. R, age 25, presented to the emergency room confused and severely agitated. That morning, his parents found him in his Philadelphia apartment covering his mouth and nose with a T-shirt to guard against imminent chemical warfare.

The day before, Mr. R had developed auditory and visual hallucinations and paranoid and persecutory delusions. That day, on his way to work, he said he had seen “terrorists releasing toxic chemicals into the air” and heard “whispers of terrorists plotting an attack on the East Coast.”

Mr. R showed no suicidal or homicidal ideations. He denied significant medical or surgical history but reported that he had recently been diagnosed with depression after a “bad Ecstasy experience.” For 6 months he had been taking paroxetine, 20 mg once daily, and bupropion, 150 mg once daily, for his depression.

At age 18, Mr. R was diagnosed with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) after years of struggling through school with impaired concentration. At that time, he began taking methylphenidate, 10 mg each morning, and completed 3 years of college in North Carolina. He then dropped out of college and attempted suicide twice.

After the second suicide attempt, a psychiatrist diagnosed Mr. R as having major depression. The psychiatrist discontinued methylphenidate and started bupropion, dosage unknown. After 1 year, he stopped taking the antidepressant, thinking he no longer needed it.

Last year, Mr. R moved back to Philadelphia to be closer to his parents. Shortly afterward, he began obtaining methylphenidate illegally and later starting using cocaine, marijuana, amphetamines, and 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (“Ecstasy”).

At presentation, Mr. R’s mood was dysphoric with bizarre affect. Eye contact was poor with easy distractibility. Speech was pressured, with full range. His thought process was grossly disorganized with tangential thinking and flight of ideas. His short- and long-term memory were intact; insight and judgment were limited. A Mini-Mental State Examination could not be completed because of his disorganization and distractibility.

Does Mr. R. have schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder? Or are his symptoms related to ADHD or substance abuse?

The authors’ observations

Mr. R’s paranoid delusions and hallucinations may suggest schizophrenia. With his history of suicide attempts, a depressive or schizoaffective disorder may also be considered.

However, Mr. R is close with his family and has several friends. His parents say he has not been withdrawn or paranoid, and there is no known family history of mood disorder, substance abuse, or other psychiatric illness. Mr. R also has been working steadily and had worked the night before presenting to us, so schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder are ruled out. ADHD and abuse of multiple substances could explain his behavior because overdose of stimulants and illicit drugs may produce a psychotic event.

Further history: The power of addiction

After more questioning, Mr. R said that he had recently started using gamma butyrolactone (GBL) in a failed attempt to build muscle. For 4 months he had been taking 3.5 oz of GBL daily—0.25 oz every 2 to 3 hours and 0.75 oz at night to help him sleep.

Within 6 hours of his most recent GBL dose (reportedly 1 oz), Mr. R developed intractable nausea, vomiting, and flatus, followed quickly by anxiety, palpitations, and generalized hand/body tremors that disturbed his sleep. Hallucinations and delusions started the next day.

At presentation, Mr. R’s blood pressure was 188/92 mm Hg, his heart rate was 110 bpm, and his respiratory rate was 22 breaths per minute. Pupils were 5 mm and reactive with intact extraocular movement. A urine drug screen indicated amphetamine use.

Mr. R was tentatively diagnosed as having GBL withdrawal syndrome and was admitted for observation and treatment. The psychiatry service followed him for change in mental status and drug dependence.

Can a withdrawal syndrome reasonably account for Mr. R’s symptoms?

The authors’ observations

GBL is a precursor of gamma-hydroxybutyrate (GHB), a highly addictive agent that is used illicitly, typically at parties and nightclubs (Box). GBL is among the clinical analogues of GHB that have become popular street drugs.

GHB withdrawal syndrome has only recently been described in the literature and is virtually indistinguishable from withdrawal after cessation of GBL and other precursors. To date, 71 deaths have been attributed to GHB withdrawal.2

A constellation of symptoms exhibited by Mr. R point to GHB withdrawal, which should be included in the differential diagnosis of any sedative/hypnotic withdrawal (Table 1).

How GHB works. GHB easily crosses the blood-brain barrier. Like other sedative/hypnotics, its depressant effects on the brain in low doses (2 to 4 grams) produce a euphoric feeling as inhibitions are depressed. Profound coma or death result from higher doses (>4 grams).3 Heart rate may also be slowed and CNS effects may result in myoclonus, producing seizure-like movements. Combining GHB with other drugs can increase the other agents’ depressant effects, leading to confusion, amnesia, vomiting, irregular breathing, or death.2

 

 

Box

GHB: To many users, a ‘wonder drug’

Introduced in 1960 as an anesthetic, gamma-hydroxybutyrate (GHB) has become a notorious recreational drug. It is often called the “date rape drug” because of its intoxicating sedative effects.

Users have viewed GHB as a dietary supplement that can also enhance athletic and sexual performance, relieve depression, and induce sleep. Weightlifters have used GHB to quickly build muscle while avoiding side effects associated with anabolic steroids.

As more products containing GHB were introduced, many serious adverse events—including seizure, respiratory depression, and profound decreases in consciousness—were identified with its use and misuse. Although the Food and Drug Administration banned over-the-counter sales of GHB in 1990,1 the agent is still widely available on the black market and over the Internet.

GHB also is marketed through its chemical precursors, specifically GBL and 1,4-butanediol. These precursors are rapidly and systemically converted to the active GHB product. GBL is hydrolyzed by a peripheral lactonase, and 1,4-butanediol is processed by alcohol dehydrogenase and aldehyde dehydrogenase—the enzymes involved in ethanol degradation.1

A tiny increase in GHB dose can dramatically increase the symptoms and risk of overdose.4 GHB’s effects are also variable: A 1-teaspoon dose can produce the desired “high” one time and an overdose the next.

GHB and ethanol share a common mechanism of action.5 At pharmacologic doses, GHB appears to act in part through effects on the structurally related GABA neurotransmitter or its receptors.

Not surprisingly, a withdrawal syndrome characterized by delirium and autonomic instability ensues after GHB use is abruptly stopped. By functioning as indirect GABA agonists and ultimately evoking inhibitory neurotransmission, benzodiazepines and most barbiturates may alleviate GHB withdrawal symptoms.4 Thiamine is added to prevent Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome, as is seen in alcohol withdrawal.5

GHB withdrawal. Symptoms are divided into three phases:

Phase 1 (acute, first 24 hours). Presenting symptoms include anxiety, restlessness, insomnia, tremor, diaphoresis, tachycardia, and hypertension. Nausea and vomiting are variable but can be unrelenting.

While symptoms vary in severity, most prominent are agitation, restlessness, and insomnia. Some patients do not sleep for days after their last dose, and diffuse body tremors prevent them from sitting or lying still. Tachycardia and hypertension are hard to evaluate at this phase because patients present at different stages of withdrawal. Initial blood pressure readings as high as 240/130 mm Hg and heart rates of 120 bpm have been reported, however.

Phase 2 (days 2 through 6). Worsening autonomic symptoms, progressive GI symptoms, and overall worsening of the withdrawal mark this tumultuous period. Patients usually present at this point—in acute distress and no longer able to self-treat.

Confusion, delirium, and florid psychosis characterize this phase. Mr. R’s paranoid delusions and hallucinations are the most common form of psychosis seen in GHB withdrawal.5 In some cases, the psychosis impairs social, occupational, and other functioning.

Table 1

Comparison of sedative-hypnotic withdrawal syndromes

SubstanceOnsetDuration of severe symptomsAutonomic instability*Neurologic/psychiatric symptomsMortalityMajor mechanism inducing withdrawal state‡
GHB<6 hours5 to 12 daysMildSevere<1%Loss of GHB, GABAA, and GABAB-mediated inhibition
Benzodiazepines1 to 3 days5 to 9 daysModerateModerate1%Loss of GABAA-mediated inhibition
Baclofen12 to 96 hours8 daysModerateSevereNone reportedLoss of GABAB-mediated inhibition
Ethanol<6 hours10 to 14 daysSevereModerate to severe5% to 15%Loss of GABAA-mediated inhibition; disinhibition of NMDA receptors
NMDA: N-methyl D-aspartate.
GHB: Gamma-hydroxybutyrate
*Marked by tachycardia, fever, hypertension, and/or diaphoresis.
‡All withdrawal states involve multifactorial processes.
Source: Reference 5

Underlying or concurrent causes of delirium must be ruled out. Patients at this stage often require physical restraint or immediate sedation to prevent injury and dangerous complications, including hyperthermia and rhabdomyolysis. Benzodiazepines are often used in high doses1 for sedation. IV hydration and antiemetics are also treatment mainstays. Atypical antipsychotics are added ASAP to control the paranoia.

Phase 3 (days 7 through 13). Symptoms usually resolve at this stage. The delirium most often clears first, followed by restored autonomic stability and GI rest. While decreased sleep and periods of psychosis persist, agitation is less severe. The patient is discharged on average after 11 days.

Intense outpatient follow-up should include individual psychotherapy, substance abuse counseling, and drug therapy. Highly addictive medications should be avoided because of the patient’s substance abuse history.

Did Mr. R accurately report the amount of GBL he had taken? How should GBL and GHB blood levels be measured, given the agents’ rapid absorption rates?

The authors’ observations

As with most drugs of abuse, high doses over time contribute to severe GHB withdrawal syndrome. GHB doses taken before withdrawal are up to 10 times greater than those taken in typical recreational use.5

However, quantifying GHB levels with standard urine drug screens is nearly impossible because:

 

 

  • the agent is absorbed within 20 to 60 minutes
  • only 2% to 5% of the agent is eliminated in the urine.

GHB—which comes in powder, tablet, and liquid form and is usually dissolved in water before use—often is mixed with other drugs or alcohol. Varying preparations and use with multiple substances can produce inconsistent GHB levels and decrease sensitivity and specificity in routine drug screening. GHB abusers also report the amount ingested in “capfuls,” ounces, and teaspoons, making accurate quantification harder still.2

Though infrequently used because of feasibility and cost, gas chromatography and infrared spectroscopy of a urine specimen are the only known methods for determining GHB levels. Chronic GHB use, negative polypharmacy history, and negative urine and blood analysis for alcohol, benzodiazepines, sedative-hypnotics, or other substances usually confirm GHB withdrawal diagnosis.1

Treatment: ‘Bad’ medicine

In the ER, Mr. R was given two 1-mg doses of lorazepam IV 1 hour apart. After 1 hour, his vital signs improved slightly (heart rate: 100/min; blood pressure: 165/99 mm Hg). Thiamine and folate were also started. Mr. R’s severe agitation and paranoia persisted, so three more 2-mg doses of lorazepam IV were given at 4-hour intervals.

Within 2 days, Mr. R was transferred to the voluntary inpatient psychiatric unit. His nausea, vomiting, and autonomic instability resolved, but his delirium and psychosis persisted. Quetiapine, 100 mg bid, was started to address his psychosis, and bupropion, 150 mg once daily, was restarted to manage his previously diagnosed depression. Three days after starting bupropion, Mr. R’s mood improved based on patient reports and Clinical Global Impression scores (6 at baseline, 2 at discharge), but his persecutory delusions persisted, causing mild anxiety.

The next day, Mr. R’s auditory and visual hallucinations had ceased, his preoccupation with terrorists began to subside, and his concentration, sleep, and appetite were improving. By day 6 of hospitalization, he still complained of mild tremors and anxiety, but his persecutory delusions resolved.

After 9 days, Mr. R was discharged. Autonomic stability was achieved and his delirium had mostly resolved. Outpatient drug rehabilitation and psychiatric services were arranged.

As of this writing, Mr. R had not sought outpatient treatment. His current medical status is unknown.

Related resources

  • Miglani J, Kim K, Chahil R. Gamma-hydroxybutyrate withdrawal delirium: a case report. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2000;22:213-6.
  • Columbo G, Agabio R, Lobina C, et al. Cross tolerance to ethanol and gamma-hydroxybutyric acid. Eur J Pharmacol. 1995;273:235-8.
  • Project GHB. www.projectghb.org

Drug brand names

  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Lorazepam • Ativan
  • Methylphenidate • Ritalin, Concerta
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Craig K, Gomez H, McManus J, et al. Severe gamma-hydroxybutyrate withdrawal: a case report and literature review. J Emerg Med. 2000;18:65-70.

2. Project GHB: Death list. Available at: http://www.projectghb.org/deathlist.html. Accessed Jan. 30, 2004.

3. Li J, Stokes SA, Woeckener A. A tale of novel intoxication: a review of the effects of gamma-hydroxybutyric acid with recommendations for management. Ann Emerg Med. 1998;31:729-36.

4. Sivilotti ML, Burns MJ, Aaron CK, Greenberg MJ. Pentobarbital for severe gamma-butyrolactone withdrawal. Ann Emerg Med. 2001;38:660-5.

5. Dyer JE, Roth B, Hyma B. Gamma hydroxybutyrate withdrawal syndrome. Ann Emerg Med. 2001;37:147-53.

References

1. Craig K, Gomez H, McManus J, et al. Severe gamma-hydroxybutyrate withdrawal: a case report and literature review. J Emerg Med. 2000;18:65-70.

2. Project GHB: Death list. Available at: http://www.projectghb.org/deathlist.html. Accessed Jan. 30, 2004.

3. Li J, Stokes SA, Woeckener A. A tale of novel intoxication: a review of the effects of gamma-hydroxybutyric acid with recommendations for management. Ann Emerg Med. 1998;31:729-36.

4. Sivilotti ML, Burns MJ, Aaron CK, Greenberg MJ. Pentobarbital for severe gamma-butyrolactone withdrawal. Ann Emerg Med. 2001;38:660-5.

5. Dyer JE, Roth B, Hyma B. Gamma hydroxybutyrate withdrawal syndrome. Ann Emerg Med. 2001;37:147-53.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(03)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(03)
Page Number
90-98
Page Number
90-98
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Chemical ‘warfare’ in Philadelphia
Display Headline
Chemical ‘warfare’ in Philadelphia
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Night terrors: a family affair

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:31
Display Headline
Night terrors: a family affair

History: Terrors at age 8

Ms. J, age 35, began having sleepwalking episodes at age 8. At times they involved odd behaviors, such as carrying her brother’s shirt into the bathroom, placing it into the sink, and turning on the water.

As a child, Ms. J also began experiencing nocturnal awakenings characterized by panic and shouting. She sometimes saw a frightening image, usually of something falling on her. She would promptly return to sleep after each incident and had trouble remembering the event the next morning. The sleepwalking and awakening occurred monthly—more often when she was under stress or fatigued—until her early 20s.

At age 21, Ms. J. was under severe stress while preparing for a crucial graduate school examination and was losing much sleep. At this point, the episodes began to occur once or twice nightly.

She consulted a sleep specialist. EEG results were normal, but a sleep study was not helpful because she experienced no events that night. The specialist diagnosed Ms. J as having night terrors and prescribed clonazepam, 0.5 mg nightly. The agent did not prevent the events, but their frequency returned to baseline after Ms. J took her exam.

Were Ms. J’s clinical presentation and course consistent with night terrors? How would you treat her symptoms at this point?

The authors’ observations

Night terrors are an arousal disorder that usually begins in early childhood and affects 1% to 4% of the population.1 The disorder usually disappears before puberty.

Episodes of this parasomnia typically occur one to four times each month and can last several minutes. They are characterized by sudden awakenings with panic, disorientation, vocalization, and autonomic discharge. Patients sometimes see a frightening image. The events occur in stage 4 sleep, usually soon after falling asleep. Disorientation and a prompt return to sleep may follow.2 Sleeptalking and sleepwalking may also be present. The patient often cannot remember the event the next morning.

At this point, night terrors are a reasonable explanation for Ms. J’s nocturnal phenomena. Benzodiazepines, especially clonazepam, have been shown to decrease night terror frequency.3

Continued history: A new mother’s stress

At age 34, Ms. J gave birth to her first child. Weeks later, the nocturnal events began to occur at least three times nightly—every hour on some nights. Because their frequency disrupted her sleep, Ms. J constantly felt tired. Stress, emotional upset, and sleep deprivation exacerbated the events, which were stereotypical and included:

  • sudden jerking of the right upper and/or lower extremities
  • sudden sitting up and posing with the right arm flexed and internally rotated
  • hallucinations of spiders or people
  • sudden body flexion accompanied by an “electric shock” sensation in the head
  • sitting up in bed, touching and picking at the sheets
  • nonsensical speech after sitting up in bed
  • sudden fear that Ms. J’s baby was hurt or dead, accompanied by searching the bed and under the pillow for the baby
  • episodes of panic often accompanied by crying out, jumping out of bed and—in some cases—running.

Several times she ran down the stairs and out of the house while asleep. During one event, she jumped out of bed and fractured her foot. In another, she jumped from the bed and ran headfirst into a wall, causing bruising but no severe injury.

Each event was accompanied by confusion for 10 seconds to 3 minutes. Ms. J remembered about one-half the events; her husband described the remainder. She invariably returned to sleep immediately after each event.

A second sleep specialist diagnosed Ms. J as having night terrors. Unsatisfied with the diagnosis, she consulted a neurologist who specialized in epilepsy. The neurologist diagnosed her as having nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy (NFLE) based on her history. A video EEG study—which showed spike and wave activity in the left frontal lobe during the nocturnal events—confirmed the diagnosis. The events all occurred during stage 2 sleep.

Is Ms. J’s latest diagnosis on target? Which clinical features in her case would differentiate sleep epilepsy from parasomnias?

The authors’ observations

Frontal lobe epilepsy can take many forms. Seizures can occur during sleep and/or while awake and consist of sudden, brief (<1 minute) motor attacks occurring in clusters. The prevalence of sleep epilepsy among persons with seizure disorders has been estimated at 7.5% to 45%, based on studies of small patient populations.4

Nocturnal frontal lobe seizures:

  • occur only in non-REM (usually stage 2) sleep.
  • can occur at any time of night
  • usually begin in middle childhood to early adolescence, but onset in early childhood or adulthood has been reported.5 Seizures usually subside during adulthood (Table).6

Table

Characteristics of parasomnias and nocturnal epilepsy

 

 

 Nightmare (adult)Night terrorNocturnal epilepsy
Incidence5 to 10%1 to 3%Unknown
Sleep stageDuring REM
Anytime during the night the night
Stage 4
In first few hours of sleep
Often stage 2
Anytime during
Age of onsetVariableEarly childhoodLate childhood or adolescence
Occasionally in adulthood
Change with ageOften diminishes with age
May remit and recur
Diminishes with age
Gone by young adulthood
Heterogeneous course
May be less severe later in life
SymptomsFrightening dreams
Detailed story line
No motor activity
No injury
Inconsolable terror
Not associated with dream
Low-level motor activity
Autonomic activation
Injury rare
With or without fear and autonomic activation
Hallucinations or illusions possible
Stereotypical, paroxysmal motor activity
Injury possible
Sleep resumptionOften delayedUsually rapidUsually rapid
Precipitating factorsPTSD
Unusual stressors
PTSD
Sleep deprivation
Sleep deprivation
Physical and emotional stressors
FrequencyIrregular1 to 2 times per month or lessExtremely variable
Can occur in clusters
RecollectionVariableOften noneVariable
PTSD: Posttraumatic stress disorder

These seizures are clinically polymorphous but stereotypical in each patient. Seizure type varies depending on which frontal lobe region is affected.

Nocturnal seizures universally have an explosive onset, with motor symptoms such as jerking, rocking, pelvic thrusting, tonic posturing, kicking, scrambling about, and touching the bed with one’s hand. Other possible occurrences include:

  • sensory phenomena such as illusions and hallucinations, sensations of buzzing, vibration, and olfactory or gustatory sensations
  • aphasia or other vocal events, such as laughing, screaming, or making odd noises
  • fear and autonomic discharge simulating a night terror or panic attack.7

Confusion also is possible, although consciousness many times is preserved through the episode.

As with other seizures, sleep disruption exacerbates NFLE. Most patients have a normal interictal EEG.

Because NFLE is often misdiagnosed as a parasomnia, the psychiatrist needs to consider this disorder in the differential diagnosis. Any patient with a suspected parasomnia should be evaluated by a neurologist for NFLE if:

  • the nocturnal events have not ceased by young adulthood
  • events consist of prominent stereotypical motor symptoms that occur in clusters and/or have caused physical injury.

Extended history: Family stories

Ms. J’s neurologist asked whether any relatives have experienced similar nocturnal events.

Upon talking with family members, she learned that her aunt (her father’s sister) experienced nocturnal hallucinations and panic episodes well into her 50s. Her first cousin (her aunt’s daughter) also has nocturnal hallucinations and panic episodes and runs in her sleep. Two of her father’s cousins—twin brothers—were also affected. One of the brothers experienced explosive episodes, sometimes assaulting the other brother while asleep; he once had to be restrained from jumping out a window.

Other family members or surviving spouses described similar events that are clinically consistent with frontal lobe seizures. Interestingly, tic disorders run in the same branches of the family as the seizures.

Ms. J was diagnosed with autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy (ADNFLE) based on her diagnosis of NFLE and family history of similar events.

The authors’ observations

ADNFLE is an inherited disorder that displays 70% penetrance.8 Families in Australia, Canada, Spain, Japan, Korea, Germany, Great Britain, Italy, and Norway have been described with the disorder. No accurate prevalence data exist.9

Ms. J’s family traces its roots to Lithuania and White Russia (now Belarus) and is Ashkenazi Jewish. No literature describes the disorder in this population or these locations.

ADNFLE was the first genetic epilepsy to be associated with a defect in a single gene. It was recognized as a disorder in 1994, having previously been described with different names by multiple authors.

The disorderis a “channelopathy,” signifying a defective ion channel resulting in abnormal neuronal cell membrane conduction. The affected gene is the acetylcholine receptor, which is widely distributed in the brain. Missense mutations of the receptor gene lead to a change in an amino acid found in the center of the receptor pore. Ordinarily, the centers of ion channel pores are lined with hydrophobic amino acids to facilitate entrance of ions. The mutations in affected individuals result in a hydrophobic amino acid substitution. Different families display different mutations of the gene.10

In ADNFLE, there is mutation in the second transmembrane region of the alpha-4 subunit of the neuronal acetylcholine receptor. Defective receptors result in reduced channel permeability to calcium, causing fast desensitization and receptor hypoactivity. This has been postulated to cause an imbalance in excitatory/inhibitory synaptic transmission.11 Further study will elucidate the acetylcholine receptor’s relationship to brain functioning.

Treatment: Medication trial

Lamotrigine was started at 25 mg/d and titrated upward by 25 to 50 mg per week. When the dosage reached 500 mg/d, seizure frequency was reduced to once weekly.

Because Ms. J’s seizures were associated with stress and fatigue, she reduced her work hours and modified her job duties. Alcohol increased the frequency of the seizures, so she abstained from alcohol consumption. She also adhered to a consistent bedtime and slept at least 8 hours every night. After making these lifestyle modifications, Ms. J’s seizers decreased to once per month.

 

 

Why was lamotrigine chosen for Ms. J? What other drug options exist to treat sleep epilepsy?

The authors’ observations

Many clinicians consider carbamazepine the drug of choice for NFLE. Because NFLE is an epilepsy of partial onset, however, medications used to treat partial-onset epilepsy—including lamotrigine, topiramate, oxcarbazepine, gabapentin, and levetiracetam—are presumed to work as well. Because lamotrigine is considered the safest antiepileptic in pregnancy, the neurologist chose this agent for Ms. J.

Although comparative studies of antiepileptics for partial epilepsies have shown no difference in efficacy,12,13 no comparative studies of antiepileptics in NFLE have been published.

Related resources

  • Hales RE, Yudofsky SC (eds). Textbook of neuropsychiatry (3rd ed). Washington, DC: American PsychiatricPublishing,1997. Specific chapters:
  • Adams JM, Berkovic SF, Scheffer IE. Autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy. Gene Reviews. Available at: http://www.geneclinics.org/profiles/adnfle/. Accessed Dec. 22, 2003.

Drug brand names

  • Carbamazepine • Tegretol
  • Gabapentin • Neurontin
  • Lamotrigine • Lamictal
  • Levetiracetam • Keppra
  • Oxcarbazepine • Trileptal
  • Topiramate • Topamax

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Pagel JF. Nightmares and disorders of dreaming. Am Fam Phys 2000;61:2037-44.

2. Schenck CH. Parasomnias. Managing bizarre sleep-related behavior disorders. Postgrad Med 2000;107:145-56.

3. Schenck CH, Mahowald MW. Long-term, nightly benzodiazepine treatment of injurious parasomnias and other disorders of disrupted nocturnal sleep in 170 adults. Am J Med 1996;100:333-7.

4. Eisenman L, Attarian H. Sleep epilepsy. Neurology 2003;9:200-6.

5. Hirsch E, de Saint Martin A, Arzimanoglou A. New insights into the clinical management of partial epilepsies. Epilepsia 2000;41(suppl 5):S13-S17.

6. Zucconi M, Ferini-Strambi L. NREM parasomnias: arousal disorders and differentiation from nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy. Clin Neurophysiol 2000;111(suppl 2):S129-S135.

7. Williamson PD, Jobst B. Frontal lobe epilepsy. Neocortical epilepsies. Adv Neurol 2000;84:215-42.

8. Leppert MF, Singh N. Susceptibility genes in human epilepsy. Semin Neurol 1999;19:397-405.

9. Itier V, Bertrand D. Mutations of the neuronal nicotinic acetylcholine receptors and their association with ADNFLE. Clin Neurophysiol 2002;32:99-107.

10. Motamedi GK, Lesser RP. Autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy. In: Fahn S, Frucht SJ, Halett M, Truong DD (eds). Myoclonus and paroxysmal dyskinesias. Advances in neurology, vol. 89. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2002;463-9.

11. Bertrand S, Weiland S, Berkovic SF, et al. Properties of neuronal nicotinic acetylcholine receptor mutants from humans suffering from autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy. Br. J Pharmacol 1998;125:751-60.

12. Brodie MJ, Chadwick DW, Anhut A, et al. Gabapentin versus lamotrigine monotherapy: a double-blind comparison in newly diagnosed epilepsy. Epilepsia 2002;43:993-1000.

13. Nieto-Barrera M, Brozmanova M, Capovilla G, et al. A comparison of monotherapy with lamotrigine or carbamazepine in patients with newly diagnosed partial epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 2001;46(2):145-55.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Lisa M. Cantor, MD
Adjunct assistant professor of family medicine

Roy H. Jacobson, MD
Assistant professor of family medicine

Robert M. Cantor, MD
Associate professor of radiology

Department of family medicine University of Cincinnati College of Medicine

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(02)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
65-72
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Lisa M. Cantor, MD
Adjunct assistant professor of family medicine

Roy H. Jacobson, MD
Assistant professor of family medicine

Robert M. Cantor, MD
Associate professor of radiology

Department of family medicine University of Cincinnati College of Medicine

Author and Disclosure Information

Lisa M. Cantor, MD
Adjunct assistant professor of family medicine

Roy H. Jacobson, MD
Assistant professor of family medicine

Robert M. Cantor, MD
Associate professor of radiology

Department of family medicine University of Cincinnati College of Medicine

Article PDF
Article PDF

History: Terrors at age 8

Ms. J, age 35, began having sleepwalking episodes at age 8. At times they involved odd behaviors, such as carrying her brother’s shirt into the bathroom, placing it into the sink, and turning on the water.

As a child, Ms. J also began experiencing nocturnal awakenings characterized by panic and shouting. She sometimes saw a frightening image, usually of something falling on her. She would promptly return to sleep after each incident and had trouble remembering the event the next morning. The sleepwalking and awakening occurred monthly—more often when she was under stress or fatigued—until her early 20s.

At age 21, Ms. J. was under severe stress while preparing for a crucial graduate school examination and was losing much sleep. At this point, the episodes began to occur once or twice nightly.

She consulted a sleep specialist. EEG results were normal, but a sleep study was not helpful because she experienced no events that night. The specialist diagnosed Ms. J as having night terrors and prescribed clonazepam, 0.5 mg nightly. The agent did not prevent the events, but their frequency returned to baseline after Ms. J took her exam.

Were Ms. J’s clinical presentation and course consistent with night terrors? How would you treat her symptoms at this point?

The authors’ observations

Night terrors are an arousal disorder that usually begins in early childhood and affects 1% to 4% of the population.1 The disorder usually disappears before puberty.

Episodes of this parasomnia typically occur one to four times each month and can last several minutes. They are characterized by sudden awakenings with panic, disorientation, vocalization, and autonomic discharge. Patients sometimes see a frightening image. The events occur in stage 4 sleep, usually soon after falling asleep. Disorientation and a prompt return to sleep may follow.2 Sleeptalking and sleepwalking may also be present. The patient often cannot remember the event the next morning.

At this point, night terrors are a reasonable explanation for Ms. J’s nocturnal phenomena. Benzodiazepines, especially clonazepam, have been shown to decrease night terror frequency.3

Continued history: A new mother’s stress

At age 34, Ms. J gave birth to her first child. Weeks later, the nocturnal events began to occur at least three times nightly—every hour on some nights. Because their frequency disrupted her sleep, Ms. J constantly felt tired. Stress, emotional upset, and sleep deprivation exacerbated the events, which were stereotypical and included:

  • sudden jerking of the right upper and/or lower extremities
  • sudden sitting up and posing with the right arm flexed and internally rotated
  • hallucinations of spiders or people
  • sudden body flexion accompanied by an “electric shock” sensation in the head
  • sitting up in bed, touching and picking at the sheets
  • nonsensical speech after sitting up in bed
  • sudden fear that Ms. J’s baby was hurt or dead, accompanied by searching the bed and under the pillow for the baby
  • episodes of panic often accompanied by crying out, jumping out of bed and—in some cases—running.

Several times she ran down the stairs and out of the house while asleep. During one event, she jumped out of bed and fractured her foot. In another, she jumped from the bed and ran headfirst into a wall, causing bruising but no severe injury.

Each event was accompanied by confusion for 10 seconds to 3 minutes. Ms. J remembered about one-half the events; her husband described the remainder. She invariably returned to sleep immediately after each event.

A second sleep specialist diagnosed Ms. J as having night terrors. Unsatisfied with the diagnosis, she consulted a neurologist who specialized in epilepsy. The neurologist diagnosed her as having nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy (NFLE) based on her history. A video EEG study—which showed spike and wave activity in the left frontal lobe during the nocturnal events—confirmed the diagnosis. The events all occurred during stage 2 sleep.

Is Ms. J’s latest diagnosis on target? Which clinical features in her case would differentiate sleep epilepsy from parasomnias?

The authors’ observations

Frontal lobe epilepsy can take many forms. Seizures can occur during sleep and/or while awake and consist of sudden, brief (<1 minute) motor attacks occurring in clusters. The prevalence of sleep epilepsy among persons with seizure disorders has been estimated at 7.5% to 45%, based on studies of small patient populations.4

Nocturnal frontal lobe seizures:

  • occur only in non-REM (usually stage 2) sleep.
  • can occur at any time of night
  • usually begin in middle childhood to early adolescence, but onset in early childhood or adulthood has been reported.5 Seizures usually subside during adulthood (Table).6

Table

Characteristics of parasomnias and nocturnal epilepsy

 

 

 Nightmare (adult)Night terrorNocturnal epilepsy
Incidence5 to 10%1 to 3%Unknown
Sleep stageDuring REM
Anytime during the night the night
Stage 4
In first few hours of sleep
Often stage 2
Anytime during
Age of onsetVariableEarly childhoodLate childhood or adolescence
Occasionally in adulthood
Change with ageOften diminishes with age
May remit and recur
Diminishes with age
Gone by young adulthood
Heterogeneous course
May be less severe later in life
SymptomsFrightening dreams
Detailed story line
No motor activity
No injury
Inconsolable terror
Not associated with dream
Low-level motor activity
Autonomic activation
Injury rare
With or without fear and autonomic activation
Hallucinations or illusions possible
Stereotypical, paroxysmal motor activity
Injury possible
Sleep resumptionOften delayedUsually rapidUsually rapid
Precipitating factorsPTSD
Unusual stressors
PTSD
Sleep deprivation
Sleep deprivation
Physical and emotional stressors
FrequencyIrregular1 to 2 times per month or lessExtremely variable
Can occur in clusters
RecollectionVariableOften noneVariable
PTSD: Posttraumatic stress disorder

These seizures are clinically polymorphous but stereotypical in each patient. Seizure type varies depending on which frontal lobe region is affected.

Nocturnal seizures universally have an explosive onset, with motor symptoms such as jerking, rocking, pelvic thrusting, tonic posturing, kicking, scrambling about, and touching the bed with one’s hand. Other possible occurrences include:

  • sensory phenomena such as illusions and hallucinations, sensations of buzzing, vibration, and olfactory or gustatory sensations
  • aphasia or other vocal events, such as laughing, screaming, or making odd noises
  • fear and autonomic discharge simulating a night terror or panic attack.7

Confusion also is possible, although consciousness many times is preserved through the episode.

As with other seizures, sleep disruption exacerbates NFLE. Most patients have a normal interictal EEG.

Because NFLE is often misdiagnosed as a parasomnia, the psychiatrist needs to consider this disorder in the differential diagnosis. Any patient with a suspected parasomnia should be evaluated by a neurologist for NFLE if:

  • the nocturnal events have not ceased by young adulthood
  • events consist of prominent stereotypical motor symptoms that occur in clusters and/or have caused physical injury.

Extended history: Family stories

Ms. J’s neurologist asked whether any relatives have experienced similar nocturnal events.

Upon talking with family members, she learned that her aunt (her father’s sister) experienced nocturnal hallucinations and panic episodes well into her 50s. Her first cousin (her aunt’s daughter) also has nocturnal hallucinations and panic episodes and runs in her sleep. Two of her father’s cousins—twin brothers—were also affected. One of the brothers experienced explosive episodes, sometimes assaulting the other brother while asleep; he once had to be restrained from jumping out a window.

Other family members or surviving spouses described similar events that are clinically consistent with frontal lobe seizures. Interestingly, tic disorders run in the same branches of the family as the seizures.

Ms. J was diagnosed with autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy (ADNFLE) based on her diagnosis of NFLE and family history of similar events.

The authors’ observations

ADNFLE is an inherited disorder that displays 70% penetrance.8 Families in Australia, Canada, Spain, Japan, Korea, Germany, Great Britain, Italy, and Norway have been described with the disorder. No accurate prevalence data exist.9

Ms. J’s family traces its roots to Lithuania and White Russia (now Belarus) and is Ashkenazi Jewish. No literature describes the disorder in this population or these locations.

ADNFLE was the first genetic epilepsy to be associated with a defect in a single gene. It was recognized as a disorder in 1994, having previously been described with different names by multiple authors.

The disorderis a “channelopathy,” signifying a defective ion channel resulting in abnormal neuronal cell membrane conduction. The affected gene is the acetylcholine receptor, which is widely distributed in the brain. Missense mutations of the receptor gene lead to a change in an amino acid found in the center of the receptor pore. Ordinarily, the centers of ion channel pores are lined with hydrophobic amino acids to facilitate entrance of ions. The mutations in affected individuals result in a hydrophobic amino acid substitution. Different families display different mutations of the gene.10

In ADNFLE, there is mutation in the second transmembrane region of the alpha-4 subunit of the neuronal acetylcholine receptor. Defective receptors result in reduced channel permeability to calcium, causing fast desensitization and receptor hypoactivity. This has been postulated to cause an imbalance in excitatory/inhibitory synaptic transmission.11 Further study will elucidate the acetylcholine receptor’s relationship to brain functioning.

Treatment: Medication trial

Lamotrigine was started at 25 mg/d and titrated upward by 25 to 50 mg per week. When the dosage reached 500 mg/d, seizure frequency was reduced to once weekly.

Because Ms. J’s seizures were associated with stress and fatigue, she reduced her work hours and modified her job duties. Alcohol increased the frequency of the seizures, so she abstained from alcohol consumption. She also adhered to a consistent bedtime and slept at least 8 hours every night. After making these lifestyle modifications, Ms. J’s seizers decreased to once per month.

 

 

Why was lamotrigine chosen for Ms. J? What other drug options exist to treat sleep epilepsy?

The authors’ observations

Many clinicians consider carbamazepine the drug of choice for NFLE. Because NFLE is an epilepsy of partial onset, however, medications used to treat partial-onset epilepsy—including lamotrigine, topiramate, oxcarbazepine, gabapentin, and levetiracetam—are presumed to work as well. Because lamotrigine is considered the safest antiepileptic in pregnancy, the neurologist chose this agent for Ms. J.

Although comparative studies of antiepileptics for partial epilepsies have shown no difference in efficacy,12,13 no comparative studies of antiepileptics in NFLE have been published.

Related resources

  • Hales RE, Yudofsky SC (eds). Textbook of neuropsychiatry (3rd ed). Washington, DC: American PsychiatricPublishing,1997. Specific chapters:
  • Adams JM, Berkovic SF, Scheffer IE. Autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy. Gene Reviews. Available at: http://www.geneclinics.org/profiles/adnfle/. Accessed Dec. 22, 2003.

Drug brand names

  • Carbamazepine • Tegretol
  • Gabapentin • Neurontin
  • Lamotrigine • Lamictal
  • Levetiracetam • Keppra
  • Oxcarbazepine • Trileptal
  • Topiramate • Topamax

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

History: Terrors at age 8

Ms. J, age 35, began having sleepwalking episodes at age 8. At times they involved odd behaviors, such as carrying her brother’s shirt into the bathroom, placing it into the sink, and turning on the water.

As a child, Ms. J also began experiencing nocturnal awakenings characterized by panic and shouting. She sometimes saw a frightening image, usually of something falling on her. She would promptly return to sleep after each incident and had trouble remembering the event the next morning. The sleepwalking and awakening occurred monthly—more often when she was under stress or fatigued—until her early 20s.

At age 21, Ms. J. was under severe stress while preparing for a crucial graduate school examination and was losing much sleep. At this point, the episodes began to occur once or twice nightly.

She consulted a sleep specialist. EEG results were normal, but a sleep study was not helpful because she experienced no events that night. The specialist diagnosed Ms. J as having night terrors and prescribed clonazepam, 0.5 mg nightly. The agent did not prevent the events, but their frequency returned to baseline after Ms. J took her exam.

Were Ms. J’s clinical presentation and course consistent with night terrors? How would you treat her symptoms at this point?

The authors’ observations

Night terrors are an arousal disorder that usually begins in early childhood and affects 1% to 4% of the population.1 The disorder usually disappears before puberty.

Episodes of this parasomnia typically occur one to four times each month and can last several minutes. They are characterized by sudden awakenings with panic, disorientation, vocalization, and autonomic discharge. Patients sometimes see a frightening image. The events occur in stage 4 sleep, usually soon after falling asleep. Disorientation and a prompt return to sleep may follow.2 Sleeptalking and sleepwalking may also be present. The patient often cannot remember the event the next morning.

At this point, night terrors are a reasonable explanation for Ms. J’s nocturnal phenomena. Benzodiazepines, especially clonazepam, have been shown to decrease night terror frequency.3

Continued history: A new mother’s stress

At age 34, Ms. J gave birth to her first child. Weeks later, the nocturnal events began to occur at least three times nightly—every hour on some nights. Because their frequency disrupted her sleep, Ms. J constantly felt tired. Stress, emotional upset, and sleep deprivation exacerbated the events, which were stereotypical and included:

  • sudden jerking of the right upper and/or lower extremities
  • sudden sitting up and posing with the right arm flexed and internally rotated
  • hallucinations of spiders or people
  • sudden body flexion accompanied by an “electric shock” sensation in the head
  • sitting up in bed, touching and picking at the sheets
  • nonsensical speech after sitting up in bed
  • sudden fear that Ms. J’s baby was hurt or dead, accompanied by searching the bed and under the pillow for the baby
  • episodes of panic often accompanied by crying out, jumping out of bed and—in some cases—running.

Several times she ran down the stairs and out of the house while asleep. During one event, she jumped out of bed and fractured her foot. In another, she jumped from the bed and ran headfirst into a wall, causing bruising but no severe injury.

Each event was accompanied by confusion for 10 seconds to 3 minutes. Ms. J remembered about one-half the events; her husband described the remainder. She invariably returned to sleep immediately after each event.

A second sleep specialist diagnosed Ms. J as having night terrors. Unsatisfied with the diagnosis, she consulted a neurologist who specialized in epilepsy. The neurologist diagnosed her as having nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy (NFLE) based on her history. A video EEG study—which showed spike and wave activity in the left frontal lobe during the nocturnal events—confirmed the diagnosis. The events all occurred during stage 2 sleep.

Is Ms. J’s latest diagnosis on target? Which clinical features in her case would differentiate sleep epilepsy from parasomnias?

The authors’ observations

Frontal lobe epilepsy can take many forms. Seizures can occur during sleep and/or while awake and consist of sudden, brief (<1 minute) motor attacks occurring in clusters. The prevalence of sleep epilepsy among persons with seizure disorders has been estimated at 7.5% to 45%, based on studies of small patient populations.4

Nocturnal frontal lobe seizures:

  • occur only in non-REM (usually stage 2) sleep.
  • can occur at any time of night
  • usually begin in middle childhood to early adolescence, but onset in early childhood or adulthood has been reported.5 Seizures usually subside during adulthood (Table).6

Table

Characteristics of parasomnias and nocturnal epilepsy

 

 

 Nightmare (adult)Night terrorNocturnal epilepsy
Incidence5 to 10%1 to 3%Unknown
Sleep stageDuring REM
Anytime during the night the night
Stage 4
In first few hours of sleep
Often stage 2
Anytime during
Age of onsetVariableEarly childhoodLate childhood or adolescence
Occasionally in adulthood
Change with ageOften diminishes with age
May remit and recur
Diminishes with age
Gone by young adulthood
Heterogeneous course
May be less severe later in life
SymptomsFrightening dreams
Detailed story line
No motor activity
No injury
Inconsolable terror
Not associated with dream
Low-level motor activity
Autonomic activation
Injury rare
With or without fear and autonomic activation
Hallucinations or illusions possible
Stereotypical, paroxysmal motor activity
Injury possible
Sleep resumptionOften delayedUsually rapidUsually rapid
Precipitating factorsPTSD
Unusual stressors
PTSD
Sleep deprivation
Sleep deprivation
Physical and emotional stressors
FrequencyIrregular1 to 2 times per month or lessExtremely variable
Can occur in clusters
RecollectionVariableOften noneVariable
PTSD: Posttraumatic stress disorder

These seizures are clinically polymorphous but stereotypical in each patient. Seizure type varies depending on which frontal lobe region is affected.

Nocturnal seizures universally have an explosive onset, with motor symptoms such as jerking, rocking, pelvic thrusting, tonic posturing, kicking, scrambling about, and touching the bed with one’s hand. Other possible occurrences include:

  • sensory phenomena such as illusions and hallucinations, sensations of buzzing, vibration, and olfactory or gustatory sensations
  • aphasia or other vocal events, such as laughing, screaming, or making odd noises
  • fear and autonomic discharge simulating a night terror or panic attack.7

Confusion also is possible, although consciousness many times is preserved through the episode.

As with other seizures, sleep disruption exacerbates NFLE. Most patients have a normal interictal EEG.

Because NFLE is often misdiagnosed as a parasomnia, the psychiatrist needs to consider this disorder in the differential diagnosis. Any patient with a suspected parasomnia should be evaluated by a neurologist for NFLE if:

  • the nocturnal events have not ceased by young adulthood
  • events consist of prominent stereotypical motor symptoms that occur in clusters and/or have caused physical injury.

Extended history: Family stories

Ms. J’s neurologist asked whether any relatives have experienced similar nocturnal events.

Upon talking with family members, she learned that her aunt (her father’s sister) experienced nocturnal hallucinations and panic episodes well into her 50s. Her first cousin (her aunt’s daughter) also has nocturnal hallucinations and panic episodes and runs in her sleep. Two of her father’s cousins—twin brothers—were also affected. One of the brothers experienced explosive episodes, sometimes assaulting the other brother while asleep; he once had to be restrained from jumping out a window.

Other family members or surviving spouses described similar events that are clinically consistent with frontal lobe seizures. Interestingly, tic disorders run in the same branches of the family as the seizures.

Ms. J was diagnosed with autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy (ADNFLE) based on her diagnosis of NFLE and family history of similar events.

The authors’ observations

ADNFLE is an inherited disorder that displays 70% penetrance.8 Families in Australia, Canada, Spain, Japan, Korea, Germany, Great Britain, Italy, and Norway have been described with the disorder. No accurate prevalence data exist.9

Ms. J’s family traces its roots to Lithuania and White Russia (now Belarus) and is Ashkenazi Jewish. No literature describes the disorder in this population or these locations.

ADNFLE was the first genetic epilepsy to be associated with a defect in a single gene. It was recognized as a disorder in 1994, having previously been described with different names by multiple authors.

The disorderis a “channelopathy,” signifying a defective ion channel resulting in abnormal neuronal cell membrane conduction. The affected gene is the acetylcholine receptor, which is widely distributed in the brain. Missense mutations of the receptor gene lead to a change in an amino acid found in the center of the receptor pore. Ordinarily, the centers of ion channel pores are lined with hydrophobic amino acids to facilitate entrance of ions. The mutations in affected individuals result in a hydrophobic amino acid substitution. Different families display different mutations of the gene.10

In ADNFLE, there is mutation in the second transmembrane region of the alpha-4 subunit of the neuronal acetylcholine receptor. Defective receptors result in reduced channel permeability to calcium, causing fast desensitization and receptor hypoactivity. This has been postulated to cause an imbalance in excitatory/inhibitory synaptic transmission.11 Further study will elucidate the acetylcholine receptor’s relationship to brain functioning.

Treatment: Medication trial

Lamotrigine was started at 25 mg/d and titrated upward by 25 to 50 mg per week. When the dosage reached 500 mg/d, seizure frequency was reduced to once weekly.

Because Ms. J’s seizures were associated with stress and fatigue, she reduced her work hours and modified her job duties. Alcohol increased the frequency of the seizures, so she abstained from alcohol consumption. She also adhered to a consistent bedtime and slept at least 8 hours every night. After making these lifestyle modifications, Ms. J’s seizers decreased to once per month.

 

 

Why was lamotrigine chosen for Ms. J? What other drug options exist to treat sleep epilepsy?

The authors’ observations

Many clinicians consider carbamazepine the drug of choice for NFLE. Because NFLE is an epilepsy of partial onset, however, medications used to treat partial-onset epilepsy—including lamotrigine, topiramate, oxcarbazepine, gabapentin, and levetiracetam—are presumed to work as well. Because lamotrigine is considered the safest antiepileptic in pregnancy, the neurologist chose this agent for Ms. J.

Although comparative studies of antiepileptics for partial epilepsies have shown no difference in efficacy,12,13 no comparative studies of antiepileptics in NFLE have been published.

Related resources

  • Hales RE, Yudofsky SC (eds). Textbook of neuropsychiatry (3rd ed). Washington, DC: American PsychiatricPublishing,1997. Specific chapters:
  • Adams JM, Berkovic SF, Scheffer IE. Autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy. Gene Reviews. Available at: http://www.geneclinics.org/profiles/adnfle/. Accessed Dec. 22, 2003.

Drug brand names

  • Carbamazepine • Tegretol
  • Gabapentin • Neurontin
  • Lamotrigine • Lamictal
  • Levetiracetam • Keppra
  • Oxcarbazepine • Trileptal
  • Topiramate • Topamax

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Pagel JF. Nightmares and disorders of dreaming. Am Fam Phys 2000;61:2037-44.

2. Schenck CH. Parasomnias. Managing bizarre sleep-related behavior disorders. Postgrad Med 2000;107:145-56.

3. Schenck CH, Mahowald MW. Long-term, nightly benzodiazepine treatment of injurious parasomnias and other disorders of disrupted nocturnal sleep in 170 adults. Am J Med 1996;100:333-7.

4. Eisenman L, Attarian H. Sleep epilepsy. Neurology 2003;9:200-6.

5. Hirsch E, de Saint Martin A, Arzimanoglou A. New insights into the clinical management of partial epilepsies. Epilepsia 2000;41(suppl 5):S13-S17.

6. Zucconi M, Ferini-Strambi L. NREM parasomnias: arousal disorders and differentiation from nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy. Clin Neurophysiol 2000;111(suppl 2):S129-S135.

7. Williamson PD, Jobst B. Frontal lobe epilepsy. Neocortical epilepsies. Adv Neurol 2000;84:215-42.

8. Leppert MF, Singh N. Susceptibility genes in human epilepsy. Semin Neurol 1999;19:397-405.

9. Itier V, Bertrand D. Mutations of the neuronal nicotinic acetylcholine receptors and their association with ADNFLE. Clin Neurophysiol 2002;32:99-107.

10. Motamedi GK, Lesser RP. Autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy. In: Fahn S, Frucht SJ, Halett M, Truong DD (eds). Myoclonus and paroxysmal dyskinesias. Advances in neurology, vol. 89. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2002;463-9.

11. Bertrand S, Weiland S, Berkovic SF, et al. Properties of neuronal nicotinic acetylcholine receptor mutants from humans suffering from autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy. Br. J Pharmacol 1998;125:751-60.

12. Brodie MJ, Chadwick DW, Anhut A, et al. Gabapentin versus lamotrigine monotherapy: a double-blind comparison in newly diagnosed epilepsy. Epilepsia 2002;43:993-1000.

13. Nieto-Barrera M, Brozmanova M, Capovilla G, et al. A comparison of monotherapy with lamotrigine or carbamazepine in patients with newly diagnosed partial epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 2001;46(2):145-55.

References

1. Pagel JF. Nightmares and disorders of dreaming. Am Fam Phys 2000;61:2037-44.

2. Schenck CH. Parasomnias. Managing bizarre sleep-related behavior disorders. Postgrad Med 2000;107:145-56.

3. Schenck CH, Mahowald MW. Long-term, nightly benzodiazepine treatment of injurious parasomnias and other disorders of disrupted nocturnal sleep in 170 adults. Am J Med 1996;100:333-7.

4. Eisenman L, Attarian H. Sleep epilepsy. Neurology 2003;9:200-6.

5. Hirsch E, de Saint Martin A, Arzimanoglou A. New insights into the clinical management of partial epilepsies. Epilepsia 2000;41(suppl 5):S13-S17.

6. Zucconi M, Ferini-Strambi L. NREM parasomnias: arousal disorders and differentiation from nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy. Clin Neurophysiol 2000;111(suppl 2):S129-S135.

7. Williamson PD, Jobst B. Frontal lobe epilepsy. Neocortical epilepsies. Adv Neurol 2000;84:215-42.

8. Leppert MF, Singh N. Susceptibility genes in human epilepsy. Semin Neurol 1999;19:397-405.

9. Itier V, Bertrand D. Mutations of the neuronal nicotinic acetylcholine receptors and their association with ADNFLE. Clin Neurophysiol 2002;32:99-107.

10. Motamedi GK, Lesser RP. Autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy. In: Fahn S, Frucht SJ, Halett M, Truong DD (eds). Myoclonus and paroxysmal dyskinesias. Advances in neurology, vol. 89. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2002;463-9.

11. Bertrand S, Weiland S, Berkovic SF, et al. Properties of neuronal nicotinic acetylcholine receptor mutants from humans suffering from autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy. Br. J Pharmacol 1998;125:751-60.

12. Brodie MJ, Chadwick DW, Anhut A, et al. Gabapentin versus lamotrigine monotherapy: a double-blind comparison in newly diagnosed epilepsy. Epilepsia 2002;43:993-1000.

13. Nieto-Barrera M, Brozmanova M, Capovilla G, et al. A comparison of monotherapy with lamotrigine or carbamazepine in patients with newly diagnosed partial epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 2001;46(2):145-55.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(02)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(02)
Page Number
65-72
Page Number
65-72
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Night terrors: a family affair
Display Headline
Night terrors: a family affair
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

When a patient threatens terrorism

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:31
Display Headline
When a patient threatens terrorism

Mr. Z, age 38, came to the United States from a predominantly Islamic country to study science and engineering. While in graduate school, he was seen by a primary care physician for complaints of hypersomnia; reduced appetite with an approximate 15-lb weight loss; impaired concentration and memory, which hurt his academic performance; low energy; and occasional thoughts about dying.

Mr. Z’s physical examination and lab results were unremarkable, and he reported no psychiatric history. He was diagnosed with depression and was prescribed sertraline, 50 mg/d, but he refused to take it. He declined referral to a psychiatrist but agreed to weekly psychotherapy with a psychology intern at the student mental health center.

During therapy, Mr. Z said he constantly felt lonely. He feared being ostracized because of his Islamic beliefs and lifestyle, yet reported tremendous guilt over violating Islamic codes forbidding premarital sex. He told his therapist that his longing for a romantic relationship was “contaminating” his soul, and fantasized that death would free him of impure, sexual thoughts.

The severity of Mr. Z’s depression and his preoccupation with death alarmed the therapist. She referred him to a clinic psychiatrist, but Mr. Z refused to see him, saying that his depression was a punishment from God for his sexual sins. He vowed to repent by undergoing psychotherapy.

Continued therapy: A ‘religious awakening’

During the first 4 months of therapy, Mr. Z’s Beck Depression Inventory score fell from 32 to 17, indicating mild depression.

Mr. Z then reported that he experienced a “religious awakening” and began describing his mood and experiences in religious terms. He thanked his therapist for “saving his soul.”

The therapist was stunned by Mr. Z’s sudden transformation in mood and affect. He slept 7 to 8 hours a night, and his academic performance improved dramatically. He exhibited stable (though bright) affect and no thought disorder. His therapist viewed his use of religious terminology, though significant, as a cultural artifact because there were no signs of psychosis. Although no objective signs of mania or hypomania were apparent, the therapist suspected he might have bipolar disorder. She again tried unsuccessfully to refer him to a psychiatrist.

Then came Sept. 11, 2001.

Mr. Z was traumatized by the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon. He feared a backlash against Muslims in the United States but showed no signs of paranoia.

A few months later, however, Mr. Z became preoccupied with the attacks and harbored conspiracy theories alleging that the United States government had committed them. His speech was rapid and pressured, and he slept only 2 to 3 hours nightly. We later learned that he had not attended class for months and only sporadically showed up for lab work.

Mr. Z then began to fear he was under surveillance and that his visa would be revoked. His affect became increasingly intense during psychotherapy, and he frequently used religious metaphors and concepts. His therapist realized he was suffering a worsening manic episode, although suicidal or homicidal thoughts were not present.

Down with ‘nonbelievers’

During a subsequent session, Mr. Z reported that he had become engaged to marry a well-known supermodel. He also announced a plan to “rid the world of nonbelievers”—people who were not devout Christians, Jews, or Muslims. His three-stage plan called for:

  • gently persuading nonbelievers to change their beliefs and lifestyles
  • threatening nonbelievers who did not repent after polite persuasion
  • “eliminating all the nonbelievers” who did not respond to intimidation.

Mr. Z viewed his therapist as “commander of the believers” and considered the three-phased plan to be her will. She questioned Mr. Z extensively about how, when, and against whom he intended to carry out this plan. He identified no specific targets, but did say, “I’ll know what do to when the time comes. I am an engineer, and I know a lot about explosives.”

The therapist then recommended an emergency psychiatric evaluation, which Mr. Z declined. She immediately notified the mental health clinic’s attending psychiatrist.

What are the therapist’s options? Can Mr. Z be involuntarily committed based on his threats of violence against “nonbelievers?”

Dr. Kennedy’s and Dr. Klafter’s observations

Two legal principles justify involuntary commitment of a patient who poses a threat to himself or the public:

Police power refers to the government’s role in maintaining public safety. State commitment statutes usually require that a mentally ill person pose a significant and imminent threat to the public. The psychiatrist who files an affidavit alleging danger does not need absolute certainty or perfect information but must act in good faith.1

 

 

Parens patriae, or paternalism, refers to government intervention on behalf of persons incapable of managing their lives.1

Psychiatric treatment of unwilling patients is possible in some states. Family members and/or mental health professionals can petition the court to compel outpatient psychiatric treatment.

Because an emergency evaluation produces a thorough and controlled psychiatric assessment (and minimal deprivation of personal liberty), a psychiatrist with any doubt about the patient’s condition should move toward commitment.

Box 1

Involuntary commitment: How the legal process works

Psychiatric patients can be involuntarily committed through a two-step process: emergency hospitalization and judicial commitment.

Laws vary from state to state but they usually allow mental health professionals and law enforcement officials to complete a written statement documenting their belief that an individual suffers from a mental illness and poses substantial danger to self or others.

This form allows police to civilly arrest and transport the individual to a hospital for an emergency evaluation. The hospital then must complete the evaluation within a specified period, usually 24 hours.

If the evaluator finds that the individual is mentally ill and dangerous, he or she must then file an affidavit with the probate court, again within a specified period.

A court hearing is then scheduled. The individual is usually granted due-process rights, including the right to an attorney and an independent psychiatric evaluation. The judge then must decide whether the individual is mentally ill and dangerous, usually based on a “clear and convincing” evidence standard.

Before resorting to legal coercion, try scheduling more-frequent appointments to monitor symptom progression. This would allow faster response when civil commitment criteria are met.

A psychiatrist or other mental health professional can request an emergency evaluation based on information from a knowledgeable intermediary or family member—even if the clinician did not recently or directly interview the patient.2 For example, a psychologist could receive information from a case manager who encountered the patient decompensating. It would be impractical to require a psychiatrist to see a decompensating patient before an evaluation can be ordered.

Hospitalization: A ‘blood-drinking monster’

With no security staff immediately available, the attending psychiatrist and therapist sent Mr. Z home.

The psychiatrist then submitted an application for involuntary hospitalization—in which the doctor summarized the case—and faxed it to the local psychiatric emergency service. The police were notified and—after verifying that the appropriate paperwork had been completed—arrested Mr. Z at his home and brought him to the emergency service for an assessment. Mr. Z was then hospitalized. (Box 1).

Mr. Z was found to be harboring bizarre, grandiose, persecutory, and religious delusions. He claimed that a blood-drinking monster was lurking inside the hospital, and that his hospitalization was part of a conspiracy to persecute Muslims. He considered the Sept. 11 attacks fictitious and claimed that widely broadcast television news footage of the attacks was a computer-animated video. The patient refused all medications while hospitalized.

After 3 days, the court ordered Mr. Z’s discharge, citing lack of evidence that he posed any danger to self or others. At his mental health probate hearing, he managed to conceal his psychotic symptoms while testifying. The court expressed concern over his technical training in explosives but ruled that he was not dangerous because he had never used this knowledge to commit violence.

Upon discharge, Mr. Z declined outpatient psychiatric treatment. The therapist then told Mr. Z that she would terminate psychotherapy after two sessions unless he visited a psychiatrist. Mr. Z again refused, and psychotherapy was terminated.

Box 2

Terminating patient care: When 30 days’ notice is not appropriate

Although 30 days’ notice is generally appropriate for terminating a provider-patient relationship, a longer or shorter period may be needed depending on:

  • Reason for termination. Immediate termination can be justified if the patient has assaulted or threatened the clinician.
  • Provider-patient relationship duration. In general, the shorter the relationship, the more leeway there is toward shortening the required notice.
  • Type of care being provided. Psychiatric care involving medications or highly intensive interventions calls for longer notice to effect a smooth transition to the next caregiver.
  • Availability of alternatives. The general wait time to obtain a new-intake appointment with another psychiatrist needs to be factored into the length of notice.

Letters and notes regarding termination can be used as evidence in court proceedings. When judging a patient abandonment case, the courts will rely on documentation of the reasons for termination and the process used to end treatment.

Source: Slovenko R. Law in psychiatry. New York: Brunner-Routledge, 2002:770-1.

Would you terminate psychotherapy at this point? Could the therapist’s actions be viewed as patient abandonment?

 

 

Dr. Kennedy’s and Dr. Klafter’s observations

The formation of a professional relationship establishes a duty of care and requires the clinician to provide reasonable notice of termination and alternative sources of care. Although 30 days’ notice is generally appropriate, several factors may dictate the need for more or less notice (Box 2).

In Mr. Z’s case, we view the psychologist’s behavior as appropriate because:

  • Without psychotropics, Mr. Z’s psychosis would likely persist. To continue treating him with psychotherapy alone would fall below the standard of care.
  • By threatening to terminate psychotherapy, the therapist tried to use the patient’s transference and desire to maintain the therapeutic relationship as an incentive to accept medication.

Continued observation: A clue from the past

Mr. Z’s brother, who was contacted by the treatment team, reported that the patient had never been violent. He did note, however, that as an adolescent Mr. Z talked about joining a terrorist organization, though he had never followed through. The brother tried to persuade Mr. Z to leave school and live with him on the West Coast, but he instead chose to continue his studies.

Mr. Z’s hospital treatment team realized that his continued work in engineering—where he had access to explosive materials—posed a significant risk given his impaired judgment. Acting on a forensic expert’s advice, the team warned university officials about Mr. Z’s mental state and preoccupation with violence. The FBI was also contacted.

Was the treatment team justified in reporting Mr. Z’s behavior to authorities, even though he never identified any potential victims?

Dr. Kennedy’s and Dr. Klafter’s observations

Various legislative and judicial remedies—some more restrictive than others—address the psychiatrist’s duty to third parties:3

  • Some states require psychiatrists to notify or protect third parties when any danger is foreseeable, regardless of threat or victim.
  • Other states require specific threats but charge the psychiatrist with foreseeing all potential victims regardless of whether they were named.
  • Still other states limit protection to identifiable victims, even if no threat is issued.
  • In some states the psychiatrist is responsible only if the patient makes specific threats to identifiable victims.

Again, psychiatrists need to make their best professional judgments in good faith about risk of violence. Hospitalizing a threatening patient provides the most protection to third parties, but this option is intrusive, coercive, and is not always appropriate or feasible. If the threat is directed toward the public rather than specific individuals or groups, law enforcement agencies can reduce the risk somewhat through monitoring and surveillance.

Although it is a judgment call, clinicians should notify:

  • all persons or organizations against whom a patient might commit violence
  • and those who might be targeted as instruments for violence towards others, such as family members who have guns the patient could obtain.

A terrorist would not likely seek psychiatric help relative to his goals of terrorism because such behavior is not rooted in major mental illness. However, the heightened sense of paranoia and anxiety created by events involving terrorism, religious animosity, and hatred provide patients who struggle with psychosis an outlet for their paranoia. As such, we should take a patient’s terroristic threats seriously.

Conclusion: Going home

The university granted Mr. Z medical leave and placed him on academic probation for 2 months, during which he returned to his native country to stay with his parents.

The faculty later dismissed Mr. Z from the program, citing poor academic and laboratory performance. His visa expired, with renewal contingent upon enrollment in a full-time academic program.

Related resources

Drug brand names

  • Sertraline • Zoloft

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Rosner R (ed) Principles and practice of forensic psychiatry (2nd ed). New York: Oxford University Press, 2003:108.

2. Ohio Revised Code section 5122.10.

3. Felthous AR, Kachigian CK. The fin de millenaire duty to warn or protect. J Forensic Sci 2003;46:1103-12.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

John Kennedy, MD, MHA
Assistant professor of clinical psychiatry Clinical director, Institute for Psychiatry and Law

Andrew Klafter, MD
Assistant professor of clinical psychiatry Assistant director of residency training

Department of psychiatry University of Cincinnati College of Medicine

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(01)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
80-87
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

John Kennedy, MD, MHA
Assistant professor of clinical psychiatry Clinical director, Institute for Psychiatry and Law

Andrew Klafter, MD
Assistant professor of clinical psychiatry Assistant director of residency training

Department of psychiatry University of Cincinnati College of Medicine

Author and Disclosure Information

John Kennedy, MD, MHA
Assistant professor of clinical psychiatry Clinical director, Institute for Psychiatry and Law

Andrew Klafter, MD
Assistant professor of clinical psychiatry Assistant director of residency training

Department of psychiatry University of Cincinnati College of Medicine

Article PDF
Article PDF

Mr. Z, age 38, came to the United States from a predominantly Islamic country to study science and engineering. While in graduate school, he was seen by a primary care physician for complaints of hypersomnia; reduced appetite with an approximate 15-lb weight loss; impaired concentration and memory, which hurt his academic performance; low energy; and occasional thoughts about dying.

Mr. Z’s physical examination and lab results were unremarkable, and he reported no psychiatric history. He was diagnosed with depression and was prescribed sertraline, 50 mg/d, but he refused to take it. He declined referral to a psychiatrist but agreed to weekly psychotherapy with a psychology intern at the student mental health center.

During therapy, Mr. Z said he constantly felt lonely. He feared being ostracized because of his Islamic beliefs and lifestyle, yet reported tremendous guilt over violating Islamic codes forbidding premarital sex. He told his therapist that his longing for a romantic relationship was “contaminating” his soul, and fantasized that death would free him of impure, sexual thoughts.

The severity of Mr. Z’s depression and his preoccupation with death alarmed the therapist. She referred him to a clinic psychiatrist, but Mr. Z refused to see him, saying that his depression was a punishment from God for his sexual sins. He vowed to repent by undergoing psychotherapy.

Continued therapy: A ‘religious awakening’

During the first 4 months of therapy, Mr. Z’s Beck Depression Inventory score fell from 32 to 17, indicating mild depression.

Mr. Z then reported that he experienced a “religious awakening” and began describing his mood and experiences in religious terms. He thanked his therapist for “saving his soul.”

The therapist was stunned by Mr. Z’s sudden transformation in mood and affect. He slept 7 to 8 hours a night, and his academic performance improved dramatically. He exhibited stable (though bright) affect and no thought disorder. His therapist viewed his use of religious terminology, though significant, as a cultural artifact because there were no signs of psychosis. Although no objective signs of mania or hypomania were apparent, the therapist suspected he might have bipolar disorder. She again tried unsuccessfully to refer him to a psychiatrist.

Then came Sept. 11, 2001.

Mr. Z was traumatized by the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon. He feared a backlash against Muslims in the United States but showed no signs of paranoia.

A few months later, however, Mr. Z became preoccupied with the attacks and harbored conspiracy theories alleging that the United States government had committed them. His speech was rapid and pressured, and he slept only 2 to 3 hours nightly. We later learned that he had not attended class for months and only sporadically showed up for lab work.

Mr. Z then began to fear he was under surveillance and that his visa would be revoked. His affect became increasingly intense during psychotherapy, and he frequently used religious metaphors and concepts. His therapist realized he was suffering a worsening manic episode, although suicidal or homicidal thoughts were not present.

Down with ‘nonbelievers’

During a subsequent session, Mr. Z reported that he had become engaged to marry a well-known supermodel. He also announced a plan to “rid the world of nonbelievers”—people who were not devout Christians, Jews, or Muslims. His three-stage plan called for:

  • gently persuading nonbelievers to change their beliefs and lifestyles
  • threatening nonbelievers who did not repent after polite persuasion
  • “eliminating all the nonbelievers” who did not respond to intimidation.

Mr. Z viewed his therapist as “commander of the believers” and considered the three-phased plan to be her will. She questioned Mr. Z extensively about how, when, and against whom he intended to carry out this plan. He identified no specific targets, but did say, “I’ll know what do to when the time comes. I am an engineer, and I know a lot about explosives.”

The therapist then recommended an emergency psychiatric evaluation, which Mr. Z declined. She immediately notified the mental health clinic’s attending psychiatrist.

What are the therapist’s options? Can Mr. Z be involuntarily committed based on his threats of violence against “nonbelievers?”

Dr. Kennedy’s and Dr. Klafter’s observations

Two legal principles justify involuntary commitment of a patient who poses a threat to himself or the public:

Police power refers to the government’s role in maintaining public safety. State commitment statutes usually require that a mentally ill person pose a significant and imminent threat to the public. The psychiatrist who files an affidavit alleging danger does not need absolute certainty or perfect information but must act in good faith.1

 

 

Parens patriae, or paternalism, refers to government intervention on behalf of persons incapable of managing their lives.1

Psychiatric treatment of unwilling patients is possible in some states. Family members and/or mental health professionals can petition the court to compel outpatient psychiatric treatment.

Because an emergency evaluation produces a thorough and controlled psychiatric assessment (and minimal deprivation of personal liberty), a psychiatrist with any doubt about the patient’s condition should move toward commitment.

Box 1

Involuntary commitment: How the legal process works

Psychiatric patients can be involuntarily committed through a two-step process: emergency hospitalization and judicial commitment.

Laws vary from state to state but they usually allow mental health professionals and law enforcement officials to complete a written statement documenting their belief that an individual suffers from a mental illness and poses substantial danger to self or others.

This form allows police to civilly arrest and transport the individual to a hospital for an emergency evaluation. The hospital then must complete the evaluation within a specified period, usually 24 hours.

If the evaluator finds that the individual is mentally ill and dangerous, he or she must then file an affidavit with the probate court, again within a specified period.

A court hearing is then scheduled. The individual is usually granted due-process rights, including the right to an attorney and an independent psychiatric evaluation. The judge then must decide whether the individual is mentally ill and dangerous, usually based on a “clear and convincing” evidence standard.

Before resorting to legal coercion, try scheduling more-frequent appointments to monitor symptom progression. This would allow faster response when civil commitment criteria are met.

A psychiatrist or other mental health professional can request an emergency evaluation based on information from a knowledgeable intermediary or family member—even if the clinician did not recently or directly interview the patient.2 For example, a psychologist could receive information from a case manager who encountered the patient decompensating. It would be impractical to require a psychiatrist to see a decompensating patient before an evaluation can be ordered.

Hospitalization: A ‘blood-drinking monster’

With no security staff immediately available, the attending psychiatrist and therapist sent Mr. Z home.

The psychiatrist then submitted an application for involuntary hospitalization—in which the doctor summarized the case—and faxed it to the local psychiatric emergency service. The police were notified and—after verifying that the appropriate paperwork had been completed—arrested Mr. Z at his home and brought him to the emergency service for an assessment. Mr. Z was then hospitalized. (Box 1).

Mr. Z was found to be harboring bizarre, grandiose, persecutory, and religious delusions. He claimed that a blood-drinking monster was lurking inside the hospital, and that his hospitalization was part of a conspiracy to persecute Muslims. He considered the Sept. 11 attacks fictitious and claimed that widely broadcast television news footage of the attacks was a computer-animated video. The patient refused all medications while hospitalized.

After 3 days, the court ordered Mr. Z’s discharge, citing lack of evidence that he posed any danger to self or others. At his mental health probate hearing, he managed to conceal his psychotic symptoms while testifying. The court expressed concern over his technical training in explosives but ruled that he was not dangerous because he had never used this knowledge to commit violence.

Upon discharge, Mr. Z declined outpatient psychiatric treatment. The therapist then told Mr. Z that she would terminate psychotherapy after two sessions unless he visited a psychiatrist. Mr. Z again refused, and psychotherapy was terminated.

Box 2

Terminating patient care: When 30 days’ notice is not appropriate

Although 30 days’ notice is generally appropriate for terminating a provider-patient relationship, a longer or shorter period may be needed depending on:

  • Reason for termination. Immediate termination can be justified if the patient has assaulted or threatened the clinician.
  • Provider-patient relationship duration. In general, the shorter the relationship, the more leeway there is toward shortening the required notice.
  • Type of care being provided. Psychiatric care involving medications or highly intensive interventions calls for longer notice to effect a smooth transition to the next caregiver.
  • Availability of alternatives. The general wait time to obtain a new-intake appointment with another psychiatrist needs to be factored into the length of notice.

Letters and notes regarding termination can be used as evidence in court proceedings. When judging a patient abandonment case, the courts will rely on documentation of the reasons for termination and the process used to end treatment.

Source: Slovenko R. Law in psychiatry. New York: Brunner-Routledge, 2002:770-1.

Would you terminate psychotherapy at this point? Could the therapist’s actions be viewed as patient abandonment?

 

 

Dr. Kennedy’s and Dr. Klafter’s observations

The formation of a professional relationship establishes a duty of care and requires the clinician to provide reasonable notice of termination and alternative sources of care. Although 30 days’ notice is generally appropriate, several factors may dictate the need for more or less notice (Box 2).

In Mr. Z’s case, we view the psychologist’s behavior as appropriate because:

  • Without psychotropics, Mr. Z’s psychosis would likely persist. To continue treating him with psychotherapy alone would fall below the standard of care.
  • By threatening to terminate psychotherapy, the therapist tried to use the patient’s transference and desire to maintain the therapeutic relationship as an incentive to accept medication.

Continued observation: A clue from the past

Mr. Z’s brother, who was contacted by the treatment team, reported that the patient had never been violent. He did note, however, that as an adolescent Mr. Z talked about joining a terrorist organization, though he had never followed through. The brother tried to persuade Mr. Z to leave school and live with him on the West Coast, but he instead chose to continue his studies.

Mr. Z’s hospital treatment team realized that his continued work in engineering—where he had access to explosive materials—posed a significant risk given his impaired judgment. Acting on a forensic expert’s advice, the team warned university officials about Mr. Z’s mental state and preoccupation with violence. The FBI was also contacted.

Was the treatment team justified in reporting Mr. Z’s behavior to authorities, even though he never identified any potential victims?

Dr. Kennedy’s and Dr. Klafter’s observations

Various legislative and judicial remedies—some more restrictive than others—address the psychiatrist’s duty to third parties:3

  • Some states require psychiatrists to notify or protect third parties when any danger is foreseeable, regardless of threat or victim.
  • Other states require specific threats but charge the psychiatrist with foreseeing all potential victims regardless of whether they were named.
  • Still other states limit protection to identifiable victims, even if no threat is issued.
  • In some states the psychiatrist is responsible only if the patient makes specific threats to identifiable victims.

Again, psychiatrists need to make their best professional judgments in good faith about risk of violence. Hospitalizing a threatening patient provides the most protection to third parties, but this option is intrusive, coercive, and is not always appropriate or feasible. If the threat is directed toward the public rather than specific individuals or groups, law enforcement agencies can reduce the risk somewhat through monitoring and surveillance.

Although it is a judgment call, clinicians should notify:

  • all persons or organizations against whom a patient might commit violence
  • and those who might be targeted as instruments for violence towards others, such as family members who have guns the patient could obtain.

A terrorist would not likely seek psychiatric help relative to his goals of terrorism because such behavior is not rooted in major mental illness. However, the heightened sense of paranoia and anxiety created by events involving terrorism, religious animosity, and hatred provide patients who struggle with psychosis an outlet for their paranoia. As such, we should take a patient’s terroristic threats seriously.

Conclusion: Going home

The university granted Mr. Z medical leave and placed him on academic probation for 2 months, during which he returned to his native country to stay with his parents.

The faculty later dismissed Mr. Z from the program, citing poor academic and laboratory performance. His visa expired, with renewal contingent upon enrollment in a full-time academic program.

Related resources

Drug brand names

  • Sertraline • Zoloft

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Mr. Z, age 38, came to the United States from a predominantly Islamic country to study science and engineering. While in graduate school, he was seen by a primary care physician for complaints of hypersomnia; reduced appetite with an approximate 15-lb weight loss; impaired concentration and memory, which hurt his academic performance; low energy; and occasional thoughts about dying.

Mr. Z’s physical examination and lab results were unremarkable, and he reported no psychiatric history. He was diagnosed with depression and was prescribed sertraline, 50 mg/d, but he refused to take it. He declined referral to a psychiatrist but agreed to weekly psychotherapy with a psychology intern at the student mental health center.

During therapy, Mr. Z said he constantly felt lonely. He feared being ostracized because of his Islamic beliefs and lifestyle, yet reported tremendous guilt over violating Islamic codes forbidding premarital sex. He told his therapist that his longing for a romantic relationship was “contaminating” his soul, and fantasized that death would free him of impure, sexual thoughts.

The severity of Mr. Z’s depression and his preoccupation with death alarmed the therapist. She referred him to a clinic psychiatrist, but Mr. Z refused to see him, saying that his depression was a punishment from God for his sexual sins. He vowed to repent by undergoing psychotherapy.

Continued therapy: A ‘religious awakening’

During the first 4 months of therapy, Mr. Z’s Beck Depression Inventory score fell from 32 to 17, indicating mild depression.

Mr. Z then reported that he experienced a “religious awakening” and began describing his mood and experiences in religious terms. He thanked his therapist for “saving his soul.”

The therapist was stunned by Mr. Z’s sudden transformation in mood and affect. He slept 7 to 8 hours a night, and his academic performance improved dramatically. He exhibited stable (though bright) affect and no thought disorder. His therapist viewed his use of religious terminology, though significant, as a cultural artifact because there were no signs of psychosis. Although no objective signs of mania or hypomania were apparent, the therapist suspected he might have bipolar disorder. She again tried unsuccessfully to refer him to a psychiatrist.

Then came Sept. 11, 2001.

Mr. Z was traumatized by the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon. He feared a backlash against Muslims in the United States but showed no signs of paranoia.

A few months later, however, Mr. Z became preoccupied with the attacks and harbored conspiracy theories alleging that the United States government had committed them. His speech was rapid and pressured, and he slept only 2 to 3 hours nightly. We later learned that he had not attended class for months and only sporadically showed up for lab work.

Mr. Z then began to fear he was under surveillance and that his visa would be revoked. His affect became increasingly intense during psychotherapy, and he frequently used religious metaphors and concepts. His therapist realized he was suffering a worsening manic episode, although suicidal or homicidal thoughts were not present.

Down with ‘nonbelievers’

During a subsequent session, Mr. Z reported that he had become engaged to marry a well-known supermodel. He also announced a plan to “rid the world of nonbelievers”—people who were not devout Christians, Jews, or Muslims. His three-stage plan called for:

  • gently persuading nonbelievers to change their beliefs and lifestyles
  • threatening nonbelievers who did not repent after polite persuasion
  • “eliminating all the nonbelievers” who did not respond to intimidation.

Mr. Z viewed his therapist as “commander of the believers” and considered the three-phased plan to be her will. She questioned Mr. Z extensively about how, when, and against whom he intended to carry out this plan. He identified no specific targets, but did say, “I’ll know what do to when the time comes. I am an engineer, and I know a lot about explosives.”

The therapist then recommended an emergency psychiatric evaluation, which Mr. Z declined. She immediately notified the mental health clinic’s attending psychiatrist.

What are the therapist’s options? Can Mr. Z be involuntarily committed based on his threats of violence against “nonbelievers?”

Dr. Kennedy’s and Dr. Klafter’s observations

Two legal principles justify involuntary commitment of a patient who poses a threat to himself or the public:

Police power refers to the government’s role in maintaining public safety. State commitment statutes usually require that a mentally ill person pose a significant and imminent threat to the public. The psychiatrist who files an affidavit alleging danger does not need absolute certainty or perfect information but must act in good faith.1

 

 

Parens patriae, or paternalism, refers to government intervention on behalf of persons incapable of managing their lives.1

Psychiatric treatment of unwilling patients is possible in some states. Family members and/or mental health professionals can petition the court to compel outpatient psychiatric treatment.

Because an emergency evaluation produces a thorough and controlled psychiatric assessment (and minimal deprivation of personal liberty), a psychiatrist with any doubt about the patient’s condition should move toward commitment.

Box 1

Involuntary commitment: How the legal process works

Psychiatric patients can be involuntarily committed through a two-step process: emergency hospitalization and judicial commitment.

Laws vary from state to state but they usually allow mental health professionals and law enforcement officials to complete a written statement documenting their belief that an individual suffers from a mental illness and poses substantial danger to self or others.

This form allows police to civilly arrest and transport the individual to a hospital for an emergency evaluation. The hospital then must complete the evaluation within a specified period, usually 24 hours.

If the evaluator finds that the individual is mentally ill and dangerous, he or she must then file an affidavit with the probate court, again within a specified period.

A court hearing is then scheduled. The individual is usually granted due-process rights, including the right to an attorney and an independent psychiatric evaluation. The judge then must decide whether the individual is mentally ill and dangerous, usually based on a “clear and convincing” evidence standard.

Before resorting to legal coercion, try scheduling more-frequent appointments to monitor symptom progression. This would allow faster response when civil commitment criteria are met.

A psychiatrist or other mental health professional can request an emergency evaluation based on information from a knowledgeable intermediary or family member—even if the clinician did not recently or directly interview the patient.2 For example, a psychologist could receive information from a case manager who encountered the patient decompensating. It would be impractical to require a psychiatrist to see a decompensating patient before an evaluation can be ordered.

Hospitalization: A ‘blood-drinking monster’

With no security staff immediately available, the attending psychiatrist and therapist sent Mr. Z home.

The psychiatrist then submitted an application for involuntary hospitalization—in which the doctor summarized the case—and faxed it to the local psychiatric emergency service. The police were notified and—after verifying that the appropriate paperwork had been completed—arrested Mr. Z at his home and brought him to the emergency service for an assessment. Mr. Z was then hospitalized. (Box 1).

Mr. Z was found to be harboring bizarre, grandiose, persecutory, and religious delusions. He claimed that a blood-drinking monster was lurking inside the hospital, and that his hospitalization was part of a conspiracy to persecute Muslims. He considered the Sept. 11 attacks fictitious and claimed that widely broadcast television news footage of the attacks was a computer-animated video. The patient refused all medications while hospitalized.

After 3 days, the court ordered Mr. Z’s discharge, citing lack of evidence that he posed any danger to self or others. At his mental health probate hearing, he managed to conceal his psychotic symptoms while testifying. The court expressed concern over his technical training in explosives but ruled that he was not dangerous because he had never used this knowledge to commit violence.

Upon discharge, Mr. Z declined outpatient psychiatric treatment. The therapist then told Mr. Z that she would terminate psychotherapy after two sessions unless he visited a psychiatrist. Mr. Z again refused, and psychotherapy was terminated.

Box 2

Terminating patient care: When 30 days’ notice is not appropriate

Although 30 days’ notice is generally appropriate for terminating a provider-patient relationship, a longer or shorter period may be needed depending on:

  • Reason for termination. Immediate termination can be justified if the patient has assaulted or threatened the clinician.
  • Provider-patient relationship duration. In general, the shorter the relationship, the more leeway there is toward shortening the required notice.
  • Type of care being provided. Psychiatric care involving medications or highly intensive interventions calls for longer notice to effect a smooth transition to the next caregiver.
  • Availability of alternatives. The general wait time to obtain a new-intake appointment with another psychiatrist needs to be factored into the length of notice.

Letters and notes regarding termination can be used as evidence in court proceedings. When judging a patient abandonment case, the courts will rely on documentation of the reasons for termination and the process used to end treatment.

Source: Slovenko R. Law in psychiatry. New York: Brunner-Routledge, 2002:770-1.

Would you terminate psychotherapy at this point? Could the therapist’s actions be viewed as patient abandonment?

 

 

Dr. Kennedy’s and Dr. Klafter’s observations

The formation of a professional relationship establishes a duty of care and requires the clinician to provide reasonable notice of termination and alternative sources of care. Although 30 days’ notice is generally appropriate, several factors may dictate the need for more or less notice (Box 2).

In Mr. Z’s case, we view the psychologist’s behavior as appropriate because:

  • Without psychotropics, Mr. Z’s psychosis would likely persist. To continue treating him with psychotherapy alone would fall below the standard of care.
  • By threatening to terminate psychotherapy, the therapist tried to use the patient’s transference and desire to maintain the therapeutic relationship as an incentive to accept medication.

Continued observation: A clue from the past

Mr. Z’s brother, who was contacted by the treatment team, reported that the patient had never been violent. He did note, however, that as an adolescent Mr. Z talked about joining a terrorist organization, though he had never followed through. The brother tried to persuade Mr. Z to leave school and live with him on the West Coast, but he instead chose to continue his studies.

Mr. Z’s hospital treatment team realized that his continued work in engineering—where he had access to explosive materials—posed a significant risk given his impaired judgment. Acting on a forensic expert’s advice, the team warned university officials about Mr. Z’s mental state and preoccupation with violence. The FBI was also contacted.

Was the treatment team justified in reporting Mr. Z’s behavior to authorities, even though he never identified any potential victims?

Dr. Kennedy’s and Dr. Klafter’s observations

Various legislative and judicial remedies—some more restrictive than others—address the psychiatrist’s duty to third parties:3

  • Some states require psychiatrists to notify or protect third parties when any danger is foreseeable, regardless of threat or victim.
  • Other states require specific threats but charge the psychiatrist with foreseeing all potential victims regardless of whether they were named.
  • Still other states limit protection to identifiable victims, even if no threat is issued.
  • In some states the psychiatrist is responsible only if the patient makes specific threats to identifiable victims.

Again, psychiatrists need to make their best professional judgments in good faith about risk of violence. Hospitalizing a threatening patient provides the most protection to third parties, but this option is intrusive, coercive, and is not always appropriate or feasible. If the threat is directed toward the public rather than specific individuals or groups, law enforcement agencies can reduce the risk somewhat through monitoring and surveillance.

Although it is a judgment call, clinicians should notify:

  • all persons or organizations against whom a patient might commit violence
  • and those who might be targeted as instruments for violence towards others, such as family members who have guns the patient could obtain.

A terrorist would not likely seek psychiatric help relative to his goals of terrorism because such behavior is not rooted in major mental illness. However, the heightened sense of paranoia and anxiety created by events involving terrorism, religious animosity, and hatred provide patients who struggle with psychosis an outlet for their paranoia. As such, we should take a patient’s terroristic threats seriously.

Conclusion: Going home

The university granted Mr. Z medical leave and placed him on academic probation for 2 months, during which he returned to his native country to stay with his parents.

The faculty later dismissed Mr. Z from the program, citing poor academic and laboratory performance. His visa expired, with renewal contingent upon enrollment in a full-time academic program.

Related resources

Drug brand names

  • Sertraline • Zoloft

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Rosner R (ed) Principles and practice of forensic psychiatry (2nd ed). New York: Oxford University Press, 2003:108.

2. Ohio Revised Code section 5122.10.

3. Felthous AR, Kachigian CK. The fin de millenaire duty to warn or protect. J Forensic Sci 2003;46:1103-12.

References

1. Rosner R (ed) Principles and practice of forensic psychiatry (2nd ed). New York: Oxford University Press, 2003:108.

2. Ohio Revised Code section 5122.10.

3. Felthous AR, Kachigian CK. The fin de millenaire duty to warn or protect. J Forensic Sci 2003;46:1103-12.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(01)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 03(01)
Page Number
80-87
Page Number
80-87
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
When a patient threatens terrorism
Display Headline
When a patient threatens terrorism
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media